summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/build-aux
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '')
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/announce-gen704
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/compile348
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/config.guess1774
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/config.rpath672
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/config.sub1907
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/depcomp790
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag179
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/gendocs.sh510
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/git-version-gen227
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/gitlog-to-changelog516
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/gnu-web-doc-update216
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/gnupload480
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/install-sh541
-rw-r--r--build-aux/ltmain.sh11429
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/mdate-sh228
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/missing215
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/mktempd135
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/test-driver153
-rw-r--r--build-aux/texinfo.tex11848
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/update-copyright302
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/useless-if-before-free240
-rwxr-xr-xbuild-aux/vc-list-files113
22 files changed, 33527 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/build-aux/announce-gen b/build-aux/announce-gen
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..850619a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/announce-gen
@@ -0,0 +1,704 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#! -*-perl-*-
+
+# Generate a release announcement message.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Jim Meyering
+
+# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
+# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
+# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
+# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
+# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
+# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
+# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
+# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
+# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
+# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
+# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
+# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
+eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
+ if 0;
+
+my $VERSION = '2023-02-26 17:15'; # UTC
+# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
+# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
+# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
+# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
+
+my $copyright_year = '2022';
+
+use strict;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use POSIX qw(strftime);
+
+(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
+
+my %valid_release_types = map {$_ => 1} qw (alpha beta stable);
+my @archive_suffixes = qw (tar.gz tar.bz2 tar.lz tar.lzma tar.xz);
+my $srcdir = '.';
+
+sub usage ($)
+{
+ my ($exit_code) = @_;
+ my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
+ if ($exit_code != 0)
+ {
+ print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my @types = sort keys %valid_release_types;
+ print $STREAM <<EOF;
+Usage: $ME [OPTIONS]
+Generate an announcement message. Run this from builddir.
+
+OPTIONS:
+
+These options must be specified:
+
+ --release-type=TYPE TYPE must be one of @types
+ --package-name=PACKAGE_NAME
+ --previous-version=VER
+ --current-version=VER
+ --gpg-key-id=ID The GnuPG ID of the key used to sign the tarballs
+ --url-directory=URL_DIR
+
+The following are optional:
+
+ --news=NEWS_FILE include the NEWS section about this release
+ from this NEWS_FILE; accumulates.
+ --srcdir=DIR where to find the NEWS_FILEs (default: $srcdir)
+ --bootstrap-tools=TOOL_LIST a comma-separated list of tools, e.g.,
+ autoconf,automake,bison,gnulib
+ --gnulib-version=VERSION report VERSION as the gnulib version, where
+ VERSION is the result of running git describe
+ in the gnulib source directory.
+ required if gnulib is in TOOL_LIST.
+ --gpg-key-email=EMAIL The email address of the key used to
+ sign the tarballs
+ --gpg-keyring-url=URL URL pointing to keyring containing the key used
+ to sign the tarballs
+ --no-print-checksums do not emit SHA1 or SHA256 checksums
+ --archive-suffix=SUF add SUF to the list of archive suffixes
+ --mail-headers=HEADERS a space-separated list of mail headers, e.g.,
+ To: x\@example.com Cc: y-announce\@example.com,...
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+ --version output version information and exit
+
+EOF
+ }
+ exit $exit_code;
+}
+
+
+=item C<%size> = C<sizes (@file)>
+
+Compute the sizes of the C<@file> and return them as a hash. Return
+C<undef> if one of the computation failed.
+
+=cut
+
+sub sizes (@)
+{
+ my (@file) = @_;
+
+ my $fail = 0;
+ my %res;
+ foreach my $f (@file)
+ {
+ my $cmd = "du -h $f";
+ my $t = `$cmd`;
+ # FIXME-someday: give a better diagnostic, a la $PROCESS_STATUS
+ $@
+ and (warn "command failed: '$cmd'\n"), $fail = 1;
+ chomp $t;
+ $t =~ s/^\s*([\d.]+[MkK]).*/${1}B/;
+ $res{$f} = $t;
+ }
+ return $fail ? undef : %res;
+}
+
+=item C<print_locations ($title, \@url, \%size, @file)
+
+Print a section C<$title> dedicated to the list of <@file>, which
+sizes are stored in C<%size>, and which are available from the C<@url>.
+
+=cut
+
+sub print_locations ($\@\%@)
+{
+ my ($title, $url, $size, @file) = @_;
+ print "Here are the $title:\n";
+ foreach my $url (@{$url})
+ {
+ for my $file (@file)
+ {
+ print " $url/$file";
+ print " (", $$size{$file}, ")"
+ if exists $$size{$file};
+ print "\n";
+ }
+ }
+ print "\n";
+}
+
+=item C<print_checksums (@file)
+
+Print the SHA1 and SHA256 signature section for each C<@file>.
+
+=cut
+
+# This digest function omits the "=" padding that is required by cksum,
+# so add the 0..2 bytes of padding required for each of Digest's algorithms.
+sub digest_file_base64_wrap ($$)
+{
+ my ($file, $alg) = @_;
+ my $h = digest_file_base64($file, $alg);
+ $alg =~ tr{-}{}d;
+ my %pad = (MD5 => 2, SHA1 => 1, SHA256 => 1, SHA384 => 0, SHA512 => 2);
+ return $h . '=' x $pad{$alg};
+}
+
+sub print_checksums (@)
+{
+ my (@file) = @_;
+
+ print "Here are the SHA1 and SHA256 checksums:\n";
+ print "\n";
+
+ use Digest::file qw(digest_file_hex digest_file_base64);
+
+ foreach my $f (@file)
+ {
+ print ' ', digest_file_hex ($f, "SHA-1"), " $f\n";
+ print ' ', digest_file_base64_wrap ($f, "SHA-256"), " $f\n";
+ }
+ print "\nVerify the base64 SHA256 checksum with cksum -a sha256 --check\n";
+ print "from coreutils-9.2 or OpenBSD's cksum since 2007.\n\n";
+}
+
+=item C<print_news_deltas ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version)
+
+Print the section of the NEWS file C<$news_file> addressing changes
+between versions C<$prev_version> and C<$curr_version>.
+
+=cut
+
+sub print_news_deltas ($$$)
+{
+ my ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version) = @_;
+
+ my $news_name = $news_file;
+ $news_name =~ s|^\Q$srcdir\E/||;
+
+ print "\n$news_name\n\n";
+
+ # Print all lines from $news_file, starting with the first one
+ # that mentions $curr_version up to but not including
+ # the first occurrence of $prev_version.
+ my $in_items;
+
+ my $re_prefix = qr/(?:\* )?(?:Noteworthy c|Major c|C)(?i:hanges)/;
+
+ my $found_news;
+ open NEWS, '<', $news_file
+ or die "$ME: $news_file: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
+ while (defined (my $line = <NEWS>))
+ {
+ if ( ! $in_items)
+ {
+ # Match lines like these:
+ # * Major changes in release 5.0.1:
+ # * Noteworthy changes in release 6.6 (2006-11-22) [stable]
+ $line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$curr_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
+ or next;
+ $in_items = 1;
+ print $line;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # This regexp must not match version numbers in NEWS items.
+ # For example, they might well say "introduced in 4.5.5",
+ # and we don't want that to match.
+ $line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$prev_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
+ and last;
+ print $line;
+ $line =~ /\S/
+ and $found_news = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ close NEWS;
+
+ $in_items
+ or die "$ME: $news_file: no matching lines for '$curr_version'\n";
+ $found_news
+ or die "$ME: $news_file: no news item found for '$curr_version'\n";
+}
+
+sub print_changelog_deltas ($$)
+{
+ my ($package_name, $prev_version) = @_;
+
+ # Print new ChangeLog entries.
+
+ # First find all CVS-controlled ChangeLog files.
+ use File::Find;
+ my @changelog;
+ find ({wanted => sub {$_ eq 'ChangeLog' && -d 'CVS'
+ and push @changelog, $File::Find::name}},
+ '.');
+
+ # If there are no ChangeLog files, we're done.
+ @changelog
+ or return;
+ my %changelog = map {$_ => 1} @changelog;
+
+ # Reorder the list of files so that if there are ChangeLog
+ # files in the specified directories, they're listed first,
+ # in this order:
+ my @dir = qw ( . src lib m4 config doc );
+
+ # A typical @changelog array might look like this:
+ # ./ChangeLog
+ # ./po/ChangeLog
+ # ./m4/ChangeLog
+ # ./lib/ChangeLog
+ # ./doc/ChangeLog
+ # ./config/ChangeLog
+ my @reordered;
+ foreach my $d (@dir)
+ {
+ my $dot_slash = $d eq '.' ? $d : "./$d";
+ my $target = "$dot_slash/ChangeLog";
+ delete $changelog{$target}
+ and push @reordered, $target;
+ }
+
+ # Append any remaining ChangeLog files.
+ push @reordered, sort keys %changelog;
+
+ # Remove leading './'.
+ @reordered = map { s!^\./!!; $_ } @reordered;
+
+ print "\nChangeLog entries:\n\n";
+ # print join ("\n", @reordered), "\n";
+
+ $prev_version =~ s/\./_/g;
+ my $prev_cvs_tag = "\U$package_name\E-$prev_version";
+
+ my $cmd = "cvs -n diff -u -r$prev_cvs_tag -rHEAD @reordered";
+ open DIFF, '-|', $cmd
+ or die "$ME: cannot run '$cmd': $!\n";
+ # Print two types of lines, making minor changes:
+ # Lines starting with '+++ ', e.g.,
+ # +++ ChangeLog 22 Feb 2003 16:52:51 -0000 1.247
+ # and those starting with '+'.
+ # Don't print the others.
+ my $prev_printed_line_empty = 1;
+ while (defined (my $line = <DIFF>))
+ {
+ if ($line =~ /^\+\+\+ /)
+ {
+ my $separator = "*"x70 ."\n";
+ $line =~ s///;
+ $line =~ s/\s.*//;
+ $prev_printed_line_empty
+ or print "\n";
+ print $separator, $line, $separator;
+ }
+ elsif ($line =~ /^\+/)
+ {
+ $line =~ s///;
+ print $line;
+ $prev_printed_line_empty = ($line =~ /^$/);
+ }
+ }
+ close DIFF;
+
+ # The exit code should be 1.
+ # Allow in case there are no modified ChangeLog entries.
+ $? == 256 || $? == 128
+ or warn "warning: '$cmd' had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
+}
+
+sub get_tool_versions ($$)
+{
+ my ($tool_list, $gnulib_version) = @_;
+ @$tool_list
+ or return ();
+
+ my $fail;
+ my @tool_version_pair;
+ foreach my $t (@$tool_list)
+ {
+ if ($t eq 'gnulib')
+ {
+ push @tool_version_pair, ucfirst $t . ' ' . $gnulib_version;
+ next;
+ }
+ # Assume that the last "word" on the first line of
+ # 'tool --version' output is the version string.
+ my ($first_line, undef) = split ("\n", `$t --version`);
+ if ($first_line =~ /.* (\d[\w.-]+)$/)
+ {
+ $t = ucfirst $t;
+ push @tool_version_pair, "$t $1";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ defined $first_line
+ and $first_line = '';
+ warn "$t: unexpected --version output\n:$first_line";
+ $fail = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ $fail
+ and exit 1;
+
+ return @tool_version_pair;
+}
+
+# Print a more human-friendly representation of $SEC seconds.
+sub readable_interval0($)
+{
+ my $sec = shift;
+ $sec < 60 and return "$sec seconds";
+
+ my $min = int($sec / 60); $sec %= 60;
+ 30 < $sec and $min++;
+ $min < 60 and return "$min minutes";
+
+ my $hr = int($min / 60); $min %= 60;
+ 30 < $min and $hr++;
+ $hr < 24 and return "$hr hours";
+
+ my $day = int($hr / 24); $hr %= 24;
+ 12 < $hr and $day++;
+ $day < 50 and return "$day days";
+
+ my $wk = int($day / 7); $day %= 7;
+ 4 < $day and $wk++;
+ return "$wk weeks";
+}
+
+# Convert e.g., "1 weeks", to "1 week".
+sub readable_interval($)
+{
+ my $interval_str = shift;
+ my $i = readable_interval0 $interval_str;
+ $i =~ m{^1 \w+s$} and chop $i;
+ return $i;
+}
+
+{
+ # Use the C locale so that, for instance, "du" does not
+ # print "1,2" instead of "1.2", which would confuse our regexps.
+ $ENV{LC_ALL} = "C";
+
+ my $mail_headers;
+ my $release_type;
+ my $package_name;
+ my $prev_version;
+ my $curr_version;
+ my $gpg_key_id;
+ my @url_dir_list;
+ my @news_file;
+ my $bootstrap_tools;
+ my $gnulib_version;
+ my $print_checksums_p = 1;
+ my $gpg_key_email;
+ my $gpg_keyring_url;
+
+ # Reformat the warnings before displaying them.
+ local $SIG{__WARN__} = sub
+ {
+ my ($msg) = @_;
+ # Warnings from GetOptions.
+ $msg =~ s/Option (\w)/option --$1/;
+ warn "$ME: $msg";
+ };
+
+ GetOptions
+ (
+ 'mail-headers=s' => \$mail_headers,
+ 'release-type=s' => \$release_type,
+ 'package-name=s' => \$package_name,
+ 'previous-version=s' => \$prev_version,
+ 'current-version=s' => \$curr_version,
+ 'gpg-key-id=s' => \$gpg_key_id,
+ 'gpg-key-email=s' => \$gpg_key_email,
+ 'gpg-keyring-url=s' => \$gpg_keyring_url,
+ 'url-directory=s' => \@url_dir_list,
+ 'news=s' => \@news_file,
+ 'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
+ 'bootstrap-tools=s' => \$bootstrap_tools,
+ 'gnulib-version=s' => \$gnulib_version,
+ 'print-checksums!' => \$print_checksums_p,
+ 'archive-suffix=s' => \@archive_suffixes,
+
+ help => sub { usage 0 },
+ version =>
+ sub
+ {
+ print "$ME version $VERSION\n";
+ print "Copyright (C) $copyright_year Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n";
+ print "License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
+ . "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
+ . "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n";
+ print "\n";
+ my $author = "Jim Meyering";
+ print "Written by $author.\n";
+ exit
+ },
+ ) or usage 1;
+
+ my $fail = 0;
+ # Ensure that each required option is specified.
+ $release_type
+ or (warn "release type not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+ $package_name
+ or (warn "package name not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+ $prev_version
+ or (warn "previous version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+ $curr_version
+ or (warn "current version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+ $gpg_key_id
+ or (warn "GnuPG key ID not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+ @url_dir_list
+ or (warn "URL directory name(s) not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+
+ my @tool_list = split ',', $bootstrap_tools
+ if $bootstrap_tools;
+
+ grep (/^gnulib$/, @tool_list) && ! defined $gnulib_version
+ and (warn "when specifying gnulib as a tool, you must also specify\n"
+ . "--gnulib-version=V, where V is the result of running git describe\n"
+ . "in the gnulib source directory.\n"), $fail = 1;
+
+ ! grep (/^gnulib$/, @tool_list) && defined $gnulib_version
+ and (warn "with --gnulib-version=V you must use --bootstrap-tools=...\n"
+ . "including gnulib in that list"), $fail = 1;
+
+ !$release_type || exists $valid_release_types{$release_type}
+ or (warn "'$release_type': invalid release type\n"), $fail = 1;
+
+ @ARGV
+ and (warn "too many arguments:\n", join ("\n", @ARGV), "\n"),
+ $fail = 1;
+ $fail
+ and usage 1;
+
+ my $my_distdir = "$package_name-$curr_version";
+
+ my $xd = "$package_name-$prev_version-$curr_version.xdelta";
+
+ my @candidates = map { "$my_distdir.$_" } @archive_suffixes;
+ my @tarballs = grep {-f $_} @candidates;
+
+ @tarballs
+ or die "$ME: none of " . join(', ', @candidates) . " were found\n";
+ my @sizable = @tarballs;
+ -f $xd
+ and push @sizable, $xd;
+ my %size = sizes (@sizable);
+ %size
+ or exit 1;
+
+ my $headers = '';
+ if (defined $mail_headers)
+ {
+ ($headers = $mail_headers) =~ s/\s+(\S+:)/\n$1/g;
+ $headers .= "\n";
+ }
+
+ # The markup is escaped as <\# so that when this script is sent by
+ # mail (or part of a diff), Gnus is not triggered.
+ print <<EOF;
+
+${headers}Subject: $my_distdir released [$release_type]
+
+<\#secure method=pgpmime mode=sign>
+This is to announce $package_name-$curr_version, a $release_type release.
+
+FIXME: put comments here
+
+EOF
+
+ my $v0 = $prev_version;
+ my $v1 = $curr_version;
+
+ (my $first_name = `git config --global user.name|cut -d' ' -f1`)
+ =~ m{\S} or die "no name? set user.name in ~/.gitconfig\n";
+
+ chomp (my $n_ci = `git rev-list "v$v0..v$v1" | wc -l`);
+ chomp (my $n_p = `git shortlog "v$v0..v$v1" | grep -c '^[^ ]'`);
+
+ my $prev_release_date = `git log --pretty=%ct -1 "v$v0"`;
+ my $this_release_date = `git log --pretty=%ct -1 "v$v1"`;
+ my $n_seconds = $this_release_date - $prev_release_date;
+ my $time_since_prev = readable_interval $n_seconds;
+ my $names = `git shortlog "v$v0..v$v1"|perl -lne '/^(\\w.*):/ and print " ".\$1'`;
+
+ print <<EOF;
+There have been $n_ci commits by $n_p people in the $time_since_prev since $v0.
+
+See the NEWS below for a brief summary.
+
+Thanks to everyone who has contributed!
+The following people contributed changes to this release:
+
+$names
+$first_name [on behalf of the $package_name maintainers]
+==================================================================
+
+Here is the GNU $package_name home page:
+ http://gnu.org/s/$package_name/
+
+For a summary of changes and contributors, see:
+ http://git.sv.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=$package_name.git;a=shortlog;h=v$v1
+or run this command from a git-cloned $package_name directory:
+ git shortlog v$v0..v$v1
+
+EOF
+
+ if (@url_dir_list == 1 && @tarballs == 1)
+ {
+ # When there's only one tarball and one URL, use a more concise form.
+ my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]";
+ print "Here are the compressed sources and a GPG detached signature:\n"
+ . " $m\n"
+ . " $m.sig\n\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print_locations ("compressed sources", @url_dir_list, %size, @tarballs);
+ -f $xd
+ and print_locations ("xdelta diffs (useful? if so, "
+ . "please tell bug-gnulib\@gnu.org)",
+ @url_dir_list, %size, $xd);
+ my @sig_files = map { "$_.sig" } @tarballs;
+ print_locations ("GPG detached signatures", @url_dir_list, %size,
+ @sig_files);
+ }
+
+ if ($url_dir_list[0] =~ "gnu\.org")
+ {
+ print "Use a mirror for higher download bandwidth:\n";
+ if (@tarballs == 1 && $url_dir_list[0] =~ m!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!)
+ {
+ (my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]")
+ =~ s!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!https://ftpmirror\.gnu\.org/!;
+ print " $m\n"
+ . " $m.sig\n\n";
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print " https://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html\n\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ $print_checksums_p
+ and print_checksums (@sizable);
+
+ print <<EOF;
+Use a .sig file to verify that the corresponding file (without the
+.sig suffix) is intact. First, be sure to download both the .sig file
+and the corresponding tarball. Then, run a command like this:
+
+ gpg --verify $tarballs[0].sig
+
+EOF
+ my $gpg_fingerprint = `LC_ALL=C gpg --fingerprint $gpg_key_id | grep -v ^sub`;
+ if ($gpg_fingerprint =~ /^pub/)
+ {
+ chop $gpg_fingerprint;
+ $gpg_fingerprint =~ s/ \[expires:.*//mg;
+ $gpg_fingerprint =~ s/^uid \[ultimate\]/uid /mg;
+ $gpg_fingerprint =~ s/^/ /mg;
+ print<<EOF
+The signature should match the fingerprint of the following key:
+
+$gpg_fingerprint
+EOF
+ }
+ print <<EOF;
+If that command fails because you don't have the required public key,
+or that public key has expired, try the following commands to retrieve
+or refresh it, and then rerun the 'gpg --verify' command.
+EOF
+ if ($gpg_key_email) {
+ print <<EOF;
+
+ gpg --locate-external-key $gpg_key_email
+EOF
+ }
+ print <<EOF;
+
+ gpg --recv-keys $gpg_key_id
+EOF
+ if ($gpg_keyring_url) {
+ print <<EOF;
+
+ wget -q -O- '$gpg_keyring_url' | gpg --import -
+EOF
+ }
+ print <<EOF;
+
+As a last resort to find the key, you can try the official GNU
+keyring:
+
+ wget -q https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gnu-keyring.gpg
+ gpg --keyring gnu-keyring.gpg --verify $tarballs[0].sig
+EOF
+
+ my @tool_versions = get_tool_versions (\@tool_list, $gnulib_version);
+ @tool_versions
+ and print "\nThis release was bootstrapped with the following tools:",
+ join ('', map {"\n $_"} @tool_versions), "\n";
+
+ print_news_deltas ($_, $prev_version, $curr_version)
+ foreach @news_file;
+
+ $release_type eq 'stable'
+ or print_changelog_deltas ($package_name, $prev_version);
+
+ exit 0;
+}
+
+### Setup "GNU" style for perl-mode and cperl-mode.
+## Local Variables:
+## mode: perl
+## perl-indent-level: 2
+## perl-continued-statement-offset: 2
+## perl-continued-brace-offset: 0
+## perl-brace-offset: 0
+## perl-brace-imaginary-offset: 0
+## perl-label-offset: -2
+## perl-extra-newline-before-brace: t
+## perl-merge-trailing-else: nil
+## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+## time-stamp-line-limit: 50
+## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
+## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
+## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
+## End:
diff --git a/build-aux/compile b/build-aux/compile
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..df363c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/compile
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+nl='
+'
+
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
+# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
+IFS=" "" $nl"
+
+file_conv=
+
+# func_file_conv build_file lazy
+# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
+# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
+# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
+# take place.
+func_file_conv ()
+{
+ file=$1
+ case $file in
+ / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
+ if test -z "$file_conv"; then
+ # lazily determine how to convert abs files
+ case `uname -s` in
+ MINGW*)
+ file_conv=mingw
+ ;;
+ CYGWIN* | MSYS*)
+ file_conv=cygwin
+ ;;
+ *)
+ file_conv=wine
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ case $file_conv/,$2, in
+ *,$file_conv,*)
+ ;;
+ mingw/*)
+ file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
+ ;;
+ cygwin/* | msys/*)
+ file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
+ ;;
+ wine/*)
+ file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashL linkdir
+# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
+func_cl_dashL ()
+{
+ func_file_conv "$1"
+ if test -z "$lib_path"; then
+ lib_path=$file
+ else
+ lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
+ fi
+ linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashl library
+# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
+func_cl_dashl ()
+{
+ lib=$1
+ found=no
+ save_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS=';'
+ for dir in $lib_path $LIB
+ do
+ IFS=$save_IFS
+ if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
+ found=yes
+ lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
+ break
+ fi
+ if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
+ found=yes
+ lib=$dir/$lib.lib
+ break
+ fi
+ if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
+ found=yes
+ lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS=$save_IFS
+
+ if test "$found" != yes; then
+ lib=$lib.lib
+ fi
+}
+
+# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
+# Adjust compile command to suit cl
+func_cl_wrapper ()
+{
+ # Assume a capable shell
+ lib_path=
+ shared=:
+ linker_opts=
+ for arg
+ do
+ if test -n "$eat"; then
+ eat=
+ else
+ case $1 in
+ -o)
+ # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+ eat=1
+ case $2 in
+ *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
+ func_file_conv "$2"
+ set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_file_conv "$2"
+ set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ -I)
+ eat=1
+ func_file_conv "$2" mingw
+ set x "$@" -I"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ -I*)
+ func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
+ set x "$@" -I"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ -l)
+ eat=1
+ func_cl_dashl "$2"
+ set x "$@" "$lib"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ -l*)
+ func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
+ set x "$@" "$lib"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ -L)
+ eat=1
+ func_cl_dashL "$2"
+ ;;
+ -L*)
+ func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
+ ;;
+ -static)
+ shared=false
+ ;;
+ -Wl,*)
+ arg=${1#-Wl,}
+ save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+ for flag in $arg; do
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
+ linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
+ done
+ IFS="$save_ifs"
+ ;;
+ -Xlinker)
+ eat=1
+ linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
+ func_file_conv "$1"
+ set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
+ func_file_conv "$1" mingw
+ set x "$@" "$file"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ shift
+ done
+ if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
+ linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
+ fi
+ exec "$@" $linker_opts
+ exit 1
+}
+
+eat=
+
+case $1 in
+ '')
+ echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
+ -h | --h*)
+ cat <<\EOF
+Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
+arguments, and rename the output as expected.
+
+If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
+right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ -v | --v*)
+ echo "compile $scriptversion"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \
+ icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe )
+ func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return...
+ ;;
+esac
+
+ofile=
+cfile=
+
+for arg
+do
+ if test -n "$eat"; then
+ eat=
+ else
+ case $1 in
+ -o)
+ # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+ # So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
+ eat=1
+ case $2 in
+ *.o | *.obj)
+ ofile=$2
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set x "$@" -o "$2"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *.c)
+ cfile=$1
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set x "$@" "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ shift
+done
+
+if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
+ # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
+ # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
+ # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
+ # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
+ # ok.
+ exec "$@"
+fi
+
+# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
+cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
+
+# Create the lock directory.
+# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
+# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
+# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
+lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
+while true; do
+ if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ break
+ fi
+ sleep 1
+done
+# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
+trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+# Run the compile.
+"$@"
+ret=$?
+
+if test -f "$cofile"; then
+ test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
+elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
+ test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
+fi
+
+rmdir "$lockdir"
+exit $ret
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/config.guess b/build-aux/config.guess
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..69188da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/config.guess
@@ -0,0 +1,1774 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+# Copyright 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268 # see below for rationale
+
+timestamp='2023-01-01'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+#
+# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston.
+#
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.guess
+#
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+
+# The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints
+# about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were
+# superseded or lifted in POSIX. However, this script identifies a wide
+# variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and
+# even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still
+# have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh.
+
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+ exit 1 ;;
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+ echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Just in case it came from the environment.
+GUESS=
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+tmp=
+# shellcheck disable=SC2172
+trap 'test -z "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"' 0 1 2 13 15
+
+set_cc_for_build() {
+ # prevent multiple calls if $tmp is already set
+ test "$tmp" && return 0
+ : "${TMPDIR=/tmp}"
+ # shellcheck disable=SC2039,SC3028
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; }
+ dummy=$tmp/dummy
+ case ${CC_FOR_BUILD-},${HOST_CC-},${CC-} in
+ ,,) echo "int x;" > "$dummy.c"
+ for driver in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+ if ($driver -c -o "$dummy.o" "$dummy.c") >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=$driver
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found
+ fi
+ ;;
+ ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if test -f /.attbin/uname ; then
+ PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+case $UNAME_SYSTEM in
+Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
+ LIBC=unknown
+
+ set_cc_for_build
+ cat <<-EOF > "$dummy.c"
+ #include <features.h>
+ #if defined(__UCLIBC__)
+ LIBC=uclibc
+ #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
+ LIBC=dietlibc
+ #elif defined(__GLIBC__)
+ LIBC=gnu
+ #else
+ #include <stdarg.h>
+ /* First heuristic to detect musl libc. */
+ #ifdef __DEFINED_va_list
+ LIBC=musl
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ EOF
+ cc_set_libc=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'`
+ eval "$cc_set_libc"
+
+ # Second heuristic to detect musl libc.
+ if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ] &&
+ command -v ldd >/dev/null &&
+ ldd --version 2>&1 | grep -q ^musl; then
+ LIBC=musl
+ fi
+
+ # If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
+ # We could probably try harder.
+ if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ]; then
+ LIBC=gnu
+ fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM:$UNAME_RELEASE:$UNAME_VERSION in
+ *:NetBSD:*:*)
+ # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+ # more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+ # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
+ # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+ # object file format. This provides both forward
+ # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+ # object file format.
+ #
+ # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+ # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \
+ /sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \
+ /usr/sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \
+ echo unknown)`
+ case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in
+ aarch64eb) machine=aarch64_be-unknown ;;
+ armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+ arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+ sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+ sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+ sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
+ earmv*)
+ arch=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'`
+ endian=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'`
+ machine=${arch}${endian}-unknown
+ ;;
+ *) machine=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown ;;
+ esac
+ # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+ # to ELF recently (or will in the future) and ABI.
+ case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in
+ earm*)
+ os=netbsdelf
+ ;;
+ arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+ set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep -q __ELF__
+ then
+ # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+ # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
+ os=netbsd
+ else
+ os=netbsdelf
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=netbsd
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Determine ABI tags.
+ case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in
+ earm*)
+ expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//'
+ abi=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e "$expr"`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # The OS release
+ # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+ # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+ # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+ # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+ case $UNAME_VERSION in
+ Debian*)
+ release='-gnu'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ release=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+ # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+ GUESS=$machine-${os}${release}${abi-}
+ ;;
+ *:Bitrig:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-bitrig$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-openbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:SecBSD:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/SecBSD.//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-secbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:LibertyBSD:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/^.*BSD\.//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-libertybsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:MidnightBSD:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-midnightbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-ekkobsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:SolidBSD:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-solidbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:OS108:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-os108_$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:MirBSD:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:Sortix:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sortix
+ ;;
+ *:Twizzler:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-twizzler
+ ;;
+ *:Redox:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-redox
+ ;;
+ mips:OSF1:*.*)
+ GUESS=mips-dec-osf1
+ ;;
+ alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+ # Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
+ trap '' 0
+ case $UNAME_RELEASE in
+ *4.0)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+ ;;
+ *5.*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
+ # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
+ # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
+ # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
+ ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
+ case $ALPHA_CPU_TYPE in
+ "EV4 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
+ "EV4.5 (21064)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
+ "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;;
+ "EV5 (21164)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+ "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca57 ;;
+ "EV6 (21264)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+ "EV6.7 (21264A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+ "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev69 ;;
+ "EV7 (21364)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev7 ;;
+ "EV7.9 (21364A)")
+ UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev79 ;;
+ esac
+ # A Pn.n version is a patched version.
+ # A Vn.n version is a released version.
+ # A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+ # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+ # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+ OSF_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-osf$OSF_REL
+ ;;
+ Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-unknown-sysv4
+ ;;
+ *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-amigaos
+ ;;
+ *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-morphos
+ ;;
+ *:OS/390:*:*)
+ GUESS=i370-ibm-openedition
+ ;;
+ *:z/VM:*:*)
+ GUESS=s390-ibm-zvmoe
+ ;;
+ *:OS400:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-ibm-os400
+ ;;
+ arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+ GUESS=arm-acorn-riscix$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=arm-unknown-riscos
+ ;;
+ SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+ GUESS=hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+ ;;
+ Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+ # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+ case `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` in
+ att) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 ;;
+ *) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-bsd ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+ GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+ ;;
+ DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
+ GUESS=sparc-icl-nx6
+ ;;
+ DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
+ case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+ sparc) GUESS=sparc-icl-nx7 ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ s390x:SunOS:*:*)
+ SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-solaris2$SUN_REL
+ ;;
+ sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ GUESS=sparc-hal-solaris2$SUN_REL
+ ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris2$SUN_REL
+ ;;
+ i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
+ GUESS=i386-pc-auroraux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ set_cc_for_build
+ SUN_ARCH=i386
+ # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
+ # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
+ # This test works for both compilers.
+ if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
+ if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -m64 -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+ then
+ SUN_ARCH=x86_64
+ fi
+ fi
+ SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ GUESS=$SUN_ARCH-pc-solaris2$SUN_REL
+ ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+ # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+ # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+ # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+ SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris3$SUN_REL
+ ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+ case `/usr/bin/arch -k` in
+ Series*|S4*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+ SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+ GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$SUN_REL
+ ;;
+ sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x$UNAME_RELEASE" = x && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+ case `/bin/arch` in
+ sun3)
+ GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=sparc-auspex-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
+ # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+ # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+ # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+ # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
+ # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+ # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+ # be no problem.
+ atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-milan-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-hades-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-unknown-mint$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ m68k:machten:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ powerpc:machten:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+ GUESS=mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+ ;;
+ RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+ GUESS=mips-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+ GUESS=vax-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+ GUESS=clipper-intergraph-clix$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+ set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
+ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+ int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+ #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" &&
+ dummyarg=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
+ SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy" "$dummyarg"` &&
+ { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+ GUESS=mips-mips-riscos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-motorola-powermax
+ ;;
+ Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax
+ ;;
+ Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax
+ ;;
+ Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-harris-powerunix
+ ;;
+ m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+ GUESS=m88k-harris-cxux7
+ ;;
+ m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+ GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv4
+ ;;
+ m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+ GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ ;;
+ AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+ # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+ if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88100 || test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88110
+ then
+ if test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = m88kdguxelfx || \
+ test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = x
+ then
+ GUESS=m88k-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ else
+ GUESS=m88k-dg-dguxbcs$UNAME_RELEASE
+ fi
+ else
+ GUESS=i586-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ fi
+ ;;
+ M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
+ GUESS=m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+ ;;
+ M88*:*:R3*:*)
+ # Delta 88k system running SVR3
+ GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ ;;
+ XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+ GUESS=m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+ ;;
+ Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+ GUESS=m68k-tektronix-bsd
+ ;;
+ *:IRIX*:*:*)
+ IRIX_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+ GUESS=mips-sgi-irix$IRIX_REL
+ ;;
+ ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+ GUESS=romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+ ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+ i*86:AIX:*:*)
+ GUESS=i386-ibm-aix
+ ;;
+ ia64:AIX:*:*)
+ if test -x /usr/bin/oslevel ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE
+ fi
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-aix$IBM_REV
+ ;;
+ *:AIX:2:3)
+ if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+ #include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+ main()
+ {
+ if (!__power_pc())
+ exit(1);
+ puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+ exit(0);
+ }
+EOF
+ if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"`
+ then
+ GUESS=$SYSTEM_NAME
+ else
+ GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+ fi
+ elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+ else
+ GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *:AIX:*:[4567])
+ IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+ if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El "$IBM_CPU_ID" | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+ else
+ IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ fi
+ if test -x /usr/bin/lslpp ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc | \
+ awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE
+ fi
+ GUESS=$IBM_ARCH-ibm-aix$IBM_REV
+ ;;
+ *:AIX:*:*)
+ GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix
+ ;;
+ ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:4.4BSD:*)
+ GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+ ;;
+ ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
+ GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd$UNAME_RELEASE # 4.3 with uname added to
+ ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+ *:BOSX:*:*)
+ GUESS=rs6000-bull-bosx
+ ;;
+ DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-bull-sysv3
+ ;;
+ 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd
+ ;;
+ hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+ ;;
+ 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ case $UNAME_MACHINE in
+ 9000/31?) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+ 9000/[34]??) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+ 9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+ if test -x /usr/bin/getconf; then
+ sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+ case $sc_cpu_version in
+ 523) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+ case $sc_kernel_bits in
+ 32) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0n ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w ;;
+ '') HP_ARCH=hppa2.0 ;; # HP-UX 10.20
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test "$HP_ARCH" = ""; then
+ set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+
+ #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ int main ()
+ {
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+ #endif
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ switch (bits)
+ {
+ case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+ case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ } break;
+ #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+ puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ #endif
+ default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ }
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`"$dummy"`
+ test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
+ fi ;;
+ esac
+ if test "$HP_ARCH" = hppa2.0w
+ then
+ set_cc_for_build
+
+ # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
+ # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
+ # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
+ #
+ # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
+ # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
+ # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
+ # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
+
+ if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
+ grep -q __LP64__
+ then
+ HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w
+ else
+ HP_ARCH=hppa64
+ fi
+ fi
+ GUESS=$HP_ARCH-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV
+ ;;
+ ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ GUESS=ia64-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV
+ ;;
+ 3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+ set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ int
+ main ()
+ {
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+ /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+ true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+ results, however. */
+ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+ {
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+ puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` &&
+ { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+ GUESS=unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:*)
+ GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+ ;;
+ 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+ GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+ ;;
+ *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+ GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+ ;;
+ hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:*)
+ GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-osf
+ ;;
+ hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+ GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-osf
+ ;;
+ i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+ if test -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ; then
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1mk
+ else
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1
+ fi
+ ;;
+ parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+ GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-lites
+ ;;
+ C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+ GUESS=c1-convex-bsd
+ ;;
+ C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit ;;
+ C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+ GUESS=c34-convex-bsd
+ ;;
+ C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+ GUESS=c38-convex-bsd
+ ;;
+ C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+ GUESS=c4-convex-bsd
+ ;;
+ CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+ CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+ GUESS=ymp-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL
+ ;;
+ CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+ echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" \
+ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit ;;
+ CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+ CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+ GUESS=t90-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL
+ ;;
+ CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+ CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+ GUESS=alphaev5-cray-unicosmk$CRAY_REL
+ ;;
+ CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+ CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+ GUESS=sv1-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL
+ ;;
+ *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
+ CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'`
+ GUESS=craynv-cray-unicosmp$CRAY_REL
+ ;;
+ F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz`
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ GUESS=${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}
+ ;;
+ 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ GUESS=sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}
+ ;;
+ i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ GUESS=sparc-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ arm:FreeBSD:*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+ set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
+ then
+ FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabi
+ else
+ FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabihf
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+ case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+ amd64)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
+ i386)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=i586 ;;
+ esac
+ FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL
+ ;;
+ i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-cygwin
+ ;;
+ *:MINGW64*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw64
+ ;;
+ *:MINGW*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw32
+ ;;
+ *:MSYS*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msys
+ ;;
+ i*:PW*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-pw32
+ ;;
+ *:SerenityOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-serenity
+ ;;
+ *:Interix*:*)
+ case $UNAME_MACHINE in
+ x86)
+ GUESS=i586-pc-interix$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
+ GUESS=x86_64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ IA64)
+ GUESS=ia64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ esac ;;
+ i*:UWIN*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-uwin
+ ;;
+ amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
+ GUESS=x86_64-pc-cygwin
+ ;;
+ prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-solaris2$SUN_REL
+ ;;
+ *:GNU:*:*)
+ # the GNU system
+ GNU_ARCH=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE" | sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`
+ GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+ GUESS=$GNU_ARCH-unknown-$LIBC$GNU_REL
+ ;;
+ *:GNU/*:*:*)
+ # other systems with GNU libc and userland
+ GNU_SYS=`echo "$UNAME_SYSTEM" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr "[:upper:]" "[:lower:]"`
+ GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-$GNU_SYS$GNU_REL-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ x86_64:[Mm]anagarm:*:*|i?86:[Mm]anagarm:*:*)
+ GUESS="$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-managarm-mlibc"
+ ;;
+ *:[Mm]anagarm:*:*)
+ GUESS="$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-managarm-mlibc"
+ ;;
+ *:Minix:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-minix
+ ;;
+ aarch64:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ alpha:Linux:*:*)
+ case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null` in
+ EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+ EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+ PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+ EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+ EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ esac
+ objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC=gnulibc1 ; fi
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:* | arc32:Linux:*:* | arc64:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ arm*:Linux:*:*)
+ set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
+ then
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ else
+ if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
+ then
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi
+ else
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ avr32*:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ cris:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ crisv32:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ e2k:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ frv:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ hexagon:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ i*86:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ ia64:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ k1om:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ loongarch32:Linux:*:* | loongarch64:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ m68*:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
+ set_cc_for_build
+ IS_GLIBC=0
+ test x"${LIBC}" = xgnu && IS_GLIBC=1
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips
+ #undef mipsel
+ #undef mips64
+ #undef mips64el
+ #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABI64)
+ LIBCABI=gnuabi64
+ #else
+ #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABIN32)
+ LIBCABI=gnuabin32
+ #else
+ LIBCABI=${LIBC}
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6
+ CPU=mipsisa64r6
+ #else
+ #if ${IS_GLIBC} && !defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6
+ CPU=mipsisa32r6
+ #else
+ #if defined(__mips64)
+ CPU=mips64
+ #else
+ CPU=mips
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ MIPS_ENDIAN=el
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ MIPS_ENDIAN=
+ #else
+ MIPS_ENDIAN=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ cc_set_vars=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU\|^MIPS_ENDIAN\|^LIBCABI'`
+ eval "$cc_set_vars"
+ test "x$CPU" != x && { echo "$CPU${MIPS_ENDIAN}-unknown-linux-$LIBCABI"; exit; }
+ ;;
+ mips64el:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ openrisc*:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=or1k-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ padre:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=sparc-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=hppa64-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+ # Look for CPU level
+ case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+ PA7*) GUESS=hppa1.1-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;;
+ PA8*) GUESS=hppa2.0-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;;
+ *) GUESS=hppa-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc64-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ ppc:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ ppc64le:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc64le-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ ppcle:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ riscv32:Linux:*:* | riscv32be:Linux:*:* | riscv64:Linux:*:* | riscv64be:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ sh64*:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ sh*:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ tile*:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ vax:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+ set_cc_for_build
+ CPU=$UNAME_MACHINE
+ LIBCABI=$LIBC
+ if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
+ ABI=64
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c"
+ #ifdef __i386__
+ ABI=x86
+ #else
+ #ifdef __ILP32__
+ ABI=x32
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ cc_set_abi=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^ABI' | sed 's, ,,g'`
+ eval "$cc_set_abi"
+ case $ABI in
+ x86) CPU=i686 ;;
+ x32) LIBCABI=${LIBC}x32 ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ GUESS=$CPU-pc-linux-$LIBCABI
+ ;;
+ xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC
+ ;;
+ i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+ # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+ # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+ # sysname and nodename.
+ GUESS=i386-sequent-sysv4
+ ;;
+ i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+ # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+ # number series starting with 2...
+ # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+ # I just have to hope. -- rms.
+ # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv4.2uw$UNAME_VERSION
+ ;;
+ i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+ # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+ # is probably installed.
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-os2-emx
+ ;;
+ i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-stop
+ ;;
+ i*86:atheos:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-atheos
+ ;;
+ i*86:syllable:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-syllable
+ ;;
+ i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
+ GUESS=i386-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ ;;
+ i*86:*:4.*:*)
+ UNAME_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+ if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-univel-sysv$UNAME_REL
+ else
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv$UNAME_REL
+ fi
+ ;;
+ i*86:*:5:[678]*)
+ # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
+ case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+ *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+ *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+ *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+ esac
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+ ;;
+ i*86:*:3.2:*)
+ if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+ UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+ elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+ else
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv32
+ fi
+ ;;
+ pc:*:*:*)
+ # Left here for compatibility:
+ # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+ # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
+ # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
+ # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that
+ # this is a cross-build.
+ GUESS=i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ ;;
+ Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+ GUESS=i386-pc-mach3
+ ;;
+ paragon:*:*:*)
+ GUESS=i860-intel-osf1
+ ;;
+ i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+ if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ GUESS=i860-stardent-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+ else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+ GUESS=i860-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE # Unknown i860-SVR4
+ fi
+ ;;
+ mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+ # "miniframe"
+ GUESS=m68010-convergent-sysv
+ ;;
+ mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+ GUESS=m68k-convergent-sysv
+ ;;
+ M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-diab-dnix
+ ;;
+ M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
+ test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
+ 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
+ OS_REL=''
+ test -r /etc/.relid \
+ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;;
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+ NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
+ OS_REL='.3'
+ test -r /etc/.relid \
+ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; }
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
+ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;;
+ m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-atari-sysv4
+ ;;
+ TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ GUESS=sparc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ GUESS=rs6000-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ GUESS=mips-dde-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+ GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4
+ ;;
+ RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4
+ ;;
+ *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-sni-sysv4
+ else
+ GUESS=ns32k-sni-sysv
+ fi
+ ;;
+ PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+ # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+ GUESS=i586-unisys-sysv4
+ ;;
+ *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+ # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+ # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+ GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+ ;;
+ *:*:*:FTX*)
+ # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+ GUESS=i860-stratus-sysv4
+ ;;
+ i*86:VOS:*:*)
+ # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-stratus-vos
+ ;;
+ *:VOS:*:*)
+ # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+ GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+ ;;
+ mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+ GUESS=m68k-apple-aux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+ GUESS=mips-sony-newsos6
+ ;;
+ R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ if test -d /usr/nec; then
+ GUESS=mips-nec-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE
+ else
+ GUESS=mips-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE
+ fi
+ ;;
+ BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+ GUESS=powerpc-be-beos
+ ;;
+ BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+ GUESS=powerpc-apple-beos
+ ;;
+ BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+ GUESS=i586-pc-beos
+ ;;
+ BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
+ GUESS=i586-pc-haiku
+ ;;
+ ppc:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Apple PowerPC
+ GUESS=powerpc-apple-haiku
+ ;;
+ *:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku modern gcc (not bound by BeOS compat)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-haiku
+ ;;
+ SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ GUESS=sx4-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ GUESS=sx5-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ GUESS=sx6-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ GUESS=sx7-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ GUESS=sx8-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ GUESS=sx8r-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ SX-ACE:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ GUESS=sxace-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ GUESS=powerpc-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ arm64:Darwin:*:*)
+ GUESS=aarch64-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:Darwin:*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+ case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+ unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+ esac
+ if command -v xcode-select > /dev/null 2> /dev/null && \
+ ! xcode-select --print-path > /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then
+ # Avoid executing cc if there is no toolchain installed as
+ # cc will be a stub that puts up a graphical alert
+ # prompting the user to install developer tools.
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found
+ else
+ set_cc_for_build
+ fi
+ if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then
+ if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+ then
+ case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+ i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
+ powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ # On 10.4-10.6 one might compile for PowerPC via gcc -arch ppc
+ if (echo '#ifdef __POWERPC__'; echo IS_PPC; echo '#endif') | \
+ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+ grep IS_PPC >/dev/null
+ then
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
+ fi
+ elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then
+ # uname -m returns i386 or x86_64
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=$UNAME_MACHINE
+ fi
+ GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+ if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = x86; then
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+ UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+ fi
+ GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-$UNAME_MACHINE-nto-qnx$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:QNX:*:4*)
+ GUESS=i386-pc-qnx
+ ;;
+ NEO-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ GUESS=neo-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ GUESS=nse-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ NSR-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ GUESS=nsr-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ NSV-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ GUESS=nsv-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ NSX-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ GUESS=nsx-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+ GUESS=mips-compaq-nonstopux
+ ;;
+ BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+ GUESS=bs2000-siemens-sysv
+ ;;
+ DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-$UNAME_SYSTEM-$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:Plan9:*:*)
+ # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+ # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+ # operating systems.
+ if test "${cputype-}" = 386; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+ elif test "x${cputype-}" != x; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=$cputype
+ fi
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-plan9
+ ;;
+ *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+ GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops10
+ ;;
+ *:TENEX:*:*)
+ GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tenex
+ ;;
+ KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ GUESS=pdp10-dec-tops20
+ ;;
+ XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ GUESS=pdp10-xkl-tops20
+ ;;
+ *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops20
+ ;;
+ *:ITS:*:*)
+ GUESS=pdp10-unknown-its
+ ;;
+ SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
+ GUESS=mips-sei-seiux$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+ *:DragonFly:*:*)
+ DRAGONFLY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-dragonfly$DRAGONFLY_REL
+ ;;
+ *:*VMS:*:*)
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ case $UNAME_MACHINE in
+ A*) GUESS=alpha-dec-vms ;;
+ I*) GUESS=ia64-dec-vms ;;
+ V*) GUESS=vax-dec-vms ;;
+ esac ;;
+ *:XENIX:*:SysV)
+ GUESS=i386-pc-xenix
+ ;;
+ i*86:skyos:*:*)
+ SKYOS_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ .*$//'`
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-skyos$SKYOS_REL
+ ;;
+ i*86:rdos:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-rdos
+ ;;
+ i*86:Fiwix:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-fiwix
+ ;;
+ *:AROS:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-aros
+ ;;
+ x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-esx
+ ;;
+ amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*)
+ GUESS=x86_64-unknown-onefs
+ ;;
+ *:Unleashed:*:*)
+ GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-unleashed$UNAME_RELEASE
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Do we have a guess based on uname results?
+if test "x$GUESS" != x; then
+ echo "$GUESS"
+ exit
+fi
+
+# No uname command or uname output not recognized.
+set_cc_for_build
+cat > "$dummy.c" <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+#if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__)
+#if defined (vax) || defined (__vax) || defined (__vax__) || defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__)
+#include <signal.h>
+#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST)
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+ /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+ I don't know.... */
+ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+ printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+ "4"
+#else
+ ""
+#endif
+ ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+ int version;
+ version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+ if (version < 4)
+ printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ else
+ printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+ printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+ printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+ printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+ struct utsname un;
+
+ uname(&un);
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+#if !defined (ultrix)
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#if defined (BSD)
+#if BSD == 43
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if BSD == 199006
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#else
+#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST)
+ struct utsname un;
+ uname (&un);
+ printf ("vax-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0);
+#else
+ printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+#if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__)
+#if defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__)
+#if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST)
+ struct utsname *un;
+ uname (&un);
+ printf ("mips-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0);
+#else
+ printf ("mips-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+ printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+ exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` &&
+ { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo "$ISP-apollo-$SYSTYPE"; exit; }
+
+echo "$0: unable to guess system type" >&2
+
+case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM in
+ mips:Linux | mips64:Linux)
+ # If we got here on MIPS GNU/Linux, output extra information.
+ cat >&2 <<EOF
+
+NOTE: MIPS GNU/Linux systems require a C compiler to fully recognize
+the system type. Please install a C compiler and try again.
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+
+This script (version $timestamp), has failed to recognize the
+operating system you are using. If your script is old, overwrite *all*
+copies of config.guess and config.sub with the latest versions from:
+
+ https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.guess
+and
+ https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.sub
+EOF
+
+our_year=`echo $timestamp | sed 's,-.*,,'`
+thisyear=`date +%Y`
+# shellcheck disable=SC2003
+script_age=`expr "$thisyear" - "$our_year"`
+if test "$script_age" -lt 3 ; then
+ cat >&2 <<EOF
+
+If $0 has already been updated, send the following data and any
+information you think might be pertinent to config-patches@gnu.org to
+provide the necessary information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = "$UNAME_MACHINE"
+UNAME_RELEASE = "$UNAME_RELEASE"
+UNAME_SYSTEM = "$UNAME_SYSTEM"
+UNAME_VERSION = "$UNAME_VERSION"
+EOF
+fi
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/config.rpath b/build-aux/config.rpath
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..17298f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/config.rpath
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
+# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
+#
+# Copyright 1996-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
+# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
+# should be set by the caller.
+#
+# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
+
+# Known limitations:
+# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
+# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
+# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
+# directory and/or the installation directory.
+
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+shrext=.so
+
+host="$1"
+host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
+
+for cc_temp in $CC""; do
+ case $cc_temp in
+ compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
+ distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
+ \-*) ;;
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+done
+cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
+
+wl=
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ wl='-Wl,'
+else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ aix*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ darwin*)
+ case $cc_basename in
+ xlc*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+ ;;
+ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ newsos6)
+ ;;
+ linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+ case $cc_basename in
+ ecc*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ icc* | ifort*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ lf95*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ ccc*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ como)
+ wl='-lopt='
+ ;;
+ *)
+ case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+ *Sun\ C*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ rdos*)
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ wl='-Qoption ld '
+ ;;
+ sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ sysv4*MP*)
+ ;;
+ sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ unicos*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ uts4*)
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
+
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+hardcode_libdir_separator=
+hardcode_direct=no
+hardcode_minus_L=no
+
+case "$host_os" in
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+ # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+ # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+ # Microsoft Visual C++.
+ if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+ with_gnu_ld=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ interix*)
+ # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
+ with_gnu_ld=yes
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ with_gnu_ld=no
+ ;;
+esac
+
+ld_shlibs=yes
+if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+ # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
+ # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
+ # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
+ # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
+ # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ case "$host_os" in
+ aix[3-9]*)
+ # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+ if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ amigaos*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
+ # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
+ # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
+ # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
+ # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
+ # them.
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+ # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+ # no search path for DLLs.
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ interix[3-9]*)
+ hardcode_direct=no
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+ ;;
+ gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+ case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+ *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+ fi
+else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ aix3*)
+ # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+ # are no directories specified by -L.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+ # broken collect2.
+ hardcode_direct=unsupported
+ fi
+ ;;
+ aix[4-9]*)
+ if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+ # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+ # have to do anything special.
+ aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+ else
+ aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+ # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+ # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+ # need to do runtime linking.
+ case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
+ for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+ if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+ aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+ if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+ then
+ # We have reworked collect2
+ :
+ else
+ # We have old collect2
+ hardcode_direct=unsupported
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
+ echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
+ ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
+ aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+ if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+ aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+ fi
+ if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+ aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.c conftest
+ # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
+ if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+ else
+ if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+ else
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ amigaos*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ bsdi[45]*)
+ ;;
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+ # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+ # Microsoft Visual C++.
+ # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+ # no search path for DLLs.
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
+ libext=lib
+ ;;
+ darwin* | rhapsody*)
+ hardcode_direct=no
+ if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
+ :
+ else
+ case $cc_basename in
+ xlc*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ;;
+ dgux*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ ;;
+ freebsd1*)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ freebsd2.2*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ freebsd2*)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ hpux9*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+ # but as the default location of the library.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ hpux10*)
+ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+ # but as the default location of the library.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ hpux11*)
+ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ case $host_cpu in
+ hppa*64*|ia64*)
+ hardcode_direct=no
+ ;;
+ *)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+ # but as the default location of the library.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ;;
+ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ newsos6)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+ else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ os2*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ osf3*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ osf4* | osf5*)
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ else
+ # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
+ fi
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ sysv4)
+ case $host_vendor in
+ sni)
+ hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
+ ;;
+ siemens)
+ hardcode_direct=no
+ ;;
+ motorola)
+ hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ sysv4.3*)
+ ;;
+ sysv4*MP*)
+ if test -d /usr/nec; then
+ ld_shlibs=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
+ ;;
+ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+ ;;
+ uts4*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+# Check dynamic linker characteristics
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
+# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
+# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
+# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
+# linker has special search rules.
+library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+case "$host_os" in
+ aix3*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+ ;;
+ aix[4-9]*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ amigaos*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ bsdi[45]*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+ shrext=.dll
+ library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
+ ;;
+ darwin* | rhapsody*)
+ shrext=.dylib
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ dgux*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ freebsd1*)
+ ;;
+ freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+ case "$host_os" in
+ freebsd[123]*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;;
+ *)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ gnu*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+ case $host_cpu in
+ ia64*)
+ shrext=.so
+ ;;
+ hppa*64*)
+ shrext=.sl
+ ;;
+ *)
+ shrext=.sl
+ ;;
+ esac
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ interix[3-9]*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ case "$host_os" in
+ irix5* | nonstopux*)
+ libsuff= shlibsuff=
+ ;;
+ *)
+ case $LD in
+ *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+ *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
+ *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
+ *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+ ;;
+ linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ knetbsd*-gnu)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ newsos6)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ nto-qnx*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
+ ;;
+ os2*)
+ libname_spec='$name'
+ shrext=.dll
+ library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+ ;;
+ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ rdos*)
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
+ ;;
+ sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ sysv4*MP*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ uts4*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+esac
+
+sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
+escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+
+LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl="$escaped_wl"
+
+# Static library suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
+shlibext="$shlibext"
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
+
+# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
+library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
+
+EOF
diff --git a/build-aux/config.sub b/build-aux/config.sub
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..de4259e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/config.sub
@@ -0,0 +1,1907 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+# Copyright 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268 # see below for rationale
+
+timestamp='2023-01-21'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.sub
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+# The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints
+# about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were
+# superseded or lifted in POSIX. However, this script identifies a wide
+# variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and
+# even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still
+# have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+ exit 1 ;;
+
+ *local*)
+ # First pass through any local machine types.
+ echo "$1"
+ exit ;;
+
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Split fields of configuration type
+# shellcheck disable=SC2162
+saved_IFS=$IFS
+IFS="-" read field1 field2 field3 field4 <<EOF
+$1
+EOF
+IFS=$saved_IFS
+
+# Separate into logical components for further validation
+case $1 in
+ *-*-*-*-*)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': more than four components >&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ *-*-*-*)
+ basic_machine=$field1-$field2
+ basic_os=$field3-$field4
+ ;;
+ *-*-*)
+ # Ambiguous whether COMPANY is present, or skipped and KERNEL-OS is two
+ # parts
+ maybe_os=$field2-$field3
+ case $maybe_os in
+ nto-qnx* | linux-* | uclinux-uclibc* \
+ | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* \
+ | netbsd*-eabi* | kopensolaris*-gnu* | cloudabi*-eabi* \
+ | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova* | managarm-*)
+ basic_machine=$field1
+ basic_os=$maybe_os
+ ;;
+ android-linux)
+ basic_machine=$field1-unknown
+ basic_os=linux-android
+ ;;
+ *)
+ basic_machine=$field1-$field2
+ basic_os=$field3
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *-*)
+ # A lone config we happen to match not fitting any pattern
+ case $field1-$field2 in
+ decstation-3100)
+ basic_machine=mips-dec
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ *-*)
+ # Second component is usually, but not always the OS
+ case $field2 in
+ # Prevent following clause from handling this valid os
+ sun*os*)
+ basic_machine=$field1
+ basic_os=$field2
+ ;;
+ zephyr*)
+ basic_machine=$field1-unknown
+ basic_os=$field2
+ ;;
+ # Manufacturers
+ dec* | mips* | sequent* | encore* | pc533* | sgi* | sony* \
+ | att* | 7300* | 3300* | delta* | motorola* | sun[234]* \
+ | unicom* | ibm* | next | hp | isi* | apollo | altos* \
+ | convergent* | ncr* | news | 32* | 3600* | 3100* \
+ | hitachi* | c[123]* | convex* | sun | crds | omron* | dg \
+ | ultra | tti* | harris | dolphin | highlevel | gould \
+ | cbm | ns | masscomp | apple | axis | knuth | cray \
+ | microblaze* | sim | cisco \
+ | oki | wec | wrs | winbond)
+ basic_machine=$field1-$field2
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ *)
+ basic_machine=$field1
+ basic_os=$field2
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Convert single-component short-hands not valid as part of
+ # multi-component configurations.
+ case $field1 in
+ 386bsd)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ basic_os=bsd
+ ;;
+ a29khif)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ basic_os=udi
+ ;;
+ adobe68k)
+ basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+ basic_os=scout
+ ;;
+ alliant)
+ basic_machine=fx80-alliant
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ altos | altos3068)
+ basic_machine=m68k-altos
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ am29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-none
+ basic_os=bsd
+ ;;
+ amdahl)
+ basic_machine=580-amdahl
+ basic_os=sysv
+ ;;
+ amiga)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ amigaos | amigados)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ basic_os=amigaos
+ ;;
+ amigaunix | amix)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ basic_os=sysv4
+ ;;
+ apollo68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ basic_os=sysv
+ ;;
+ apollo68bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+ basic_os=bsd
+ ;;
+ aros)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ basic_os=aros
+ ;;
+ aux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-apple
+ basic_os=aux
+ ;;
+ balance)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
+ basic_os=dynix
+ ;;
+ blackfin)
+ basic_machine=bfin-unknown
+ basic_os=linux
+ ;;
+ cegcc)
+ basic_machine=arm-unknown
+ basic_os=cegcc
+ ;;
+ convex-c1)
+ basic_machine=c1-convex
+ basic_os=bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c2)
+ basic_machine=c2-convex
+ basic_os=bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c32)
+ basic_machine=c32-convex
+ basic_os=bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c34)
+ basic_machine=c34-convex
+ basic_os=bsd
+ ;;
+ convex-c38)
+ basic_machine=c38-convex
+ basic_os=bsd
+ ;;
+ cray)
+ basic_machine=j90-cray
+ basic_os=unicos
+ ;;
+ crds | unos)
+ basic_machine=m68k-crds
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ da30)
+ basic_machine=m68k-da30
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ decstation | pmax | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
+ basic_machine=mips-dec
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ delta88)
+ basic_machine=m88k-motorola
+ basic_os=sysv3
+ ;;
+ dicos)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ basic_os=dicos
+ ;;
+ djgpp)
+ basic_machine=i586-pc
+ basic_os=msdosdjgpp
+ ;;
+ ebmon29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ basic_os=ebmon
+ ;;
+ es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+ basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+ basic_os=ose
+ ;;
+ gmicro)
+ basic_machine=tron-gmicro
+ basic_os=sysv
+ ;;
+ go32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ basic_os=go32
+ ;;
+ h8300hms)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ basic_os=hms
+ ;;
+ h8300xray)
+ basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+ basic_os=xray
+ ;;
+ h8500hms)
+ basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+ basic_os=hms
+ ;;
+ harris)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ basic_os=sysv3
+ ;;
+ hp300 | hp300hpux)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ basic_os=hpux
+ ;;
+ hp300bsd)
+ basic_machine=m68k-hp
+ basic_os=bsd
+ ;;
+ hppaosf)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ basic_os=osf
+ ;;
+ hppro)
+ basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+ basic_os=proelf
+ ;;
+ i386mach)
+ basic_machine=i386-mach
+ basic_os=mach
+ ;;
+ isi68 | isi)
+ basic_machine=m68k-isi
+ basic_os=sysv
+ ;;
+ m68knommu)
+ basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+ basic_os=linux
+ ;;
+ magnum | m3230)
+ basic_machine=mips-mips
+ basic_os=sysv
+ ;;
+ merlin)
+ basic_machine=ns32k-utek
+ basic_os=sysv
+ ;;
+ mingw64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ basic_os=mingw64
+ ;;
+ mingw32)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ basic_os=mingw32
+ ;;
+ mingw32ce)
+ basic_machine=arm-unknown
+ basic_os=mingw32ce
+ ;;
+ monitor)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ basic_os=coff
+ ;;
+ morphos)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+ basic_os=morphos
+ ;;
+ moxiebox)
+ basic_machine=moxie-unknown
+ basic_os=moxiebox
+ ;;
+ msdos)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ basic_os=msdos
+ ;;
+ msys)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ basic_os=msys
+ ;;
+ mvs)
+ basic_machine=i370-ibm
+ basic_os=mvs
+ ;;
+ nacl)
+ basic_machine=le32-unknown
+ basic_os=nacl
+ ;;
+ ncr3000)
+ basic_machine=i486-ncr
+ basic_os=sysv4
+ ;;
+ netbsd386)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ basic_os=netbsd
+ ;;
+ netwinder)
+ basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
+ basic_os=linux
+ ;;
+ news | news700 | news800 | news900)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sony
+ basic_os=newsos
+ ;;
+ news1000)
+ basic_machine=m68030-sony
+ basic_os=newsos
+ ;;
+ necv70)
+ basic_machine=v70-nec
+ basic_os=sysv
+ ;;
+ nh3000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-harris
+ basic_os=cxux
+ ;;
+ nh[45]000)
+ basic_machine=m88k-harris
+ basic_os=cxux
+ ;;
+ nindy960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ basic_os=nindy
+ ;;
+ mon960)
+ basic_machine=i960-intel
+ basic_os=mon960
+ ;;
+ nonstopux)
+ basic_machine=mips-compaq
+ basic_os=nonstopux
+ ;;
+ os400)
+ basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+ basic_os=os400
+ ;;
+ OSE68000 | ose68000)
+ basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+ basic_os=ose
+ ;;
+ os68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-none
+ basic_os=os68k
+ ;;
+ paragon)
+ basic_machine=i860-intel
+ basic_os=osf
+ ;;
+ parisc)
+ basic_machine=hppa-unknown
+ basic_os=linux
+ ;;
+ psp)
+ basic_machine=mipsallegrexel-sony
+ basic_os=psp
+ ;;
+ pw32)
+ basic_machine=i586-unknown
+ basic_os=pw32
+ ;;
+ rdos | rdos64)
+ basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+ basic_os=rdos
+ ;;
+ rdos32)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ basic_os=rdos
+ ;;
+ rom68k)
+ basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+ basic_os=coff
+ ;;
+ sa29200)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ basic_os=udi
+ ;;
+ sei)
+ basic_machine=mips-sei
+ basic_os=seiux
+ ;;
+ sequent)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ sps7)
+ basic_machine=m68k-bull
+ basic_os=sysv2
+ ;;
+ st2000)
+ basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ stratus)
+ basic_machine=i860-stratus
+ basic_os=sysv4
+ ;;
+ sun2)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ sun2os3)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ basic_os=sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun2os4)
+ basic_machine=m68000-sun
+ basic_os=sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun3)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ sun3os3)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ basic_os=sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun3os4)
+ basic_machine=m68k-sun
+ basic_os=sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ sun4os3)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ basic_os=sunos3
+ ;;
+ sun4os4)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ basic_os=sunos4
+ ;;
+ sun4sol2)
+ basic_machine=sparc-sun
+ basic_os=solaris2
+ ;;
+ sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
+ basic_machine=i386-sun
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ sv1)
+ basic_machine=sv1-cray
+ basic_os=unicos
+ ;;
+ symmetry)
+ basic_machine=i386-sequent
+ basic_os=dynix
+ ;;
+ t3e)
+ basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
+ basic_os=unicos
+ ;;
+ t90)
+ basic_machine=t90-cray
+ basic_os=unicos
+ ;;
+ toad1)
+ basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
+ basic_os=tops20
+ ;;
+ tpf)
+ basic_machine=s390x-ibm
+ basic_os=tpf
+ ;;
+ udi29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-amd
+ basic_os=udi
+ ;;
+ ultra3)
+ basic_machine=a29k-nyu
+ basic_os=sym1
+ ;;
+ v810 | necv810)
+ basic_machine=v810-nec
+ basic_os=none
+ ;;
+ vaxv)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ basic_os=sysv
+ ;;
+ vms)
+ basic_machine=vax-dec
+ basic_os=vms
+ ;;
+ vsta)
+ basic_machine=i386-pc
+ basic_os=vsta
+ ;;
+ vxworks960)
+ basic_machine=i960-wrs
+ basic_os=vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks68)
+ basic_machine=m68k-wrs
+ basic_os=vxworks
+ ;;
+ vxworks29k)
+ basic_machine=a29k-wrs
+ basic_os=vxworks
+ ;;
+ xbox)
+ basic_machine=i686-pc
+ basic_os=mingw32
+ ;;
+ ymp)
+ basic_machine=ymp-cray
+ basic_os=unicos
+ ;;
+ *)
+ basic_machine=$1
+ basic_os=
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode 1-component or ad-hoc basic machines
+case $basic_machine in
+ # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
+ # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+ w89k)
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=winbond
+ ;;
+ op50n)
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=oki
+ ;;
+ op60c)
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=oki
+ ;;
+ ibm*)
+ cpu=i370
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ orion105)
+ cpu=clipper
+ vendor=highlevel
+ ;;
+ mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+ cpu=m68k
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ pmac | pmac-mpw)
+ cpu=powerpc
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+
+ # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
+ # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+ 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
+ cpu=m68000
+ vendor=att
+ ;;
+ 3b*)
+ cpu=we32k
+ vendor=att
+ ;;
+ bluegene*)
+ cpu=powerpc
+ vendor=ibm
+ basic_os=cnk
+ ;;
+ decsystem10* | dec10*)
+ cpu=pdp10
+ vendor=dec
+ basic_os=tops10
+ ;;
+ decsystem20* | dec20*)
+ cpu=pdp10
+ vendor=dec
+ basic_os=tops20
+ ;;
+ delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
+ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
+ cpu=m68k
+ vendor=motorola
+ ;;
+ dpx2*)
+ cpu=m68k
+ vendor=bull
+ basic_os=sysv3
+ ;;
+ encore | umax | mmax)
+ cpu=ns32k
+ vendor=encore
+ ;;
+ elxsi)
+ cpu=elxsi
+ vendor=elxsi
+ basic_os=${basic_os:-bsd}
+ ;;
+ fx2800)
+ cpu=i860
+ vendor=alliant
+ ;;
+ genix)
+ cpu=ns32k
+ vendor=ns
+ ;;
+ h3050r* | hiux*)
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=hitachi
+ basic_os=hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+ cpu=hppa1.0
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
+ cpu=m68000
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
+ cpu=m68k
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+ cpu=hppa1.0
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+ # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
+ cpu=hppa1.0
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ i*86v32)
+ cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
+ vendor=pc
+ basic_os=sysv32
+ ;;
+ i*86v4*)
+ cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
+ vendor=pc
+ basic_os=sysv4
+ ;;
+ i*86v)
+ cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
+ vendor=pc
+ basic_os=sysv
+ ;;
+ i*86sol2)
+ cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'`
+ vendor=pc
+ basic_os=solaris2
+ ;;
+ j90 | j90-cray)
+ cpu=j90
+ vendor=cray
+ basic_os=${basic_os:-unicos}
+ ;;
+ iris | iris4d)
+ cpu=mips
+ vendor=sgi
+ case $basic_os in
+ irix*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ basic_os=irix4
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ miniframe)
+ cpu=m68000
+ vendor=convergent
+ ;;
+ *mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
+ cpu=m68k
+ vendor=atari
+ basic_os=mint
+ ;;
+ news-3600 | risc-news)
+ cpu=mips
+ vendor=sony
+ basic_os=newsos
+ ;;
+ next | m*-next)
+ cpu=m68k
+ vendor=next
+ case $basic_os in
+ openstep*)
+ ;;
+ nextstep*)
+ ;;
+ ns2*)
+ basic_os=nextstep2
+ ;;
+ *)
+ basic_os=nextstep3
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ np1)
+ cpu=np1
+ vendor=gould
+ ;;
+ op50n-* | op60c-*)
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=oki
+ basic_os=proelf
+ ;;
+ pa-hitachi)
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=hitachi
+ basic_os=hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ pbd)
+ cpu=sparc
+ vendor=tti
+ ;;
+ pbb)
+ cpu=m68k
+ vendor=tti
+ ;;
+ pc532)
+ cpu=ns32k
+ vendor=pc532
+ ;;
+ pn)
+ cpu=pn
+ vendor=gould
+ ;;
+ power)
+ cpu=power
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ ps2)
+ cpu=i386
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ rm[46]00)
+ cpu=mips
+ vendor=siemens
+ ;;
+ rtpc | rtpc-*)
+ cpu=romp
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ sde)
+ cpu=mipsisa32
+ vendor=sde
+ basic_os=${basic_os:-elf}
+ ;;
+ simso-wrs)
+ cpu=sparclite
+ vendor=wrs
+ basic_os=vxworks
+ ;;
+ tower | tower-32)
+ cpu=m68k
+ vendor=ncr
+ ;;
+ vpp*|vx|vx-*)
+ cpu=f301
+ vendor=fujitsu
+ ;;
+ w65)
+ cpu=w65
+ vendor=wdc
+ ;;
+ w89k-*)
+ cpu=hppa1.1
+ vendor=winbond
+ basic_os=proelf
+ ;;
+ none)
+ cpu=none
+ vendor=none
+ ;;
+ leon|leon[3-9])
+ cpu=sparc
+ vendor=$basic_machine
+ ;;
+ leon-*|leon[3-9]-*)
+ cpu=sparc
+ vendor=`echo "$basic_machine" | sed 's/-.*//'`
+ ;;
+
+ *-*)
+ # shellcheck disable=SC2162
+ saved_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS="-" read cpu vendor <<EOF
+$basic_machine
+EOF
+ IFS=$saved_IFS
+ ;;
+ # We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
+ # because (1) that's what they normally are, and
+ # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
+ i*86 | x86_64)
+ cpu=$basic_machine
+ vendor=pc
+ ;;
+ # These rules are duplicated from below for sake of the special case above;
+ # i.e. things that normalized to x86 arches should also default to "pc"
+ pc98)
+ cpu=i386
+ vendor=pc
+ ;;
+ x64 | amd64)
+ cpu=x86_64
+ vendor=pc
+ ;;
+ # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
+ *)
+ cpu=$basic_machine
+ vendor=unknown
+ ;;
+esac
+
+unset -v basic_machine
+
+# Decode basic machines in the full and proper CPU-Company form.
+case $cpu-$vendor in
+ # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types in canonical form. It is in
+ # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+ craynv-unknown)
+ vendor=cray
+ basic_os=${basic_os:-unicosmp}
+ ;;
+ c90-unknown | c90-cray)
+ vendor=cray
+ basic_os=${Basic_os:-unicos}
+ ;;
+ fx80-unknown)
+ vendor=alliant
+ ;;
+ romp-unknown)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ mmix-unknown)
+ vendor=knuth
+ ;;
+ microblaze-unknown | microblazeel-unknown)
+ vendor=xilinx
+ ;;
+ rs6000-unknown)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ vax-unknown)
+ vendor=dec
+ ;;
+ pdp11-unknown)
+ vendor=dec
+ ;;
+ we32k-unknown)
+ vendor=att
+ ;;
+ cydra-unknown)
+ vendor=cydrome
+ ;;
+ i370-ibm*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ orion-unknown)
+ vendor=highlevel
+ ;;
+ xps-unknown | xps100-unknown)
+ cpu=xps100
+ vendor=honeywell
+ ;;
+
+ # Here we normalize CPU types with a missing or matching vendor
+ armh-unknown | armh-alt)
+ cpu=armv7l
+ vendor=alt
+ basic_os=${basic_os:-linux-gnueabihf}
+ ;;
+ dpx20-unknown | dpx20-bull)
+ cpu=rs6000
+ vendor=bull
+ basic_os=${basic_os:-bosx}
+ ;;
+
+ # Here we normalize CPU types irrespective of the vendor
+ amd64-*)
+ cpu=x86_64
+ ;;
+ blackfin-*)
+ cpu=bfin
+ basic_os=linux
+ ;;
+ c54x-*)
+ cpu=tic54x
+ ;;
+ c55x-*)
+ cpu=tic55x
+ ;;
+ c6x-*)
+ cpu=tic6x
+ ;;
+ e500v[12]-*)
+ cpu=powerpc
+ basic_os=${basic_os}"spe"
+ ;;
+ mips3*-*)
+ cpu=mips64
+ ;;
+ ms1-*)
+ cpu=mt
+ ;;
+ m68knommu-*)
+ cpu=m68k
+ basic_os=linux
+ ;;
+ m9s12z-* | m68hcs12z-* | hcs12z-* | s12z-*)
+ cpu=s12z
+ ;;
+ openrisc-*)
+ cpu=or32
+ ;;
+ parisc-*)
+ cpu=hppa
+ basic_os=linux
+ ;;
+ pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
+ cpu=i586
+ ;;
+ pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-* | athlon_*-*)
+ cpu=i686
+ ;;
+ pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
+ cpu=i686
+ ;;
+ pentium4-*)
+ cpu=i786
+ ;;
+ pc98-*)
+ cpu=i386
+ ;;
+ ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
+ cpu=powerpc
+ ;;
+ ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
+ cpu=powerpcle
+ ;;
+ ppc64-*)
+ cpu=powerpc64
+ ;;
+ ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
+ cpu=powerpc64le
+ ;;
+ sb1-*)
+ cpu=mipsisa64sb1
+ ;;
+ sb1el-*)
+ cpu=mipsisa64sb1el
+ ;;
+ sh5e[lb]-*)
+ cpu=`echo "$cpu" | sed 's/^\(sh.\)e\(.\)$/\1\2e/'`
+ ;;
+ spur-*)
+ cpu=spur
+ ;;
+ strongarm-* | thumb-*)
+ cpu=arm
+ ;;
+ tx39-*)
+ cpu=mipstx39
+ ;;
+ tx39el-*)
+ cpu=mipstx39el
+ ;;
+ x64-*)
+ cpu=x86_64
+ ;;
+ xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*)
+ cpu=`echo "$cpu" | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'`
+ ;;
+ arm64-* | aarch64le-*)
+ cpu=aarch64
+ ;;
+
+ # Recognize the canonical CPU Types that limit and/or modify the
+ # company names they are paired with.
+ cr16-*)
+ basic_os=${basic_os:-elf}
+ ;;
+ crisv32-* | etraxfs*-*)
+ cpu=crisv32
+ vendor=axis
+ ;;
+ cris-* | etrax*-*)
+ cpu=cris
+ vendor=axis
+ ;;
+ crx-*)
+ basic_os=${basic_os:-elf}
+ ;;
+ neo-tandem)
+ cpu=neo
+ vendor=tandem
+ ;;
+ nse-tandem)
+ cpu=nse
+ vendor=tandem
+ ;;
+ nsr-tandem)
+ cpu=nsr
+ vendor=tandem
+ ;;
+ nsv-tandem)
+ cpu=nsv
+ vendor=tandem
+ ;;
+ nsx-tandem)
+ cpu=nsx
+ vendor=tandem
+ ;;
+ mipsallegrexel-sony)
+ cpu=mipsallegrexel
+ vendor=sony
+ ;;
+ tile*-*)
+ basic_os=${basic_os:-linux-gnu}
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ # Recognize the canonical CPU types that are allowed with any
+ # company name.
+ case $cpu in
+ 1750a | 580 \
+ | a29k \
+ | aarch64 | aarch64_be \
+ | abacus \
+ | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] \
+ | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] \
+ | alphapca5[67] | alpha64pca5[67] \
+ | am33_2.0 \
+ | amdgcn \
+ | arc | arceb | arc32 | arc64 \
+ | arm | arm[lb]e | arme[lb] | armv* \
+ | avr | avr32 \
+ | asmjs \
+ | ba \
+ | be32 | be64 \
+ | bfin | bpf | bs2000 \
+ | c[123]* | c30 | [cjt]90 | c4x \
+ | c8051 | clipper | craynv | csky | cydra \
+ | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
+ | e2k | elxsi | epiphany \
+ | f30[01] | f700 | fido | fr30 | frv | ft32 | fx80 \
+ | h8300 | h8500 \
+ | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+ | hexagon \
+ | i370 | i*86 | i860 | i960 | ia16 | ia64 \
+ | ip2k | iq2000 \
+ | k1om \
+ | le32 | le64 \
+ | lm32 \
+ | loongarch32 | loongarch64 \
+ | m32c | m32r | m32rle \
+ | m5200 | m68000 | m680[012346]0 | m68360 | m683?2 | m68k \
+ | m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x \
+ | m88110 | m88k | maxq | mb | mcore | mep | metag \
+ | microblaze | microblazeel \
+ | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
+ | mips16 \
+ | mips64 | mips64eb | mips64el \
+ | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
+ | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+ | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
+ | mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+ | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
+ | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+ | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
+ | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
+ | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
+ | mipsisa32r3 | mipsisa32r3el \
+ | mipsisa32r5 | mipsisa32r5el \
+ | mipsisa32r6 | mipsisa32r6el \
+ | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
+ | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
+ | mipsisa64r3 | mipsisa64r3el \
+ | mipsisa64r5 | mipsisa64r5el \
+ | mipsisa64r6 | mipsisa64r6el \
+ | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
+ | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+ | mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \
+ | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+ | mmix \
+ | mn10200 | mn10300 \
+ | moxie \
+ | mt \
+ | msp430 \
+ | nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
+ | nfp \
+ | nios | nios2 | nios2eb | nios2el \
+ | none | np1 | ns16k | ns32k | nvptx \
+ | open8 \
+ | or1k* \
+ | or32 \
+ | orion \
+ | picochip \
+ | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl | pn | power \
+ | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | powerpcspe \
+ | pru \
+ | pyramid \
+ | riscv | riscv32 | riscv32be | riscv64 | riscv64be \
+ | rl78 | romp | rs6000 | rx \
+ | s390 | s390x \
+ | score \
+ | sh | shl \
+ | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]ae[lb] | sh[23]e | she[lb] | sh[lb]e \
+ | sh[1234]e[lb] | sh[12345][lb]e | sh[23]ele | sh64 | sh64le \
+ | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet \
+ | sparclite \
+ | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v | sv1 | sx* \
+ | spu \
+ | tahoe \
+ | thumbv7* \
+ | tic30 | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 \
+ | tron \
+ | ubicom32 \
+ | v70 | v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850es | v850e2 | v850e2v3 \
+ | vax \
+ | visium \
+ | w65 \
+ | wasm32 | wasm64 \
+ | we32k \
+ | x86 | x86_64 | xc16x | xgate | xps100 \
+ | xstormy16 | xtensa* \
+ | ymp \
+ | z8k | z80)
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': machine \`"$cpu-$vendor"\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
+case $vendor in
+ digital*)
+ vendor=dec
+ ;;
+ commodore*)
+ vendor=cbm
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
+
+if test x$basic_os != x
+then
+
+# First recognize some ad-hoc cases, or perhaps split kernel-os, or else just
+# set os.
+case $basic_os in
+ gnu/linux*)
+ kernel=linux
+ os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ os2-emx)
+ kernel=os2
+ os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|os2-emx|emx|'`
+ ;;
+ nto-qnx*)
+ kernel=nto
+ os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|nto-qnx|qnx|'`
+ ;;
+ *-*)
+ # shellcheck disable=SC2162
+ saved_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS="-" read kernel os <<EOF
+$basic_os
+EOF
+ IFS=$saved_IFS
+ ;;
+ # Default OS when just kernel was specified
+ nto*)
+ kernel=nto
+ os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|nto|qnx|'`
+ ;;
+ linux*)
+ kernel=linux
+ os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|linux|gnu|'`
+ ;;
+ managarm*)
+ kernel=managarm
+ os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|managarm|mlibc|'`
+ ;;
+ *)
+ kernel=
+ os=$basic_os
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Now, normalize the OS (knowing we just have one component, it's not a kernel,
+# etc.)
+case $os in
+ # First match some system type aliases that might get confused
+ # with valid system types.
+ # solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+ auroraux)
+ os=auroraux
+ ;;
+ bluegene*)
+ os=cnk
+ ;;
+ solaris1 | solaris1.*)
+ os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
+ ;;
+ solaris)
+ os=solaris2
+ ;;
+ unixware*)
+ os=sysv4.2uw
+ ;;
+ # es1800 is here to avoid being matched by es* (a different OS)
+ es1800*)
+ os=ose
+ ;;
+ # Some version numbers need modification
+ chorusos*)
+ os=chorusos
+ ;;
+ isc)
+ os=isc2.2
+ ;;
+ sco6)
+ os=sco5v6
+ ;;
+ sco5)
+ os=sco3.2v5
+ ;;
+ sco4)
+ os=sco3.2v4
+ ;;
+ sco3.2.[4-9]*)
+ os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+ ;;
+ sco*v* | scout)
+ # Don't match below
+ ;;
+ sco*)
+ os=sco3.2v2
+ ;;
+ psos*)
+ os=psos
+ ;;
+ qnx*)
+ os=qnx
+ ;;
+ hiux*)
+ os=hiuxwe2
+ ;;
+ lynx*178)
+ os=lynxos178
+ ;;
+ lynx*5)
+ os=lynxos5
+ ;;
+ lynxos*)
+ # don't get caught up in next wildcard
+ ;;
+ lynx*)
+ os=lynxos
+ ;;
+ mac[0-9]*)
+ os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+ ;;
+ opened*)
+ os=openedition
+ ;;
+ os400*)
+ os=os400
+ ;;
+ sunos5*)
+ os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
+ ;;
+ sunos6*)
+ os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
+ ;;
+ wince*)
+ os=wince
+ ;;
+ utek*)
+ os=bsd
+ ;;
+ dynix*)
+ os=bsd
+ ;;
+ acis*)
+ os=aos
+ ;;
+ atheos*)
+ os=atheos
+ ;;
+ syllable*)
+ os=syllable
+ ;;
+ 386bsd)
+ os=bsd
+ ;;
+ ctix* | uts*)
+ os=sysv
+ ;;
+ nova*)
+ os=rtmk-nova
+ ;;
+ ns2)
+ os=nextstep2
+ ;;
+ # Preserve the version number of sinix5.
+ sinix5.*)
+ os=`echo "$os" | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
+ ;;
+ sinix*)
+ os=sysv4
+ ;;
+ tpf*)
+ os=tpf
+ ;;
+ triton*)
+ os=sysv3
+ ;;
+ oss*)
+ os=sysv3
+ ;;
+ svr4*)
+ os=sysv4
+ ;;
+ svr3)
+ os=sysv3
+ ;;
+ sysvr4)
+ os=sysv4
+ ;;
+ ose*)
+ os=ose
+ ;;
+ *mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | MiNT[0-9]*)
+ os=mint
+ ;;
+ dicos*)
+ os=dicos
+ ;;
+ pikeos*)
+ # Until real need of OS specific support for
+ # particular features comes up, bare metal
+ # configurations are quite functional.
+ case $cpu in
+ arm*)
+ os=eabi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=elf
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # No normalization, but not necessarily accepted, that comes below.
+ ;;
+esac
+
+else
+
+# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
+# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
+# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
+
+# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
+# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
+# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
+# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
+# system, and we'll never get to this point.
+
+kernel=
+case $cpu-$vendor in
+ score-*)
+ os=elf
+ ;;
+ spu-*)
+ os=elf
+ ;;
+ *-acorn)
+ os=riscix1.2
+ ;;
+ arm*-rebel)
+ kernel=linux
+ os=gnu
+ ;;
+ arm*-semi)
+ os=aout
+ ;;
+ c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+ os=coff
+ ;;
+ c8051-*)
+ os=elf
+ ;;
+ clipper-intergraph)
+ os=clix
+ ;;
+ hexagon-*)
+ os=elf
+ ;;
+ tic54x-*)
+ os=coff
+ ;;
+ tic55x-*)
+ os=coff
+ ;;
+ tic6x-*)
+ os=coff
+ ;;
+ # This must come before the *-dec entry.
+ pdp10-*)
+ os=tops20
+ ;;
+ pdp11-*)
+ os=none
+ ;;
+ *-dec | vax-*)
+ os=ultrix4.2
+ ;;
+ m68*-apollo)
+ os=domain
+ ;;
+ i386-sun)
+ os=sunos4.0.2
+ ;;
+ m68000-sun)
+ os=sunos3
+ ;;
+ m68*-cisco)
+ os=aout
+ ;;
+ mep-*)
+ os=elf
+ ;;
+ mips*-cisco)
+ os=elf
+ ;;
+ mips*-*)
+ os=elf
+ ;;
+ or32-*)
+ os=coff
+ ;;
+ *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
+ os=sysv3
+ ;;
+ sparc-* | *-sun)
+ os=sunos4.1.1
+ ;;
+ pru-*)
+ os=elf
+ ;;
+ *-be)
+ os=beos
+ ;;
+ *-ibm)
+ os=aix
+ ;;
+ *-knuth)
+ os=mmixware
+ ;;
+ *-wec)
+ os=proelf
+ ;;
+ *-winbond)
+ os=proelf
+ ;;
+ *-oki)
+ os=proelf
+ ;;
+ *-hp)
+ os=hpux
+ ;;
+ *-hitachi)
+ os=hiux
+ ;;
+ i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
+ os=sysv
+ ;;
+ *-cbm)
+ os=amigaos
+ ;;
+ *-dg)
+ os=dgux
+ ;;
+ *-dolphin)
+ os=sysv3
+ ;;
+ m68k-ccur)
+ os=rtu
+ ;;
+ m88k-omron*)
+ os=luna
+ ;;
+ *-next)
+ os=nextstep
+ ;;
+ *-sequent)
+ os=ptx
+ ;;
+ *-crds)
+ os=unos
+ ;;
+ *-ns)
+ os=genix
+ ;;
+ i370-*)
+ os=mvs
+ ;;
+ *-gould)
+ os=sysv
+ ;;
+ *-highlevel)
+ os=bsd
+ ;;
+ *-encore)
+ os=bsd
+ ;;
+ *-sgi)
+ os=irix
+ ;;
+ *-siemens)
+ os=sysv4
+ ;;
+ *-masscomp)
+ os=rtu
+ ;;
+ f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
+ os=uxpv
+ ;;
+ *-rom68k)
+ os=coff
+ ;;
+ *-*bug)
+ os=coff
+ ;;
+ *-apple)
+ os=macos
+ ;;
+ *-atari*)
+ os=mint
+ ;;
+ *-wrs)
+ os=vxworks
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=none
+ ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+# Now, validate our (potentially fixed-up) OS.
+case $os in
+ # Sometimes we do "kernel-libc", so those need to count as OSes.
+ musl* | newlib* | relibc* | uclibc*)
+ ;;
+ # Likewise for "kernel-abi"
+ eabi* | gnueabi*)
+ ;;
+ # VxWorks passes extra cpu info in the 4th filed.
+ simlinux | simwindows | spe)
+ ;;
+ # Now accept the basic system types.
+ # The portable systems comes first.
+ # Each alternative MUST end in a * to match a version number.
+ gnu* | android* | bsd* | mach* | minix* | genix* | ultrix* | irix* \
+ | *vms* | esix* | aix* | cnk* | sunos | sunos[34]* \
+ | hpux* | unos* | osf* | luna* | dgux* | auroraux* | solaris* \
+ | sym* | plan9* | psp* | sim* | xray* | os68k* | v88r* \
+ | hiux* | abug | nacl* | netware* | windows* \
+ | os9* | macos* | osx* | ios* \
+ | mpw* | magic* | mmixware* | mon960* | lnews* \
+ | amigaos* | amigados* | msdos* | newsos* | unicos* | aof* \
+ | aos* | aros* | cloudabi* | sortix* | twizzler* \
+ | nindy* | vxsim* | vxworks* | ebmon* | hms* | mvs* \
+ | clix* | riscos* | uniplus* | iris* | isc* | rtu* | xenix* \
+ | mirbsd* | netbsd* | dicos* | openedition* | ose* \
+ | bitrig* | openbsd* | secbsd* | solidbsd* | libertybsd* | os108* \
+ | ekkobsd* | freebsd* | riscix* | lynxos* | os400* \
+ | bosx* | nextstep* | cxux* | aout* | elf* | oabi* \
+ | ptx* | coff* | ecoff* | winnt* | domain* | vsta* \
+ | udi* | lites* | ieee* | go32* | aux* | hcos* \
+ | chorusrdb* | cegcc* | glidix* | serenity* \
+ | cygwin* | msys* | pe* | moss* | proelf* | rtems* \
+ | midipix* | mingw32* | mingw64* | mint* \
+ | uxpv* | beos* | mpeix* | udk* | moxiebox* \
+ | interix* | uwin* | mks* | rhapsody* | darwin* \
+ | openstep* | oskit* | conix* | pw32* | nonstopux* \
+ | storm-chaos* | tops10* | tenex* | tops20* | its* \
+ | os2* | vos* | palmos* | uclinux* | nucleus* | morphos* \
+ | scout* | superux* | sysv* | rtmk* | tpf* | windiss* \
+ | powermax* | dnix* | nx6 | nx7 | sei* | dragonfly* \
+ | skyos* | haiku* | rdos* | toppers* | drops* | es* \
+ | onefs* | tirtos* | phoenix* | fuchsia* | redox* | bme* \
+ | midnightbsd* | amdhsa* | unleashed* | emscripten* | wasi* \
+ | nsk* | powerunix* | genode* | zvmoe* | qnx* | emx* | zephyr* \
+ | fiwix* | mlibc* )
+ ;;
+ # This one is extra strict with allowed versions
+ sco3.2v2 | sco3.2v[4-9]* | sco5v6*)
+ # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+ ;;
+ none)
+ ;;
+ kernel* )
+ # Restricted further below
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo Invalid configuration \`"$1"\': OS \`"$os"\' not recognized 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# As a final step for OS-related things, validate the OS-kernel combination
+# (given a valid OS), if there is a kernel.
+case $kernel-$os in
+ linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc* | linux-android* | linux-newlib* \
+ | linux-musl* | linux-relibc* | linux-uclibc* | linux-mlibc* )
+ ;;
+ uclinux-uclibc* )
+ ;;
+ managarm-mlibc* | managarm-kernel* )
+ ;;
+ -dietlibc* | -newlib* | -musl* | -relibc* | -uclibc* | -mlibc* )
+ # These are just libc implementations, not actual OSes, and thus
+ # require a kernel.
+ echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': libc \`$os' needs explicit kernel." 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ -kernel* )
+ echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': \`$os' needs explicit kernel." 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ *-kernel* )
+ echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': \`$kernel' does not support \`$os'." 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ kfreebsd*-gnu* | kopensolaris*-gnu*)
+ ;;
+ vxworks-simlinux | vxworks-simwindows | vxworks-spe)
+ ;;
+ nto-qnx*)
+ ;;
+ os2-emx)
+ ;;
+ *-eabi* | *-gnueabi*)
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ # Blank kernel with real OS is always fine.
+ ;;
+ *-*)
+ echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': Kernel \`$kernel' not known to work with OS \`$os'." 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
+# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
+case $vendor in
+ unknown)
+ case $cpu-$os in
+ *-riscix*)
+ vendor=acorn
+ ;;
+ *-sunos*)
+ vendor=sun
+ ;;
+ *-cnk* | *-aix*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ *-beos*)
+ vendor=be
+ ;;
+ *-hpux*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ *-mpeix*)
+ vendor=hp
+ ;;
+ *-hiux*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ *-unos*)
+ vendor=crds
+ ;;
+ *-dgux*)
+ vendor=dg
+ ;;
+ *-luna*)
+ vendor=omron
+ ;;
+ *-genix*)
+ vendor=ns
+ ;;
+ *-clix*)
+ vendor=intergraph
+ ;;
+ *-mvs* | *-opened*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ *-os400*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ s390-* | s390x-*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ *-ptx*)
+ vendor=sequent
+ ;;
+ *-tpf*)
+ vendor=ibm
+ ;;
+ *-vxsim* | *-vxworks* | *-windiss*)
+ vendor=wrs
+ ;;
+ *-aux*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ *-hms*)
+ vendor=hitachi
+ ;;
+ *-mpw* | *-macos*)
+ vendor=apple
+ ;;
+ *-*mint | *-mint[0-9]* | *-*MiNT | *-MiNT[0-9]*)
+ vendor=atari
+ ;;
+ *-vos*)
+ vendor=stratus
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo "$cpu-$vendor-${kernel:+$kernel-}$os"
+exit
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/depcomp b/build-aux/depcomp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ce5c2f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/depcomp
@@ -0,0 +1,790 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+
+scriptversion=2022-09-18.14; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
+
+case $1 in
+ '')
+ echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
+ -h | --h*)
+ cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+ depmode Dependency tracking mode.
+ source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+ object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+ DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
+ depfile Dependency file to output.
+ tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
+ libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ -v | --v*)
+ echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
+# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
+# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
+set_dir_from ()
+{
+ case $1 in
+ */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
+ *) dir=;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
+# global variable '$base'.
+set_base_from ()
+{
+ base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
+}
+
+# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
+# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
+# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+make_dummy_depfile ()
+{
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+}
+
+# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
+# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
+aix_post_process_depfile ()
+{
+ # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
+ # post-process it.
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+ # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
+ # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+ # $object: dependency.h
+ # and one to simply output
+ # dependency.h:
+ # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+ { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
+ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
+ } > "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ else
+ make_dummy_depfile
+ fi
+}
+
+# A tabulation character.
+tab=' '
+# A newline character.
+nl='
+'
+# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
+# These definitions help.
+upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+alpha=${upper}${lower}
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+ echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+ sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Avoid interferences from the environment.
+gccflag= dashmflag=
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+ # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+ gccflag=-M
+ depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+ # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+ dashmflag=-xM
+ depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
+if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
+ # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
+ # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+ # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+ cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+ depmode=msvisualcpp
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
+ # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
+ # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+ # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+ cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+ depmode=msvc7
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
+ # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
+ gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
+ depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
+## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
+## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
+## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
+## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
+ *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
+ esac
+ shift # fnord
+ shift # $arg
+ done
+ "$@"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+ ;;
+
+gcc)
+## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsolete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
+## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
+## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
+## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+## than renaming).
+ if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+ gccflag=-MD,
+ fi
+ "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
+ # letters.
+ sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
+## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
+ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+hp)
+ # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
+ # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
+ # since it is checked for above.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+sgi)
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+ else
+ "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+ fi
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
+ # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+ # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+ # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
+ # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
+ # dependency line.
+ tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
+ | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
+ echo >> "$depfile"
+ # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+ tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+ >> "$depfile"
+ else
+ make_dummy_depfile
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+xlc)
+ # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
+ # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
+ # since it is checked for above.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+aix)
+ # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+ # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
+ # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
+ # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+ # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+ set_dir_from "$object"
+ set_base_from "$object"
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+ tmpdepfile2=$base.u
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
+ "$@" -Wc,-M
+ else
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
+ "$@" -M
+ fi
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+ do
+ test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+ done
+ aix_post_process_depfile
+ ;;
+
+tcc)
+ # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
+ # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
+ # Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
+ # versions.
+ # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
+ # trailing '\', as in:
+ #
+ # foo.o : \
+ # foo.c \
+ # foo.h \
+ #
+ # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
+ # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
+ # "Emit spaces for -MD").
+ "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
+ # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
+ sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
+ # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+ sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
+## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
+## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
+## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
+pgcc)
+ # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
+ # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
+ # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
+ # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
+ # pgcc 10.2 will output
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
+ # and will wrap long lines using '\' :
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
+ # sub/foo.h ... \
+ # ...
+ set_dir_from "$object"
+ # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
+ # that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
+ set_base_from "$source"
+ tmpdepfile=$base.d
+
+ # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
+ # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
+ # problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
+ # the same $tmpdepfile.
+ lockdir=$base.d-lock
+ trap "
+ echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
+ rmdir '$lockdir'
+ exit 1
+ " 1 2 13 15
+ numtries=100
+ i=$numtries
+ while test $i -gt 0; do
+ # mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
+ if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
+ # This process acquired the lock.
+ "$@" -MD
+ stat=$?
+ # Release the lock.
+ rmdir "$lockdir"
+ break
+ else
+ # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
+ # until the winning process is done or we timeout.
+ while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
+ sleep 1
+ i=`expr $i - 1`
+ done
+ fi
+ i=`expr $i - 1`
+ done
+ trap - 1 2 13 15
+ if test $i -le 0; then
+ echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
+ echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
+ # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
+ # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+ # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+ sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+ # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+hp2)
+ # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
+ # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
+ # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
+ # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
+ # happens to be.
+ # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
+ set_dir_from "$object"
+ set_base_from "$object"
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
+ "$@" -Wc,+Maked
+ else
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+ "$@" +Maked
+ fi
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+ do
+ test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+ done
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
+ sed -ne '2,${
+ s/^ *//
+ s/ \\*$//
+ s/$/:/
+ p
+ }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ else
+ make_dummy_depfile
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
+ ;;
+
+tru64)
+ # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+ # effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
+ # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+ # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+ # Subdirectories are respected.
+ set_dir_from "$object"
+ set_base_from "$object"
+
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
+ # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+ # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
+ # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
+ # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+ # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+ # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
+ "$@" -Wc,-MD
+ else
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+ "$@" -MD
+ fi
+
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+ do
+ test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+ done
+ # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
+ aix_post_process_depfile
+ ;;
+
+msvc7)
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
+ else
+ showIncludes=-showIncludes
+ fi
+ "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
+ stat=$?
+ grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
+ if test $stat -ne 0; then
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
+ # backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file
+ # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
+ # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only
+ # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
+ sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
+/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ {
+ s//\1/
+ s/\\/\\\\/g
+ p
+}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
+s/ /\\ /g
+s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
+s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
+H
+$ {
+ s/.*/'"$tab"'/
+ G
+ p
+}' >> "$depfile"
+ echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+msvc7msys)
+ # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
+ # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
+ # since it is checked for above.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+ # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+ # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+ # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+ # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+ "$@" || exit $?
+
+ # Remove the call to Libtool.
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ # Remove '-o $object'.
+ IFS=" "
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -o)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ $object)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift # fnord
+ shift # $arg
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+ # Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
+ # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
+ # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
+ "$@" $dashmflag |
+ sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
+ # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+ # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
+ # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+makedepend)
+ "$@" || exit $?
+ # Remove any Libtool call
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+ # X makedepend
+ shift
+ cleared=no eat=no
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $cleared in
+ no)
+ set ""; shift
+ cleared=yes ;;
+ esac
+ if test $eat = yes; then
+ eat=no
+ continue
+ fi
+ case "$arg" in
+ -D*|-I*)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+ # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
+ # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
+ -arch)
+ eat=yes ;;
+ -*|$object)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
+ touch "$tmpdepfile"
+ ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
+ # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
+ sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
+ # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | tr ' ' "$nl" \
+ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+ ;;
+
+cpp)
+ # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+ # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+ "$@" || exit $?
+
+ # Remove the call to Libtool.
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ # Remove '-o $object'.
+ IFS=" "
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -o)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ $object)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift # fnord
+ shift # $arg
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ "$@" -E \
+ | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+ -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+ | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+ # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+ # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+ "$@" || exit $?
+
+ # Remove the call to Libtool.
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ IFS=" "
+ for arg
+ do
+ case "$arg" in
+ -o)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ $object)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+ set fnord "$@"
+ shift
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
+ sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+ echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
+ sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+msvcmsys)
+ # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
+ # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
+ # since it is checked for above.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+none)
+ exec "$@"
+ ;;
+
+*)
+ echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag b/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3402bae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/do-release-commit-and-tag
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# In a git/autoconf/automake-enabled project with a NEWS file and a version-
+# controlled .prev-version file, automate the procedure by which we record
+# the date, release-type and version string in the NEWS file. That commit
+# will serve to identify the release, so apply a signed tag to it as well.
+VERSION=2018-03-07.03 # UTC
+
+# Note: this is a bash script (could be zsh or dash)
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Written by Jim Meyering
+
+ME=$(basename "$0")
+warn() { printf '%s: %s\n' "$ME" "$*" >&2; }
+die() { warn "$*"; exit 1; }
+
+help()
+{
+ cat <<EOF
+Usage: $ME [OPTION...] VERSION RELEASE_TYPE
+
+Run this script from top_srcdir to perform the final pre-release NEWS
+update in which the date, release-type and version string are
+recorded. Commit that result with a log entry marking the release,
+and apply a signed tag. Run it from your project's top-level
+directory.
+
+Requirements:
+- you use git for version-control
+- a version-controlled .prev-version file
+- a NEWS file, with line 3 identical to this:
+$noteworthy_stub
+
+Options:
+ --branch=BRANCH set release branch (default: $branch)
+ -C, --builddir=DIR location of (configured) Makefile (default: $builddir)
+ --help print this help, then exit
+ --version print version number, then exit
+
+EXAMPLE:
+To update NEWS and tag the beta 8.1 release of coreutils, I would run this:
+
+ $ME 8.1 beta
+
+Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit
+}
+
+version()
+{
+ year=$(echo "$VERSION" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//')
+ cat <<EOF
+$ME $VERSION
+Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+EOF
+ exit
+}
+
+## ------ ##
+## Main. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Constants.
+noteworthy='* Noteworthy changes in release'
+noteworthy_stub="$noteworthy ?.? (????-??-??) [?]"
+
+# Variables.
+branch=$(git branch | sed -ne '/^\* /{s///;p;q;}')
+builddir=.
+
+while test $# != 0
+do
+ # Handle --option=value by splitting apart and putting back on argv.
+ case $1 in
+ --*=*)
+ opt=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//')
+ val=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/[^=]*=//')
+ shift
+ set dummy "$opt" "$val" "$@"; shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $1 in
+ --help|--version) ${1#--};;
+ --branch) shift; branch=$1; shift ;;
+ -C|--builddir) shift; builddir=$1; shift ;;
+ --*) die "unrecognized option: $1";;
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+done
+
+test $# = 2 \
+ || die "Usage: $ME [OPTION...] VERSION TYPE"
+
+ver=$1
+type=$2
+
+
+## ---------------------- ##
+## First, sanity checks. ##
+## ---------------------- ##
+
+# Verify that $ver looks like a version number, and...
+echo "$ver"|grep -E '^[0-9][0-9.]*[0-9]$' > /dev/null \
+ || die "invalid version: $ver"
+prev_ver=$(cat .prev-version) \
+ || die 'failed to determine previous version number from .prev-version'
+
+# Verify that $ver is sensible (> .prev-version).
+case $(printf "%s\n%s\n" "$prev_ver" "$ver"|sort -V -u|tr '\n' ':') in
+ "$prev_ver:$ver:") ;;
+ *) die "invalid version: $ver (<= $prev_ver)";;
+esac
+
+case $type in
+ alpha|beta|stable) ;;
+ *) die "invalid release type: $type";;
+esac
+
+# No local modifications allowed.
+case $(git diff-index --name-only HEAD) in
+ '') ;;
+ *) die 'this tree is dirty; commit your changes first';;
+esac
+
+# Ensure the current branch name is correct:
+curr_br=$(git rev-parse --symbolic-full-name HEAD)
+test "$curr_br" = "refs/heads/$branch" || die not on branch $branch
+
+# Extract package name from Makefile.
+Makefile=$builddir/Makefile
+pkg=$(sed -n 's/^PACKAGE = \(.*\)/\1/p' "$Makefile") \
+ || die "failed to determine package name from $Makefile"
+
+# Check that line 3 of NEWS is the stub line about to be replaced.
+test "$(sed -n 3p NEWS)" = "$noteworthy_stub" \
+ || die "line 3 of NEWS must be exactly '$noteworthy_stub'"
+
+## --------------- ##
+## Then, changes. ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# Update NEWS to have today's date, plus desired version number and $type.
+perl -MPOSIX -ni -e 'my $today = strftime "%F", localtime time;' \
+ -e 'my ($type, $ver) = qw('"$type $ver"');' \
+ -e 'my $pfx = "'"$noteworthy"'";' \
+ -e 'print $.==3 ? "$pfx $ver ($today) [$type]\n" : $_' \
+ NEWS || die 'failed to update NEWS'
+
+printf "version %s\n\n* NEWS: Record release date.\n" "$ver" \
+ | git commit -F - -a || die 'git commit failed'
+git tag -s -m "$pkg $ver" v$ver HEAD || die 'git tag failed'
+
+# Local variables:
+# indent-tabs-mode: nil
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "VERSION="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: " # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/gendocs.sh b/build-aux/gendocs.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1ad5cf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/gendocs.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,510 @@
+#!/bin/sh -e
+# gendocs.sh -- generate a GNU manual in many formats. This script is
+# mentioned in maintain.texi. See the help message below for usage details.
+
+scriptversion=2023-01-21.00
+
+# Copyright 2003-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Original author: Mohit Agarwal.
+# Send bug reports and any other correspondence to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
+#
+# The latest version of this script, and the companion template, is
+# available from the Gnulib repository:
+#
+# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/build-aux/gendocs.sh
+# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/doc/gendocs_template
+
+# TODO:
+# - image importing was only implemented for HTML generated by
+# makeinfo. But it should be simple enough to adjust.
+# - images are not imported in the source tarball. All the needed
+# formats (PDF, PNG, etc.) should be included.
+
+prog=`basename "$0"`
+srcdir=`pwd`
+
+scripturl="https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/build-aux/gendocs.sh"
+templateurl="https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/doc/gendocs_template"
+
+: "${SETLANG="env LANG= LC_TIME= LC_MESSAGES= LC_ALL= LANGUAGE="}"
+: "${MAKEINFO="makeinfo"}"
+: "${TEXI2DVI="texi2dvi"}"
+: "${DOCBOOK2HTML="docbook2html"}"
+: "${DOCBOOK2PDF="docbook2pdf"}"
+: "${DOCBOOK2TXT="docbook2txt"}"
+: "${GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR="."}"
+: "${PERL="perl"}"
+: "${TEXI2HTML="texi2html"}"
+unset CDPATH
+unset use_texi2html
+
+MANUAL_TITLE=
+PACKAGE=
+EMAIL=webmasters@gnu.org # please override with --email
+commonarg= # passed to all makeinfo/texi2html invocations.
+dirargs= # passed to all tools (-I dir).
+dirs= # -I directories.
+htmlarg="--css-ref=https://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/manual.css -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=/manual"
+default_htmlarg=true
+infoarg=--no-split
+generate_ascii=true
+generate_html=true
+generate_info=true
+generate_tex=true
+outdir=manual
+source_extra=
+split=node
+srcfile=
+texarg="-t @finalout"
+
+version="gendocs.sh $scriptversion
+
+Copyright 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
+For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
+
+usage="Usage: $prog [OPTION]... PACKAGE MANUAL-TITLE
+
+Generate output in various formats from PACKAGE.texinfo (or .texi or
+.txi) source. See the GNU Maintainers document for a more extensive
+discussion:
+ https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain_toc.html
+
+Options:
+ --email ADR use ADR as contact in generated web pages; always give this.
+
+ -s SRCFILE read Texinfo from SRCFILE, instead of PACKAGE.{texinfo|texi|txi}
+ -o OUTDIR write files into OUTDIR, instead of manual/.
+ -I DIR append DIR to the Texinfo search path.
+ --common ARG pass ARG in all invocations.
+ --html ARG pass ARG to makeinfo or texi2html for HTML targets,
+ instead of '$htmlarg'.
+ --info ARG pass ARG to makeinfo for Info, instead of --no-split.
+ --no-ascii skip generating the plain text output.
+ --no-html skip generating the html output.
+ --no-info skip generating the info output.
+ --no-tex skip generating the dvi and pdf output.
+ --source ARG include ARG in tar archive of sources.
+ --split HOW make split HTML by node, section, chapter; default node.
+ --tex ARG pass ARG to texi2dvi for DVI and PDF, instead of -t @finalout.
+
+ --texi2html use texi2html to make HTML target, with all split versions.
+ --docbook convert through DocBook too (xml, txt, html, pdf).
+
+ --help display this help and exit successfully.
+ --version display version information and exit successfully.
+
+Simple example: $prog --email bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org emacs \"GNU Emacs Manual\"
+
+Typical sequence:
+ cd PACKAGESOURCE/doc
+ wget \"$scripturl\"
+ wget \"$templateurl\"
+ $prog --email BUGLIST MANUAL \"GNU MANUAL - One-line description\"
+
+Output will be in a new subdirectory \"manual\" (by default;
+use -o OUTDIR to override). Move all the new files into your web CVS
+tree, as explained in the Web Pages node of maintain.texi.
+
+Please use the --email ADDRESS option so your own bug-reporting
+address will be used in the generated HTML pages.
+
+MANUAL-TITLE is included as part of the HTML <title> of the overall
+manual/index.html file. It should include the name of the package being
+documented. manual/index.html is created by substitution from the file
+$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template. (Feel free to modify the
+generic template for your own purposes.)
+
+If you have several manuals, you'll need to run this script several
+times with different MANUAL values, specifying a different output
+directory with -o each time. Then write (by hand) an overall index.html
+with links to them all.
+
+If a manual's Texinfo sources are spread across several directories,
+first copy or symlink all Texinfo sources into a single directory.
+(Part of the script's work is to make a tar.gz of the sources.)
+
+As implied above, by default monolithic Info files are generated.
+If you want split Info, or other Info options, use --info to override.
+
+You can set the environment variables MAKEINFO, TEXI2DVI, TEXI2HTML,
+and PERL to control the programs that get executed, and
+GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR to control where the gendocs_template file is
+looked for. With --docbook, the environment variables DOCBOOK2HTML,
+DOCBOOK2PDF, and DOCBOOK2TXT are also consulted.
+
+By default, makeinfo and texi2dvi are run in the default (English)
+locale, since that's the language of most Texinfo manuals. If you
+happen to have a non-English manual and non-English web site, see the
+SETLANG setting in the source.
+
+Email bug reports or enhancement requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
+"
+
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+ case $1 in
+ -s) shift; srcfile=$1;;
+ -o) shift; outdir=$1;;
+ -I) shift; dirargs="$dirargs -I '$1'"; dirs="$dirs $1";;
+ --common) shift; commonarg=$1;;
+ --docbook) docbook=yes;;
+ --email) shift; EMAIL=$1;;
+ --html) shift; default_htmlarg=false; htmlarg=$1;;
+ --info) shift; infoarg=$1;;
+ --no-ascii) generate_ascii=false;;
+ --no-html) generate_ascii=false;;
+ --no-info) generate_info=false;;
+ --no-tex) generate_tex=false;;
+ --source) shift; source_extra=$1;;
+ --split) shift; split=$1;;
+ --tex) shift; texarg=$1;;
+ --texi2html) use_texi2html=1;;
+
+ --help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;;
+ --version) echo "$version"; exit 0;;
+ -*)
+ echo "$0: Unknown option \`$1'." >&2
+ echo "$0: Try \`--help' for more information." >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ *)
+ if test -z "$PACKAGE"; then
+ PACKAGE=$1
+ elif test -z "$MANUAL_TITLE"; then
+ MANUAL_TITLE=$1
+ else
+ echo "$0: extra non-option argument \`$1'." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+# makeinfo uses the dirargs, but texi2dvi doesn't.
+commonarg=" $dirargs $commonarg"
+
+# For most of the following, the base name is just $PACKAGE
+base=$PACKAGE
+
+if $default_htmlarg && test -n "$use_texi2html"; then
+ # The legacy texi2html doesn't support TOP_NODE_UP_URL
+ htmlarg="--css-ref=https://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/manual.css"
+fi
+
+if test -n "$srcfile"; then
+ # but here, we use the basename of $srcfile
+ base=`basename "$srcfile"`
+ case $base in
+ *.txi|*.texi|*.texinfo) base=`echo "$base"|sed 's/\.[texinfo]*$//'`;;
+ esac
+ PACKAGE=$base
+elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo"; then
+ srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo
+elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi"; then
+ srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi
+elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi"; then
+ srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi
+else
+ echo "$0: cannot find .texinfo or .texi or .txi for $PACKAGE in $srcdir." >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+if test ! -r $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template; then
+ echo "$0: cannot read $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template." >&2
+ echo "$0: it is available from $templateurl." >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Function to return size of $1 in something resembling kilobytes.
+calcsize()
+{
+ size=`ls -ksl $1 | awk '{print $1}'`
+ echo $size
+}
+
+# copy_images OUTDIR HTML-FILE...
+# -------------------------------
+# Copy all the images needed by the HTML-FILEs into OUTDIR.
+# Look for them in . and the -I directories; this is simpler than what
+# makeinfo supports with -I, but hopefully it will suffice.
+copy_images()
+{
+ local odir
+ odir=$1
+ shift
+ $PERL -n -e "
+BEGIN {
+ \$me = '$prog';
+ \$odir = '$odir';
+ @dirs = qw(. $dirs);
+}
+" -e '
+/<img src="(.*?)"/g && ++$need{$1};
+
+END {
+ #print "$me: @{[keys %need]}\n"; # for debugging, show images found.
+ FILE: for my $f (keys %need) {
+ for my $d (@dirs) {
+ if (-f "$d/$f") {
+ use File::Basename;
+ my $dest = dirname ("$odir/$f");
+ #
+ use File::Path;
+ -d $dest || mkpath ($dest)
+ || die "$me: cannot mkdir $dest: $!\n";
+ #
+ use File::Copy;
+ copy ("$d/$f", $dest)
+ || die "$me: cannot copy $d/$f to $dest: $!\n";
+ next FILE;
+ }
+ }
+ die "$me: $ARGV: cannot find image $f\n";
+ }
+}
+' -- "$@" || exit 1
+}
+
+case $outdir in
+ /*) abs_outdir=$outdir;;
+ *) abs_outdir=$srcdir/$outdir;;
+esac
+
+echo "Making output for $srcfile"
+echo " in `pwd`"
+mkdir -p "$outdir/"
+
+#
+if $generate_info; then
+ cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO -o $PACKAGE.info $commonarg $infoarg \"$srcfile\""
+ echo "Generating info... ($cmd)"
+ rm -f $PACKAGE.info* # get rid of any strays
+ eval "$cmd"
+ tar czf "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz" $PACKAGE.info*
+ ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"
+ info_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"`
+ # do not mv the info files, there's no point in having them available
+ # separately on the web.
+fi # end info
+
+#
+if $generate_tex; then
+ cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
+ printf "\nGenerating dvi... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ # compress/finish dvi:
+ gzip -f -9 $PACKAGE.dvi
+ dvi_gz_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.dvi.gz`
+ mv $PACKAGE.dvi.gz "$outdir/"
+ ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.dvi.gz"
+
+ cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI --pdf $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
+ printf "\nGenerating pdf... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.pdf`
+ mv $PACKAGE.pdf "$outdir/"
+ ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.pdf"
+fi # end tex (dvi + pdf)
+
+#
+if $generate_ascii; then
+ opt="-o $PACKAGE.txt --no-split --no-headers $commonarg"
+ cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
+ printf "\nGenerating ascii... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.txt`
+ gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.txt >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"
+ ascii_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"`
+ mv $PACKAGE.txt "$outdir/"
+ ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"
+fi
+
+#
+
+if $generate_html; then
+# Split HTML at level $1. Used for texi2html.
+html_split()
+{
+ opt="--split=$1 --node-files $commonarg $htmlarg"
+ cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML --output $PACKAGE.html $opt \"$srcfile\""
+ printf "\nGenerating html by %s... (%s)\n" "$1" "$cmd"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html
+ (
+ cd ${split_html_dir} || exit 1
+ ln -sf ${PACKAGE}.html index.html
+ tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz" -- *.html
+ )
+ eval html_$1_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz"`
+ rm -f "$outdir"/html_$1/*.html
+ mkdir -p "$outdir/html_$1/"
+ mv ${split_html_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_$1/"
+ rmdir ${split_html_dir}
+}
+
+if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
+ opt="--no-split --html -o $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg"
+ cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
+ printf "\nGenerating monolithic html... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+ rm -rf $PACKAGE.html # in case a directory is left over
+ eval "$cmd"
+ html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html`
+ gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
+ html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"`
+ copy_images "$outdir/" $PACKAGE.html
+ mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/"
+ ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
+
+ # Before Texinfo 5.0, makeinfo did not accept a --split=HOW option,
+ # it just always split by node. So if we're splitting by node anyway,
+ # leave it out.
+ if test "x$split" = xnode; then
+ split_arg=
+ else
+ split_arg=--split=$split
+ fi
+ #
+ opt="--html -o $PACKAGE.html $split_arg $commonarg $htmlarg"
+ cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
+ printf "\nGenerating html by %s... (%s)\n" "$split" "$cmd"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html
+ copy_images $split_html_dir/ $split_html_dir/*.html
+ (
+ cd $split_html_dir || exit 1
+ tar -czf "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz" -- *
+ )
+ eval \
+ html_${split}_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz"`
+ rm -rf "$outdir/html_$split/"
+ mv $split_html_dir "$outdir/html_$split/"
+ du -s "$outdir/html_$split/"
+ ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz"
+
+else # use texi2html:
+ opt="--output $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg"
+ cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML $opt \"$srcfile\""
+ printf "\nGenerating monolithic html with texi2html... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+ rm -rf $PACKAGE.html # in case a directory is left over
+ eval "$cmd"
+ html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html`
+ gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
+ html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"`
+ mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/"
+
+ html_split node
+ html_split chapter
+ html_split section
+fi
+fi # end html
+
+#
+printf "\nMaking .tar.gz for sources...\n"
+d=`dirname $srcfile`
+(
+ cd "$d"
+ srcfiles=`ls -d *.texinfo *.texi *.txi *.eps $source_extra 2>/dev/null` || true
+ tar czfh "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz" $srcfiles
+ ls -l "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"
+)
+texi_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"`
+
+#
+# Do everything again through docbook.
+if test -n "$docbook"; then
+ opt="-o - --docbook $commonarg"
+ cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\" >${srcdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml"
+ printf "\nGenerating docbook XML... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ docbook_xml_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.xml`
+ gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE-db.xml >"$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz"
+ docbook_xml_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz"`
+ mv $PACKAGE-db.xml "$outdir/"
+
+ split_html_db_dir=html_node_db
+ opt="$commonarg -o $split_html_db_dir"
+ cmd="$DOCBOOK2HTML $opt \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
+ printf "\nGenerating docbook HTML... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ (
+ cd ${split_html_db_dir} || exit 1
+ tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz" -- *.html
+ )
+ html_node_db_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz"`
+ rm -f "$outdir"/html_node_db/*.html
+ mkdir -p "$outdir/html_node_db"
+ mv ${split_html_db_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_node_db/"
+ rmdir ${split_html_db_dir}
+
+ cmd="$DOCBOOK2TXT \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
+ printf "\nGenerating docbook ASCII... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ docbook_ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.txt`
+ mv $PACKAGE-db.txt "$outdir/"
+
+ cmd="$DOCBOOK2PDF \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
+ printf "\nGenerating docbook PDF... (%s)\n" "$cmd"
+ eval "$cmd"
+ docbook_pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.pdf`
+ mv $PACKAGE-db.pdf "$outdir/"
+fi
+
+#
+printf "\nMaking index.html for %s...\n" "$PACKAGE"
+if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
+ CONDS="/%%IF *HTML_SECTION%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_SECTION%%/d;\
+ /%%IF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d"
+else
+ # should take account of --split here.
+ CONDS="/%%ENDIF.*%%/d;/%%IF *HTML_SECTION%%/d;/%%IF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d"
+fi
+
+curdate=`$SETLANG date '+%B %d, %Y'`
+sed \
+ -e "s!%%TITLE%%!$MANUAL_TITLE!g" \
+ -e "s!%%EMAIL%%!$EMAIL!g" \
+ -e "s!%%PACKAGE%%!$PACKAGE!g" \
+ -e "s!%%DATE%%!$curdate!g" \
+ -e "s!%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%!$html_mono_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%!$html_mono_gz_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_tgz_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%HTML_SECTION_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_section_tgz_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%HTML_CHAPTER_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_chapter_tgz_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%INFO_TGZ_SIZE%%!$info_tgz_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%DVI_GZ_SIZE%%!$dvi_gz_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%PDF_SIZE%%!$pdf_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%ASCII_SIZE%%!$ascii_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%ASCII_GZ_SIZE%%!$ascii_gz_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%TEXI_TGZ_SIZE%%!$texi_tgz_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_db_tgz_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_ASCII_SIZE%%!$docbook_ascii_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_PDF_SIZE%%!$docbook_pdf_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_size!g" \
+ -e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_GZ_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_gz_size!g" \
+ -e "s,%%SCRIPTURL%%,$scripturl,g" \
+ -e "s!%%SCRIPTNAME%%!$prog!g" \
+ -e "$CONDS" \
+$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template >"$outdir/index.html"
+
+echo "Done, see $outdir/ subdirectory for new files."
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/git-version-gen b/build-aux/git-version-gen
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a72057b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/git-version-gen
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Print a version string.
+scriptversion=2022-07-09.08; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# This script is derived from GIT-VERSION-GEN from GIT: https://git-scm.com/.
+# It may be run two ways:
+# - from a git repository in which the "git describe" command below
+# produces useful output (thus requiring at least one signed tag)
+# - from a non-git-repo directory containing a .tarball-version file, which
+# presumes this script is invoked like "./git-version-gen .tarball-version".
+
+# In order to use intra-version strings in your project, you will need two
+# separate generated version string files:
+#
+# .tarball-version - present only in a distribution tarball, and not in
+# a checked-out repository. Created with contents that were learned at
+# the last time autoconf was run, and used by git-version-gen. Must not
+# be present in either $(srcdir) or $(builddir) for git-version-gen to
+# give accurate answers during normal development with a checked out tree,
+# but must be present in a tarball when there is no version control system.
+# Therefore, it cannot be used in any dependencies. GNUmakefile has
+# hooks to force a reconfigure at distribution time to get the value
+# correct, without penalizing normal development with extra reconfigures.
+#
+# .version - present in a checked-out repository and in a distribution
+# tarball. Usable in dependencies, particularly for files that don't
+# want to depend on config.h but do want to track version changes.
+# Delete this file prior to any autoconf run where you want to rebuild
+# files to pick up a version string change; and leave it stale to
+# minimize rebuild time after unrelated changes to configure sources.
+#
+# As with any generated file in a VC'd directory, you should add
+# /.version to .gitignore, so that you don't accidentally commit it.
+# .tarball-version is never generated in a VC'd directory, so needn't
+# be listed there.
+#
+# Use the following line in your configure.ac, so that $(VERSION) will
+# automatically be up-to-date each time configure is run (and note that
+# since configure.ac no longer includes a version string, Makefile rules
+# should not depend on configure.ac for version updates).
+#
+# AC_INIT([GNU project],
+# m4_esyscmd([build-aux/git-version-gen .tarball-version]),
+# [bug-project@example])
+#
+# Then use the following lines in your Makefile.am, so that .version
+# will be present for dependencies, and so that .version and
+# .tarball-version will exist in distribution tarballs.
+#
+# EXTRA_DIST = $(top_srcdir)/.version
+# BUILT_SOURCES = $(top_srcdir)/.version
+# $(top_srcdir)/.version:
+# echo '$(VERSION)' > $@-t
+# mv $@-t $@
+# dist-hook:
+# echo '$(VERSION)' > $(distdir)/.tarball-version
+
+
+me=$0
+
+year=`expr "$scriptversion" : '\([^-]*\)'`
+version="git-version-gen $scriptversion
+
+Copyright (C) ${year} Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $me [OPTION]... \$srcdir/.tarball-version [TAG-NORMALIZATION-SED-SCRIPT]
+Print a version string.
+
+Options:
+
+ --prefix PREFIX prefix of git tags (default 'v')
+ --fallback VERSION
+ fallback version to use if \"git --version\" fails
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+ --version output version information and exit
+
+Send patches and bug reports to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
+
+prefix=v
+fallback=
+
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+ case $1 in
+ --help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;;
+ --version) echo "$version"; exit 0;;
+ --prefix) shift; prefix=${1?};;
+ --fallback) shift; fallback=${1?};;
+ -*)
+ echo "$0: Unknown option '$1'." >&2
+ echo "$0: Try '--help' for more information." >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ *)
+ if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then
+ tarball_version_file="$1"
+ elif test "x$tag_sed_script" = x; then
+ tag_sed_script="$1"
+ else
+ echo "$0: extra non-option argument '$1'." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then
+ echo "$usage"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+tag_sed_script="${tag_sed_script:-s/x/x/}"
+
+nl='
+'
+
+# Avoid meddling by environment variable of the same name.
+v=
+v_from_git=
+
+# First see if there is a tarball-only version file.
+# then try "git describe", then default.
+if test -f $tarball_version_file
+then
+ v=`cat $tarball_version_file` || v=
+ case $v in
+ *$nl*) v= ;; # reject multi-line output
+ esac
+ test "x$v" = x \
+ && echo "$0: WARNING: $tarball_version_file is damaged" 1>&2
+fi
+
+if test "x$v" != x
+then
+ : # use $v
+# Otherwise, if there is at least one git commit involving the working
+# directory, and "git describe" output looks sensible, use that to
+# derive a version string.
+elif test "`git log -1 --pretty=format:x . 2>&1`" = x \
+ && v=`git describe --abbrev=4 --match="$prefix*" HEAD 2>/dev/null \
+ || git describe --abbrev=4 HEAD 2>/dev/null` \
+ && v=`printf '%s\n' "$v" | sed "$tag_sed_script"` \
+ && case $v in
+ $prefix[0-9]*) ;;
+ *) (exit 1) ;;
+ esac
+then
+ # Is this a new git that lists number of commits since the last
+ # tag or the previous older version that did not?
+ # Newer: v6.10-77-g0f8faeb
+ # Older: v6.10-g0f8faeb
+ vprefix=`expr "X$v" : 'X\(.*\)-g[^-]*$'` || vprefix=$v
+ case $vprefix in
+ *-*) : git describe is probably okay three part flavor ;;
+ *)
+ : git describe is older two part flavor
+ # Recreate the number of commits and rewrite such that the
+ # result is the same as if we were using the newer version
+ # of git describe.
+ vtag=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-.*//'`
+ commit_list=`git rev-list "$vtag"..HEAD 2>/dev/null` \
+ || { commit_list=failed;
+ echo "$0: WARNING: git rev-list failed" 1>&2; }
+ numcommits=`echo "$commit_list" | wc -l`
+ v=`echo "$v" | sed "s/\(.*\)-\(.*\)/\1-$numcommits-\2/"`;
+ test "$commit_list" = failed && v=UNKNOWN
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Change the penultimate "-" to ".", for version-comparing tools.
+ # Remove the "g" to save a byte.
+ v=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-\([^-]*\)-g\([^-]*\)$/.\1-\2/'`;
+ v_from_git=1
+elif test "x$fallback" = x || git --version >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ v=UNKNOWN
+else
+ v=$fallback
+fi
+
+v=`echo "$v" |sed "s/^$prefix//"`
+
+# Test whether to append the "-dirty" suffix only if the version
+# string we're using came from git. I.e., skip the test if it's "UNKNOWN"
+# or if it came from .tarball-version.
+if test "x$v_from_git" != x; then
+ # Don't declare a version "dirty" merely because a timestamp has changed.
+ git update-index --refresh > /dev/null 2>&1
+
+ dirty=`exec 2>/dev/null;git diff-index --name-only HEAD` || dirty=
+ case "$dirty" in
+ '') ;;
+ *) # Append the suffix only if there isn't one already.
+ case $v in
+ *-dirty) ;;
+ *) v="$v-dirty" ;;
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+# Omit the trailing newline, so that m4_esyscmd can use the result directly.
+printf %s "$v"
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog b/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..4678bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#! -*-perl-*-
+
+# Convert git log output to ChangeLog format.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Jim Meyering
+
+# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
+# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
+# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
+# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
+# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
+# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
+# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
+# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
+# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
+# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
+# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
+# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
+eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
+ if 0;
+
+my $VERSION = '2022-01-27 18:49'; # UTC
+# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
+# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
+# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
+# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use POSIX qw(strftime);
+
+(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
+
+# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
+END {
+ defined fileno STDOUT or return;
+ close STDOUT and return;
+ warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
+ $? ||= 1;
+}
+
+sub usage ($)
+{
+ my ($exit_code) = @_;
+ my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
+ if ($exit_code != 0)
+ {
+ print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print $STREAM <<EOF;
+Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] [ARGS]
+
+Convert git log output to ChangeLog format. If present, any ARGS
+are passed to "git log". To avoid ARGS being parsed as options to
+$ME, they may be preceded by '--'.
+
+OPTIONS:
+
+ --amend=FILE FILE maps from an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/) that
+ makes a change to SHA1's commit log text or metadata.
+ --append-dot append a dot to the first line of each commit message if
+ there is no other punctuation or blank at the end.
+ --no-cluster never cluster commit messages under the same date/author
+ header; the default is to cluster adjacent commit messages
+ if their headers are the same and neither commit message
+ contains multiple paragraphs.
+ --srcdir=DIR the root of the source tree, from which the .git/
+ directory can be derived.
+ --since=DATE convert only the logs since DATE;
+ the default is to convert all log entries.
+ --until=DATE convert only the logs older than DATE.
+ --ignore-matching=PAT ignore commit messages whose first lines match PAT.
+ --ignore-line=PAT ignore lines of commit messages that match PAT.
+ --format=FMT set format string for commit subject and body;
+ see 'man git-log' for the list of format metacharacters;
+ the default is '%s%n%b%n'
+ --strip-tab remove one additional leading TAB from commit message lines.
+ --strip-cherry-pick remove data inserted by "git cherry-pick";
+ this includes the "cherry picked from commit ..." line,
+ and the possible final "Conflicts:" paragraph.
+ --help display this help and exit
+ --version output version information and exit
+
+EXAMPLE:
+
+ $ME --since=2008-01-01 > ChangeLog
+ $ME -- -n 5 foo > last-5-commits-to-branch-foo
+
+SPECIAL SYNTAX:
+
+The following types of strings are interpreted specially when they appear
+at the beginning of a log message line. They are not copied to the output.
+
+ Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes
+ Append the "(tiny change)" notation to the usual "date name email"
+ ChangeLog header to mark a change that does not require a copyright
+ assignment.
+ Co-authored-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
+ List the specified name and email address on a second
+ ChangeLog header, denoting a co-author.
+ Signed-off-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
+ These lines are simply elided.
+
+In a FILE specified via --amend, comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
+FILE must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 (alone on
+a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and CODE refers to one
+or more consecutive lines of Perl code. Pairs must be separated by one or
+more blank line.
+
+Here is sample input for use with --amend=FILE, from coreutils:
+
+3a169f4c5d9159283548178668d2fae6fced3030
+# fix typo in title:
+s/all tile types/all file types/
+
+1379ed974f1fa39b12e2ffab18b3f7a607082202
+# Due to a bug in vc-dwim, I mis-attributed a patch by Paul to myself.
+# Change the author to be Paul. Note the escaped "@":
+s,Jim .*>,Paul Eggert <eggert\\\@cs.ucla.edu>,
+
+EOF
+ }
+ exit $exit_code;
+}
+
+# If the string $S is a well-behaved file name, simply return it.
+# If it contains white space, quotes, etc., quote it, and return the new string.
+sub shell_quote($)
+{
+ my ($s) = @_;
+ if ($s =~ m![^\w+/.,-]!)
+ {
+ # Convert each single quote to '\''
+ $s =~ s/\'/\'\\\'\'/g;
+ # Then single quote the string.
+ $s = "'$s'";
+ }
+ return $s;
+}
+
+sub quoted_cmd(@)
+{
+ return join (' ', map {shell_quote $_} @_);
+}
+
+# Parse file F.
+# Comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
+# F must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1
+# (alone on a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and
+# CODE refers to one or more consecutive lines of Perl code.
+# Pairs must be separated by one or more blank line.
+sub parse_amend_file($)
+{
+ my ($f) = @_;
+
+ open F, '<', $f
+ or die "$ME: $f: failed to open for reading: $!\n";
+
+ my $fail;
+ my $h = {};
+ my $in_code = 0;
+ my $sha;
+ while (defined (my $line = <F>))
+ {
+ $line =~ /^\#/
+ and next;
+ chomp $line;
+ $line eq ''
+ and $in_code = 0, next;
+
+ if (!$in_code)
+ {
+ $line =~ /^([[:xdigit:]]{40})$/
+ or (warn "$ME: $f:$.: invalid line; expected an SHA1\n"),
+ $fail = 1, next;
+ $sha = lc $1;
+ $in_code = 1;
+ exists $h->{$sha}
+ and (warn "$ME: $f:$.: duplicate SHA1\n"),
+ $fail = 1, next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ $h->{$sha} ||= '';
+ $h->{$sha} .= "$line\n";
+ }
+ }
+ close F;
+
+ $fail
+ and exit 1;
+
+ return $h;
+}
+
+# git_dir_option $SRCDIR
+#
+# From $SRCDIR, the --git-dir option to pass to git (none if $SRCDIR
+# is undef). Return as a list (0 or 1 element).
+sub git_dir_option($)
+{
+ my ($srcdir) = @_;
+ my @res = ();
+ if (defined $srcdir)
+ {
+ my $qdir = shell_quote $srcdir;
+ my $cmd = "cd $qdir && git rev-parse --show-toplevel";
+ my $qcmd = shell_quote $cmd;
+ my $git_dir = qx($cmd);
+ defined $git_dir
+ or die "$ME: cannot run $qcmd: $!\n";
+ $? == 0
+ or die "$ME: $qcmd had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
+ chomp $git_dir;
+ push @res, "--git-dir=$git_dir/.git";
+ }
+ @res;
+}
+
+{
+ my $since_date;
+ my $until_date;
+ my $format_string = '%s%n%b%n';
+ my $amend_file;
+ my $append_dot = 0;
+ my $cluster = 1;
+ my $ignore_matching;
+ my $ignore_line;
+ my $strip_tab = 0;
+ my $strip_cherry_pick = 0;
+ my $srcdir;
+ GetOptions
+ (
+ help => sub { usage 0 },
+ version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
+ 'since=s' => \$since_date,
+ 'until=s' => \$until_date,
+ 'format=s' => \$format_string,
+ 'amend=s' => \$amend_file,
+ 'append-dot' => \$append_dot,
+ 'cluster!' => \$cluster,
+ 'ignore-matching=s' => \$ignore_matching,
+ 'ignore-line=s' => \$ignore_line,
+ 'strip-tab' => \$strip_tab,
+ 'strip-cherry-pick' => \$strip_cherry_pick,
+ 'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
+ ) or usage 1;
+
+ defined $since_date
+ and unshift @ARGV, "--since=$since_date";
+ defined $until_date
+ and unshift @ARGV, "--until=$until_date";
+
+ # This is a hash that maps an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/)
+ # that makes a correction in the log or attribution of that commit.
+ my $amend_code = defined $amend_file ? parse_amend_file $amend_file : {};
+
+ my @cmd = ('git',
+ git_dir_option $srcdir,
+ qw(log --log-size),
+ '--pretty=format:%H:%ct %an <%ae>%n%n'.$format_string, @ARGV);
+ open PIPE, '-|', @cmd
+ or die ("$ME: failed to run '". quoted_cmd (@cmd) ."': $!\n"
+ . "(Is your Git too old? Version 1.5.1 or later is required.)\n");
+
+ my $prev_multi_paragraph;
+ my $prev_date_line = '';
+ my @prev_coauthors = ();
+ my @skipshas = ();
+ while (1)
+ {
+ defined (my $in = <PIPE>)
+ or last;
+ $in =~ /^log size (\d+)$/
+ or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line (expected log size):\n$in";
+ my $log_nbytes = $1;
+
+ my $log;
+ my $n_read = read PIPE, $log, $log_nbytes;
+ $n_read == $log_nbytes
+ or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
+
+ # Extract leading hash.
+ my ($sha, $rest) = split ':', $log, 2;
+ defined $sha
+ or die "$ME:$.: malformed log entry\n";
+ $sha =~ /^[[:xdigit:]]{40}$/
+ or die "$ME:$.: invalid SHA1: $sha\n";
+
+ my $skipflag = 0;
+ if (@skipshas)
+ {
+ foreach(@skipshas)
+ {
+ if ($sha =~ /^$_/)
+ {
+ $skipflag = $_;
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # If this commit's log requires any transformation, do it now.
+ my $code = $amend_code->{$sha};
+ if (defined $code)
+ {
+ eval 'use Safe';
+ my $s = new Safe;
+ # Put the unpreprocessed entry into "$_".
+ $_ = $rest;
+
+ # Let $code operate on it, safely.
+ my $r = $s->reval("$code")
+ or die "$ME:$.:$sha: failed to eval \"$code\":\n$@\n";
+
+ # Note that we've used this entry.
+ delete $amend_code->{$sha};
+
+ # Update $rest upon success.
+ $rest = $_;
+ }
+
+ # Remove lines inserted by "git cherry-pick".
+ if ($strip_cherry_pick)
+ {
+ $rest =~ s/^\s*Conflicts:\n.*//sm;
+ $rest =~ s/^\s*\(cherry picked from commit [\da-f]+\)\n//m;
+ }
+
+ my @line = split /[ \t]*\n/, $rest;
+ my $author_line = shift @line;
+ defined $author_line
+ or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
+ $author_line =~ /^(\d+) (.*>)$/
+ or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line "
+ . "(expected date/author/email):\n$author_line\n";
+
+ # Format 'Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes' as a standard ChangeLog
+ # `(tiny change)' annotation.
+ my $tiny = (grep (/^(?:Copyright-paperwork-exempt|Tiny-change):\s+[Yy]es$/, @line)
+ ? ' (tiny change)' : '');
+
+ my $date_line = sprintf "%s %s$tiny\n",
+ strftime ("%Y-%m-%d", localtime ($1)), $2;
+
+ my @coauthors = grep /^Co-authored-by:.*$/, @line;
+ # Omit meta-data lines we've already interpreted.
+ @line = grep !/^(?:Signed-off-by:[ ].*>$
+ |Co-authored-by:[ ]
+ |Copyright-paperwork-exempt:[ ]
+ |Tiny-change:[ ]
+ )/x, @line;
+
+ # Remove leading and trailing blank lines.
+ if (@line)
+ {
+ while ($line[0] =~ /^\s*$/) { shift @line; }
+ while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
+ }
+
+ # Handle Emacs gitmerge.el "skipped" commits.
+ # Yes, this should be controlled by an option. So sue me.
+ if ( grep /^(; )?Merge from /, @line )
+ {
+ my $found = 0;
+ foreach (@line)
+ {
+ if (grep /^The following commit.*skipped:$/, $_)
+ {
+ $found = 1;
+ ## Reset at each merge to reduce chance of false matches.
+ @skipshas = ();
+ next;
+ }
+ if ($found && $_ =~ /^([[:xdigit:]]{7,}) [^ ]/)
+ {
+ push ( @skipshas, $1 );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Ignore commits that match the --ignore-matching pattern, if specified.
+ if (defined $ignore_matching && @line && $line[0] =~ /$ignore_matching/)
+ {
+ $skipflag = 1;
+ }
+ elsif ($skipflag)
+ {
+ ## Perhaps only warn if a pattern matches more than once?
+ warn "$ME: warning: skipping $sha due to $skipflag\n";
+ }
+
+ if (! $skipflag)
+ {
+ if (defined $ignore_line && @line)
+ {
+ @line = grep ! /$ignore_line/, @line;
+ while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
+ }
+
+ # Record whether there are two or more paragraphs.
+ my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line;
+
+ # Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor <email@example.com>' lines in
+ # standard multi-author ChangeLog format.
+ for (@coauthors)
+ {
+ s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t /;
+ s/\s*</ </;
+
+ /<.*?@.*\..*>/
+ or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for "
+ . substr ($_, 5) . "\n";
+ }
+
+ # If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header
+ # would be different from the previous date/name/etc. header,
+ # or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs,
+ # then print the header.
+ if ( ! $cluster
+ || $date_line ne $prev_date_line
+ || "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors"
+ || $multi_paragraph
+ || $prev_multi_paragraph)
+ {
+ $prev_date_line eq ''
+ or print "\n";
+ print $date_line;
+ @coauthors
+ and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n";
+ }
+ $prev_date_line = $date_line;
+ @prev_coauthors = @coauthors;
+ $prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph;
+
+ # If there were any lines
+ if (@line == 0)
+ {
+ warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n"
+ . " commit $sha\n $date_line\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ($append_dot)
+ {
+ # If the first line of the message has enough room, then
+ if (length $line[0] < 72)
+ {
+ # append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank
+ # at the end.
+ $line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/
+ or $line[0] .= '.';
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Remove one additional leading TAB from each line.
+ $strip_tab
+ and map { s/^\t// } @line;
+
+ # Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB.
+ @line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line;
+
+ print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n";
+ }
+ }
+
+ defined ($in = <PIPE>)
+ or last;
+ $in ne "\n"
+ and die "$ME:$.: unexpected line:\n$in";
+ }
+
+ close PIPE
+ or die "$ME: error closing pipe from " . quoted_cmd (@cmd) . "\n";
+ # FIXME-someday: include $PROCESS_STATUS in the diagnostic
+
+ # Complain about any unused entry in the --amend=F specified file.
+ my $fail = 0;
+ foreach my $sha (keys %$amend_code)
+ {
+ warn "$ME:$amend_file: unused entry: $sha\n";
+ $fail = 1;
+ }
+
+ exit $fail;
+}
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: perl
+# indent-tabs-mode: nil
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-line-limit: 50
+# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update b/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a804031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/gnu-web-doc-update
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Run this after each non-alpha release, to update the web documentation at
+# https://www.gnu.org/software/$pkg/manual/
+
+VERSION=2023-03-23.02; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ME=$(basename "$0")
+warn() { printf '%s: %s\n' "$ME" "$*" >&2; }
+die() { warn "$*"; exit 1; }
+
+help()
+{
+ cat <<EOF
+Usage: $ME
+
+Run this script from top_srcdir (no arguments) after each non-alpha
+release, to update the web documentation at
+https://www.gnu.org/software/\$pkg/manual/
+
+This script assumes you're using git for revision control, and
+requires a .prev-version file as well as a Makefile, from which it
+extracts the version number and package name, respectively. Also, it
+assumes all documentation is in the doc/ sub-directory.
+
+Options:
+ -C, --builddir=DIR location of (configured) Makefile (default: .)
+ -n, --dry-run don't actually commit anything
+ -m, --mirror remove out of date files from document server
+ -u, --user the name of the CVS user on Savannah
+ --help print this help, then exit
+ --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit
+}
+
+version()
+{
+ year=$(echo "$VERSION" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//')
+ cat <<EOF
+$ME $VERSION
+Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+EOF
+ exit
+}
+
+# find_tool ENVVAR NAMES...
+# -------------------------
+# Search for a required program. Use the value of ENVVAR, if set,
+# otherwise find the first of the NAMES that can be run (i.e.,
+# supports --version). If found, set ENVVAR to the program name,
+# die otherwise.
+#
+# FIXME: code duplication, see also bootstrap.
+find_tool ()
+{
+ find_tool_envvar=$1
+ shift
+ find_tool_names=$@
+ eval "find_tool_res=\$$find_tool_envvar"
+ if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then
+ for i
+ do
+ if ($i --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ find_tool_res=$i
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ else
+ find_tool_error_prefix="\$$find_tool_envvar: "
+ fi
+ test x"$find_tool_res" != x \
+ || die "one of these is required: $find_tool_names"
+ ($find_tool_res --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
+ || die "${find_tool_error_prefix}cannot run $find_tool_res --version"
+ eval "$find_tool_envvar=\$find_tool_res"
+ eval "export $find_tool_envvar"
+}
+
+## ------ ##
+## Main. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Requirements: everything required to bootstrap your package, plus
+# these.
+find_tool CVS cvs
+find_tool GIT git
+find_tool RSYNC rsync
+find_tool XARGS gxargs xargs
+
+builddir=.
+dryrun=
+rm_stale='echo'
+cvs_user="$USER"
+while test $# != 0
+do
+ # Handle --option=value by splitting apart and putting back on argv.
+ case $1 in
+ --*=*)
+ opt=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//')
+ val=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/[^=]*=//')
+ shift
+ set dummy "$opt" "$val" "$@"; shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $1 in
+ --help|--version) ${1#--};;
+ -C|--builddir) shift; builddir=$1; shift ;;
+ -n|--dry-run) dryrun=echo; shift;;
+ -m|--mirror) rm_stale=''; shift;;
+ -u|--user) shift; cvs_user=$1; shift ;;
+ --*) die "unrecognized option: $1";;
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+done
+
+test $# = 0 \
+ || die "too many arguments"
+
+prev=.prev-version
+version=$(cat $prev) || die "no $prev file?"
+pkg=$(sed -n 's/^PACKAGE = \(.*\)/\1/p' $builddir/Makefile) \
+ || die "no Makefile?"
+tmp_branch=web-doc-$version-$$
+current_branch=$($GIT branch | sed -ne '/^\* /{s///;p;q;}')
+
+cleanup()
+{
+ __st=$?
+ $dryrun rm -rf "$tmp"
+ $GIT checkout "$current_branch"
+ $GIT submodule update --recursive
+ $GIT branch -d $tmp_branch
+ exit $__st
+}
+trap cleanup EXIT
+trap 'exit $?' HUP INT PIPE TERM
+
+# We must build using sources for which --version reports the
+# just-released version number, not some string like 7.6.18-20761.
+# That version string propagates into all documentation.
+set -e
+$GIT checkout -b $tmp_branch v$version
+$GIT submodule update --recursive
+./bootstrap
+srcdir=$(pwd)
+cd "$builddir"
+builddir=$(pwd)
+ ./config.status --recheck
+ ./config.status
+ make
+ make web-manual
+cd "$srcdir"
+set +e
+
+tmp=$(mktemp -d web-doc-update.XXXXXX) || exit 1
+( cd $tmp \
+ && $CVS -d $cvs_user@cvs.savannah.gnu.org:/webcvs/$pkg co $pkg )
+$RSYNC -avP "$builddir"/doc/manual/ $tmp/$pkg/manual
+
+(
+ cd $tmp/$pkg
+ test -d manual/CVS || $dryrun $CVS add -ko manual
+
+ cd $tmp/$pkg/manual
+
+ # Add all the files. This is simpler than trying to add only the
+ # new ones because of new directories
+ # First add non empty dirs individually
+ find . -name CVS -prune -o -type d \! -empty -print \
+ | $XARGS -n1 --no-run-if-empty -- $dryrun $CVS add -ko
+ # Now add all files
+ find . -name CVS -prune -o -type f -print \
+ | $XARGS --no-run-if-empty -- $dryrun $CVS add -ko
+
+ # Report/Remove stale files
+ # excluding doc server specific files like CVS/* and .symlinks
+ if test -n "$rm_stale"; then
+ echo 'Consider the --mirror option if all of the manual is generated,' >&2
+ echo 'which will run `cvs remove` to remove stale files.' >&2
+ fi
+ { find . \( -name CVS -o -type f -name '.*' \) -prune -o -type f -print
+ (cd "$builddir"/doc/manual/ && find . -type f -print | sed p)
+ } | sort | uniq -u \
+ | $XARGS --no-run-if-empty -- ${rm_stale:-$dryrun} $CVS remove -f
+
+ $dryrun $CVS ci -m $version
+)
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "VERSION="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/gnupload b/build-aux/gnupload
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3e8f102
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/gnupload
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Sign files and upload them.
+
+scriptversion=2022-01-27.18; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Duret-Lutz <adl@gnu.org>.
+# The master copy of this file is maintained in the gnulib Git repository.
+# Please send bug reports and feature requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
+
+set -e
+
+GPG=gpg
+# Choose the proper version of gpg, so as to avoid a
+# "gpg-agent is not available in this session" error
+# when gpg-agent is version 2 but gpg is still version 1.
+# FIXME-2020: remove, once all major distros ship gpg version 2 as /usr/bin/gpg
+gpg_agent_version=`(gpg-agent --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
+case "$gpg_agent_version" in
+ 2.*)
+ gpg_version=`(gpg --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
+ case "$gpg_version" in
+ 1.*)
+ if (type gpg2) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ # gpg2 is present.
+ GPG=gpg2
+ else
+ # gpg2 is missing. Ubuntu users should install the package 'gnupg2'.
+ echo "WARNING: Using 'gpg', which is too old. You should install 'gpg2'." 1>&2
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+esac
+
+GPG="${GPG} --batch --no-tty"
+conffile=.gnuploadrc
+to=
+dry_run=false
+replace=
+symlink_files=
+delete_files=
+delete_symlinks=
+collect_var=
+dbg=
+nl='
+'
+
+usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [CMD] FILE... [[CMD] FILE...]
+
+Sign all FILES, and process them at the destinations specified with --to.
+If CMD is not given, it defaults to uploading. See examples below.
+
+Commands:
+ --delete delete FILES from destination
+ --symlink create symbolic links
+ --rmsymlink remove symbolic links
+ -- treat the remaining arguments as files to upload
+
+Options:
+ --to DEST specify a destination DEST for FILES
+ (multiple --to options are allowed)
+ --user NAME sign with key NAME
+ --replace allow replacements of existing files
+ --symlink-regex[=EXPR] use sed script EXPR to compute symbolic link names
+ -n, --dry-run do nothing, show what would have been done
+ (including the constructed directive file)
+ --version output version information and exit
+ -h, --help print this help text and exit
+
+If --symlink-regex is given without EXPR, then the link target name
+is created by replacing the version information with '-latest', e.g.:
+ foo-1.3.4.tar.gz -> foo-latest.tar.gz
+
+Recognized destinations are:
+ alpha.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
+ savannah.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
+ savannah.nongnu.org:DIRECTORY
+ ftp.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
+ build directive files and upload files by FTP
+ download.gnu.org.ua:{alpha|ftp}/DIRECTORY
+ build directive files and upload files by SFTP
+ [user@]host:DIRECTORY upload files with scp
+
+Options and commands are applied in order. If the file $conffile exists
+in the current working directory, its contents are prepended to the
+actual command line options. Use this to keep your defaults. Comments
+(#) and empty lines in $conffile are allowed.
+
+<https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain/html_node/Automated-FTP-Uploads.html>
+gives some further background.
+
+Examples:
+1. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz to ftp.gnu.org:
+ gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz
+
+2. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz and foobar-1.0.tar.xz to ftp.gnu.org:
+ gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
+
+3. Same as above, and also create symbolic links to foobar-latest.tar.*:
+ gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
+ --symlink-regex \\
+ foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
+
+4. Create a symbolic link foobar-latest.tar.gz -> foobar-1.0.tar.gz
+ and likewise for the corresponding .sig file:
+ gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
+ --symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-latest.tar.gz \\
+ foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig
+ or (equivalent):
+ gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
+ --symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-latest.tar.gz \\
+ --symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig
+
+5. Upload foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz to two sites:
+ gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
+ --to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
+ foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz
+
+6. Delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz and upload foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
+ (the -- terminates the list of files to delete):
+ gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
+ --to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
+ --delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz \\
+ -- foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
+
+gnupload executes a program ncftpput to do the transfers; if you don't
+happen to have an ncftp package installed, the ncftpput-ftp script in
+the build-aux/ directory of the gnulib package
+(https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib) may serve as a replacement.
+
+Send patches and bug reports to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
+
+copyright_year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed -e 's/[^0-9].*//'`
+copyright="Copyright (C) ${copyright_year} Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
+
+# Read local configuration file
+if test -r "$conffile"; then
+ echo "$0: Reading configuration file $conffile"
+ conf=`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' "$conffile" | tr "\015$nl" ' '`
+ eval set x "$conf \"\$@\""
+ shift
+fi
+
+while test -n "$1"; do
+ case $1 in
+ -*)
+ collect_var=
+ case $1 in
+ -h | --help)
+ echo "$usage"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ --to)
+ if test -z "$2"; then
+ echo "$0: Missing argument for --to" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ elif echo "$2" | grep 'ftp-upload\.gnu\.org' >/dev/null; then
+ echo "$0: Use ftp.gnu.org:PKGNAME or alpha.gnu.org:PKGNAME" >&2
+ echo "$0: for the destination, not ftp-upload.gnu.org (which" >&2
+ echo "$0: is used for direct ftp uploads, not with gnupload)." >&2
+ echo "$0: See --help and its examples if need be." >&2
+ exit 1
+ else
+ to="$to $2"
+ shift
+ fi
+ ;;
+ --user)
+ if test -z "$2"; then
+ echo "$0: Missing argument for --user" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ else
+ GPG="$GPG --local-user $2"
+ shift
+ fi
+ ;;
+ --delete)
+ collect_var=delete_files
+ ;;
+ --replace)
+ replace="replace: true"
+ ;;
+ --rmsymlink)
+ collect_var=delete_symlinks
+ ;;
+ --symlink-regex=*)
+ symlink_expr=`expr "$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+ ;;
+ --symlink-regex)
+ symlink_expr='s|-[0-9][0-9\.]*\(-[0-9][0-9]*\)\{0,1\}\.|-latest.|'
+ ;;
+ --symlink)
+ collect_var=symlink_files
+ ;;
+ -n | --dry-run)
+ dry_run=:
+ ;;
+ --version)
+ echo "gnupload $scriptversion"
+ echo "$copyright"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ --)
+ shift
+ break
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ echo "$0: Unknown option '$1', try '$0 --help'" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test -z "$collect_var"; then
+ break
+ else
+ eval "$collect_var=\"\$$collect_var $1\""
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+dprint()
+{
+ echo "Running $* ..."
+}
+
+if $dry_run; then
+ dbg=dprint
+fi
+
+if test -z "$to"; then
+ echo "$0: Missing destination sites" >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
+ x=`echo "$symlink_files" | sed 's/[^ ]//g;s/ //g'`
+ if test -n "$x"; then
+ echo "$0: Odd number of symlink arguments" >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+fi
+
+if test $# = 0; then
+ if test -z "${symlink_files}${delete_files}${delete_symlinks}"; then
+ echo "$0: No file to upload" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+else
+ # Make sure all files exist. We don't want to ask
+ # for the passphrase if the script will fail.
+ for file
+ do
+ if test ! -f $file; then
+ echo "$0: Cannot find '$file'" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ elif test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
+ linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
+ if test -z "$linkname"; then
+ echo "$0: symlink expression produces empty results" >&2
+ exit 1
+ elif test "$linkname" = $file; then
+ echo "$0: symlink expression does not alter file name" >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+fi
+
+# Make sure passphrase is not exported in the environment.
+unset passphrase
+unset passphrase_fd_0
+GNUPGHOME=${GNUPGHOME:-$HOME/.gnupg}
+
+# Reset PATH to be sure that echo is a built-in. We will later use
+# 'echo $passphrase' to output the passphrase, so it is important that
+# it is a built-in (third-party programs tend to appear in 'ps'
+# listings with their arguments...).
+# Remember this script runs with 'set -e', so if echo is not built-in
+# it will exit now.
+if $dry_run || grep -q "^use-agent" $GNUPGHOME/gpg.conf; then :; else
+ PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: "
+ stty -echo
+ read -r passphrase
+ stty echo
+ echo
+ passphrase_fd_0="--passphrase-fd 0"
+fi
+
+if test $# -ne 0; then
+ for file
+ do
+ echo "Signing $file ..."
+ rm -f $file.sig
+ echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 -ba -o $file.sig $file
+ done
+fi
+
+
+# mkdirective DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT
+# Arguments: See upload, below
+mkdirective ()
+{
+ stmt="$4"
+ if test -n "$3"; then
+ stmt="
+filename: $3$stmt"
+ fi
+
+ cat >${2}.directive<<EOF
+version: 1.2
+directory: $1
+comment: gnupload v. $scriptversion$stmt
+EOF
+ if $dry_run; then
+ echo "File ${2}.directive:"
+ cat ${2}.directive
+ echo "File ${2}.directive:" | sed 's/./-/g'
+ fi
+}
+
+mksymlink ()
+{
+ while test $# -ne 0
+ do
+ echo "symlink: $1 $2"
+ shift
+ shift
+ done
+}
+
+# upload DEST DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT FILES
+# Arguments:
+# DEST Destination site;
+# DESTDIR Destination directory;
+# BASE Base name for the directive file;
+# FILE Name of the file to distribute (may be empty);
+# STMT Additional statements for the directive file;
+# FILES List of files to upload.
+upload ()
+{
+ dest=$1
+ destdir=$2
+ base=$3
+ file=$4
+ stmt=$5
+ files=$6
+
+ rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
+ case $dest in
+ alpha.gnu.org:*)
+ mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
+ echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
+ $dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/alpha $files $base.directive.asc
+ ;;
+ ftp.gnu.org:*)
+ mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
+ echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
+ $dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/ftp $files $base.directive.asc
+ ;;
+ savannah.gnu.org:*)
+ if test -z "$files"; then
+ echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
+ fi
+ $dbg ncftpput savannah.gnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
+ ;;
+ savannah.nongnu.org:*)
+ if test -z "$files"; then
+ echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
+ fi
+ $dbg ncftpput savannah.nongnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
+ ;;
+ download.gnu.org.ua:alpha/*|download.gnu.org.ua:ftp/*)
+ destdir_p1=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,'`
+ destdir_topdir=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,/.*,,'`
+ mkdirective "$destdir_p1" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
+ echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
+ for f in $files $base.directive.asc
+ do
+ echo put $f
+ done | $dbg sftp -b - download.gnu.org.ua:/incoming/$destdir_topdir
+ ;;
+ /*)
+ dest_host=`echo "$dest" | sed 's,:.*,,'`
+ mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
+ echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
+ $dbg cp $files $base.directive.asc $dest_host
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test -z "$files"; then
+ echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
+ fi
+ $dbg scp $files $dest
+ ;;
+ esac
+ rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
+}
+
+#####
+# Process any standalone directives
+stmt=
+if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
+ stmt="$stmt
+`mksymlink $symlink_files`"
+fi
+
+for file in $delete_files
+do
+ stmt="$stmt
+archive: $file"
+done
+
+for file in $delete_symlinks
+do
+ stmt="$stmt
+rmsymlink: $file"
+done
+
+if test -n "$stmt"; then
+ for dest in $to
+ do
+ destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
+ upload "$dest" "$destdir" "`hostname`-$$" "" "$stmt"
+ done
+fi
+
+# Process actual uploads
+for dest in $to
+do
+ for file
+ do
+ echo "Uploading $file to $dest ..."
+ stmt=
+ #
+ # allowing file replacement is all or nothing.
+ if test -n "$replace"; then stmt="$stmt
+$replace"
+ fi
+ #
+ files="$file $file.sig"
+ destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
+ if test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
+ linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
+ stmt="$stmt
+symlink: $file $linkname
+symlink: $file.sig $linkname.sig"
+ fi
+ upload "$dest" "$destdir" "$file" "$file" "$stmt" "$files"
+ done
+done
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/install-sh b/build-aux/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..ec298b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+tab=' '
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" $tab$nl"
+
+# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
+
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+# Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755.
+# This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020).
+mkdir_umask=22
+
+backupsuffix=
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+is_target_a_directory=possibly
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+ --help display this help and exit.
+ --version display version info and exit.
+
+ -c (ignored)
+ -C install only if different (preserve data modification time)
+ -d create directories instead of installing files.
+ -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+ -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+ -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
+ -p pass -p to $cpprog.
+ -s $stripprog installed files.
+ -S SUFFIX attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX.
+ -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
+ -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+ CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+ RMPROG STRIPPROG
+
+By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG,
+it's up to you to specify -f if you want it.
+
+If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted.
+
+Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org.
+Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+ case $1 in
+ -c) ;;
+
+ -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+ -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+ -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+ shift;;
+
+ --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+ -m) mode=$2
+ case $mode in
+ *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+ echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ esac
+ shift;;
+
+ -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+ shift;;
+
+ -p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";;
+
+ -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+ -S) backupsuffix="$2"
+ shift;;
+
+ -t)
+ is_target_a_directory=always
+ dst_arg=$2
+ # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+ case $dst_arg in
+ -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+ esac
+ shift;;
+
+ -T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
+
+ --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+ --) shift
+ break;;
+
+ -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
+# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
+
+if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+ echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+fi
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+ # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+ # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+ # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
+ for arg
+ do
+ if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+ # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+ set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+ shift # fnord
+ fi
+ shift # arg
+ dst_arg=$arg
+ # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+ case $dst_arg in
+ -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+ esac
+ done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+ echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
+ # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+ if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
+ if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
+ echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+ do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+ trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+ trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+ trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+ trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+ # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+ # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+ case $mode in
+ # Optimize common cases.
+ *644) cp_umask=133;;
+ *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+ *[0-7])
+ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+ u_plus_rw=
+ else
+ u_plus_rw='% 200'
+ fi
+ cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+ *)
+ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+ u_plus_rw=
+ else
+ u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+ fi
+ cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+ # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+ case $src in
+ -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
+ esac
+
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ dst=$src
+ dstdir=$dst
+ test -d "$dstdir"
+ dstdir_status=$?
+ # Don't chown directories that already exist.
+ if test $dstdir_status = 0; then
+ chowncmd=""
+ fi
+ else
+
+ # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+ # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+ # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+ if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+ echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+ echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ dst=$dst_arg
+
+ # If destination is a directory, append the input filename.
+ if test -d "$dst"; then
+ if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
+ echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ dstdir=$dst
+ dstbase=`basename "$src"`
+ case $dst in
+ */) dst=$dst$dstbase;;
+ *) dst=$dst/$dstbase;;
+ esac
+ dstdir_status=0
+ else
+ dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
+ test -d "$dstdir"
+ dstdir_status=$?
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ case $dstdir in
+ */) dstdirslash=$dstdir;;
+ *) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;;
+ esac
+
+ obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+ if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+ case $posix_mkdir in
+ '')
+ # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+ # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+ else
+ mkdir_mode=
+ fi
+
+ posix_mkdir=false
+ # The $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g., dash). Use it
+ # here however when possible just to lower collision chance.
+ tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+
+ trap '
+ ret=$?
+ rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
+ exit $ret
+ ' 0
+
+ # Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work
+ # directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir'
+ # directory is successfully created first before we actually test
+ # 'mkdir -p'.
+ if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
+ exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then
+ if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+ # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+ # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+ # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+ # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+ test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
+ ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+ case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+ d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+ d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+ *) false;;
+ esac &&
+ $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
+ ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+ test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+ }
+ }
+ then posix_mkdir=:
+ fi
+ rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
+ else
+ # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+ rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
+ fi
+ trap '' 0;;
+ esac
+
+ if
+ $posix_mkdir && (
+ umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+ )
+ then :
+ else
+
+ # mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+ # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
+ # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+ case $dstdir in
+ /*) prefix='/';;
+ [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
+ *) prefix='';;
+ esac
+
+ oIFS=$IFS
+ IFS=/
+ set -f
+ set fnord $dstdir
+ shift
+ set +f
+ IFS=$oIFS
+
+ prefixes=
+
+ for d
+ do
+ test X"$d" = X && continue
+
+ prefix=$prefix$d
+ if test -d "$prefix"; then
+ prefixes=
+ else
+ if $posix_mkdir; then
+ (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+ test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+ else
+ case $prefix in
+ *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+ *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+ esac
+ prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+ fi
+ fi
+ prefix=$prefix/
+ done
+
+ if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+ (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+ test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+ obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+ { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+ else
+
+ # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+ dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_
+ rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_
+
+ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+ trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+ # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+ (umask $cp_umask &&
+ { test -z "$stripcmd" || {
+ # Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only,
+ # which would cause strip to fail.
+ if test -z "$doit"; then
+ : >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'.
+ else
+ $doit touch "$dsttmp"
+ fi
+ }
+ } &&
+ $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+ # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+ #
+ # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
+ # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+ # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+ #
+ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+ { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+ # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+ if $copy_on_change &&
+ old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
+ new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
+ set -f &&
+ set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+ set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+ set +f &&
+ test "$old" = "$new" &&
+ $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then
+ rm -f "$dsttmp"
+ else
+ # If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed
+ # already exists, attempt a backup. Don't worry if it fails,
+ # e.g., if mv doesn't support -f.
+ if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then
+ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null
+ fi
+
+ # Rename the file to the real destination.
+ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+ # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+ # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+ # support -f.
+ {
+ # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+ # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+ # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+ # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+ # file should still install successfully.
+ {
+ test ! -f "$dst" ||
+ $doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+ { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+ { $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+ } ||
+ { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+ (exit 1); exit 1
+ }
+ } &&
+
+ # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+ $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+ }
+ fi || exit 1
+
+ trap '' 0
+ fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/ltmain.sh b/build-aux/ltmain.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49fcad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/ltmain.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,11429 @@
+#! /usr/bin/env sh
+## DO NOT EDIT - This file generated from ./build-aux/ltmain.in
+## by inline-source v2019-02-19.15
+
+# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.7
+# Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2019, 2021-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
+# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
+# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+PROGRAM=libtool
+PACKAGE=libtool
+VERSION=2.4.7
+package_revision=2.4.7
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Run './libtool --help' for help with using this script from the
+# command line.
+
+
+## ------------------------------- ##
+## User overridable command paths. ##
+## ------------------------------- ##
+
+# After configure completes, it has a better idea of some of the
+# shell tools we need than the defaults used by the functions shared
+# with bootstrap, so set those here where they can still be over-
+# ridden by the user, but otherwise take precedence.
+
+: ${AUTOCONF="autoconf"}
+: ${AUTOMAKE="automake"}
+
+
+## -------------------------- ##
+## Source external libraries. ##
+## -------------------------- ##
+
+# Much of our low-level functionality needs to be sourced from external
+# libraries, which are installed to $pkgauxdir.
+
+# Set a version string for this script.
+scriptversion=2019-02-19.15; # UTC
+
+# General shell script boiler plate, and helper functions.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+
+# This is free software. There is NO warranty; not even for
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2019, 2021 Bootstrap Authors
+#
+# This file is dual licensed under the terms of the MIT license
+# <https://opensource.org/license/MIT>, and GPL version 2 or later
+# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html>. You must apply one of
+# these licenses when using or redistributing this software or any of
+# the files within it. See the URLs above, or the file `LICENSE`
+# included in the Bootstrap distribution for the full license texts.
+
+# Please report bugs or propose patches to:
+# <https://github.com/gnulib-modules/bootstrap/issues>
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Evaluate this file near the top of your script to gain access to
+# the functions and variables defined here:
+#
+# . `echo "$0" | ${SED-sed} 's|[^/]*$||'`/build-aux/funclib.sh
+#
+# If you need to override any of the default environment variable
+# settings, do that before evaluating this file.
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Shell normalisation. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Some shells need a little help to be as Bourne compatible as possible.
+# Before doing anything else, make sure all that help has been provided!
+
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+ case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix ;; esac
+fi
+
+# NLS nuisances: We save the old values in case they are required later.
+_G_user_locale=
+_G_safe_locale=
+for _G_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+do
+ eval "if test set = \"\${$_G_var+set}\"; then
+ save_$_G_var=\$$_G_var
+ $_G_var=C
+ export $_G_var
+ _G_user_locale=\"$_G_var=\\\$save_\$_G_var; \$_G_user_locale\"
+ _G_safe_locale=\"$_G_var=C; \$_G_safe_locale\"
+ fi"
+done
+# These NLS vars are set unconditionally (bootstrap issue #24). Unset those
+# in case the environment reset is needed later and the $save_* variant is not
+# defined (see the code above).
+LC_ALL=C
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE LC_ALL
+
+# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
+sp=' '
+nl='
+'
+IFS="$sp $nl"
+
+# There are apparently some retarded systems that use ';' as a PATH separator!
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+ (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+ (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# func_unset VAR
+# --------------
+# Portably unset VAR.
+# In some shells, an 'unset VAR' statement leaves a non-zero return
+# status if VAR is already unset, which might be problematic if the
+# statement is used at the end of a function (thus poisoning its return
+# value) or when 'set -e' is active (causing even a spurious abort of
+# the script in this case).
+func_unset ()
+{
+ { eval $1=; (eval unset $1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && eval unset $1 || : ; }
+}
+
+
+# Make sure CDPATH doesn't cause `cd` commands to output the target dir.
+func_unset CDPATH
+
+# Make sure ${,E,F}GREP behave sanely.
+func_unset GREP_OPTIONS
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Locate command utilities. ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+
+# func_executable_p FILE
+# ----------------------
+# Check that FILE is an executable regular file.
+func_executable_p ()
+{
+ test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+}
+
+
+# func_path_progs PROGS_LIST CHECK_FUNC [PATH]
+# --------------------------------------------
+# Search for either a program that responds to --version with output
+# containing "GNU", or else returned by CHECK_FUNC otherwise, by
+# trying all the directories in PATH with each of the elements of
+# PROGS_LIST.
+#
+# CHECK_FUNC should accept the path to a candidate program, and
+# set $func_check_prog_result if it truncates its output less than
+# $_G_path_prog_max characters.
+func_path_progs ()
+{
+ _G_progs_list=$1
+ _G_check_func=$2
+ _G_PATH=${3-"$PATH"}
+
+ _G_path_prog_max=0
+ _G_path_prog_found=false
+ _G_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
+ for _G_dir in $_G_PATH; do
+ IFS=$_G_save_IFS
+ test -z "$_G_dir" && _G_dir=.
+ for _G_prog_name in $_G_progs_list; do
+ for _exeext in '' .EXE; do
+ _G_path_prog=$_G_dir/$_G_prog_name$_exeext
+ func_executable_p "$_G_path_prog" || continue
+ case `"$_G_path_prog" --version 2>&1` in
+ *GNU*) func_path_progs_result=$_G_path_prog _G_path_prog_found=: ;;
+ *) $_G_check_func $_G_path_prog
+ func_path_progs_result=$func_check_prog_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+ $_G_path_prog_found && break 3
+ done
+ done
+ done
+ IFS=$_G_save_IFS
+ test -z "$func_path_progs_result" && {
+ echo "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2
+ exit 1
+ }
+}
+
+
+# We want to be able to use the functions in this file before configure
+# has figured out where the best binaries are kept, which means we have
+# to search for them ourselves - except when the results are already set
+# where we skip the searches.
+
+# Unless the user overrides by setting SED, search the path for either GNU
+# sed, or the sed that truncates its output the least.
+test -z "$SED" && {
+ _G_sed_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/
+ for _G_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do
+ _G_sed_script=$_G_sed_script$nl$_G_sed_script
+ done
+ echo "$_G_sed_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed
+ _G_sed_script=
+
+ func_check_prog_sed ()
+ {
+ _G_path_prog=$1
+
+ _G_count=0
+ printf 0123456789 >conftest.in
+ while :
+ do
+ cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+ mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+ cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+ echo '' >> conftest.nl
+ "$_G_path_prog" -f conftest.sed <conftest.nl >conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break
+ diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+ _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1`
+ if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then
+ # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+ func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog
+ _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count
+ fi
+ # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+ test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break
+ done
+ rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out
+ }
+
+ func_path_progs "sed gsed" func_check_prog_sed "$PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin"
+ rm -f conftest.sed
+ SED=$func_path_progs_result
+}
+
+
+# Unless the user overrides by setting GREP, search the path for either GNU
+# grep, or the grep that truncates its output the least.
+test -z "$GREP" && {
+ func_check_prog_grep ()
+ {
+ _G_path_prog=$1
+
+ _G_count=0
+ _G_path_prog_max=0
+ printf 0123456789 >conftest.in
+ while :
+ do
+ cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp
+ mv conftest.tmp conftest.in
+ cp conftest.in conftest.nl
+ echo 'GREP' >> conftest.nl
+ "$_G_path_prog" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' <conftest.nl >conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break
+ diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break
+ _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1`
+ if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then
+ # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one
+ func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog
+ _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count
+ fi
+ # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough
+ test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break
+ done
+ rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out
+ }
+
+ func_path_progs "grep ggrep" func_check_prog_grep "$PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin"
+ GREP=$func_path_progs_result
+}
+
+
+## ------------------------------- ##
+## User overridable command paths. ##
+## ------------------------------- ##
+
+# All uppercase variable names are used for environment variables. These
+# variables can be overridden by the user before calling a script that
+# uses them if a suitable command of that name is not already available
+# in the command search PATH.
+
+: ${CP="cp -f"}
+: ${ECHO="printf %s\n"}
+: ${EGREP="$GREP -E"}
+: ${FGREP="$GREP -F"}
+: ${LN_S="ln -s"}
+: ${MAKE="make"}
+: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Useful sed snippets. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+sed_dirname='s|/[^/]*$||'
+sed_basename='s|^.*/||'
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='s|\([`"$\\]\)|\\\1|g'
+
+# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
+sed_double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+
+# Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the
+# string literally.
+sed_make_literal_regex='s|[].[^$\\*\/]|\\&|g'
+
+# Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path
+# that contains forward slashes, into one that contains
+# (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation.
+sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
+
+# Re-'\' parameter expansions in output of sed_double_quote_subst that
+# were '\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of '\' preceded a
+# '$' in input to sed_double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from
+# expansion. Since each input '\' is now two '\'s, look for any number
+# of runs of four '\'s followed by two '\'s and then a '$'. '\' that '$'.
+_G_bs='\\'
+_G_bs2='\\\\'
+_G_bs4='\\\\\\\\'
+_G_dollar='\$'
+sed_double_backslash="\
+ s/$_G_bs4/&\\
+/g
+ s/^$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/$_G_bs&/
+ s/\\([^$_G_bs]\\)$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/\\1$_G_bs2$_G_bs$_G_dollar/g
+ s/\n//g"
+
+# require_check_ifs_backslash
+# ---------------------------
+# Check if we can use backslash as IFS='\' separator, and set
+# $check_ifs_backshlash_broken to ':' or 'false'.
+require_check_ifs_backslash=func_require_check_ifs_backslash
+func_require_check_ifs_backslash ()
+{
+ _G_save_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS='\'
+ _G_check_ifs_backshlash='a\\b'
+ for _G_i in $_G_check_ifs_backshlash
+ do
+ case $_G_i in
+ a)
+ check_ifs_backshlash_broken=false
+ ;;
+ '')
+ break
+ ;;
+ *)
+ check_ifs_backshlash_broken=:
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ IFS=$_G_save_IFS
+ require_check_ifs_backslash=:
+}
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Global variables. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# Except for the global variables explicitly listed below, the following
+# functions in the '^func_' namespace, and the '^require_' namespace
+# variables initialised in the 'Resource management' section, sourcing
+# this file will not pollute your global namespace with anything
+# else. There's no portable way to scope variables in Bourne shell
+# though, so actually running these functions will sometimes place
+# results into a variable named after the function, and often use
+# temporary variables in the '^_G_' namespace. If you are careful to
+# avoid using those namespaces casually in your sourcing script, things
+# should continue to work as you expect. And, of course, you can freely
+# overwrite any of the functions or variables defined here before
+# calling anything to customize them.
+
+EXIT_SUCCESS=0
+EXIT_FAILURE=1
+EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
+EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
+
+# Allow overriding, eg assuming that you follow the convention of
+# putting '$debug_cmd' at the start of all your functions, you can get
+# bash to show function call trace with:
+#
+# debug_cmd='eval echo "${FUNCNAME[0]} $*" >&2' bash your-script-name
+debug_cmd=${debug_cmd-":"}
+exit_cmd=:
+
+# By convention, finish your script with:
+#
+# exit $exit_status
+#
+# so that you can set exit_status to non-zero if you want to indicate
+# something went wrong during execution without actually bailing out at
+# the point of failure.
+exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
+
+# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
+# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
+# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
+# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
+# function.
+progpath=$0
+
+# The name of this program.
+progname=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_basename"`
+
+# Make sure we have an absolute progpath for reexecution:
+case $progpath in
+ [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
+ *[\\/]*)
+ progdir=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_dirname"`
+ progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
+ progpath=$progdir/$progname
+ ;;
+ *)
+ _G_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
+ for progdir in $PATH; do
+ IFS=$_G_IFS
+ test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
+ done
+ IFS=$_G_IFS
+ test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
+ progpath=$progdir/$progname
+ ;;
+esac
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Standard options. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# The following options affect the operation of the functions defined
+# below, and should be set appropriately depending on run-time para-
+# meters passed on the command line.
+
+opt_dry_run=false
+opt_quiet=false
+opt_verbose=false
+
+# Categories 'all' and 'none' are always available. Append any others
+# you will pass as the first argument to func_warning from your own
+# code.
+warning_categories=
+
+# By default, display warnings according to 'opt_warning_types'. Set
+# 'warning_func' to ':' to elide all warnings, or func_fatal_error to
+# treat the next displayed warning as a fatal error.
+warning_func=func_warn_and_continue
+
+# Set to 'all' to display all warnings, 'none' to suppress all
+# warnings, or a space delimited list of some subset of
+# 'warning_categories' to display only the listed warnings.
+opt_warning_types=all
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Resource management. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# This section contains definitions for functions that each ensure a
+# particular resource (a file, or a non-empty configuration variable for
+# example) is available, and if appropriate to extract default values
+# from pertinent package files. Call them using their associated
+# 'require_*' variable to ensure that they are executed, at most, once.
+#
+# It's entirely deliberate that calling these functions can set
+# variables that don't obey the namespace limitations obeyed by the rest
+# of this file, in order that that they be as useful as possible to
+# callers.
+
+
+# require_term_colors
+# -------------------
+# Allow display of bold text on terminals that support it.
+require_term_colors=func_require_term_colors
+func_require_term_colors ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ test -t 1 && {
+ # COLORTERM and USE_ANSI_COLORS environment variables take
+ # precedence, because most terminfo databases neglect to describe
+ # whether color sequences are supported.
+ test -n "${COLORTERM+set}" && : ${USE_ANSI_COLORS="1"}
+
+ if test 1 = "$USE_ANSI_COLORS"; then
+ # Standard ANSI escape sequences
+ tc_reset=''
+ tc_bold=''; tc_standout=''
+ tc_red=''; tc_green=''
+ tc_blue=''; tc_cyan=''
+ else
+ # Otherwise trust the terminfo database after all.
+ test -n "`tput sgr0 2>/dev/null`" && {
+ tc_reset=`tput sgr0`
+ test -n "`tput bold 2>/dev/null`" && tc_bold=`tput bold`
+ tc_standout=$tc_bold
+ test -n "`tput smso 2>/dev/null`" && tc_standout=`tput smso`
+ test -n "`tput setaf 1 2>/dev/null`" && tc_red=`tput setaf 1`
+ test -n "`tput setaf 2 2>/dev/null`" && tc_green=`tput setaf 2`
+ test -n "`tput setaf 4 2>/dev/null`" && tc_blue=`tput setaf 4`
+ test -n "`tput setaf 5 2>/dev/null`" && tc_cyan=`tput setaf 5`
+ }
+ fi
+ }
+
+ require_term_colors=:
+}
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Function library. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# This section contains a variety of useful functions to call in your
+# scripts. Take note of the portable wrappers for features provided by
+# some modern shells, which will fall back to slower equivalents on
+# less featureful shells.
+
+
+# func_append VAR VALUE
+# ---------------------
+# Append VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR.
+
+ # We should try to minimise forks, especially on Windows where they are
+ # unreasonably slow, so skip the feature probes when bash or zsh are
+ # being used:
+ if test set = "${BASH_VERSION+set}${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+ : ${_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP="yes"}
+ : ${_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS="yes"}
+ # The += operator was introduced in bash 3.1
+ case $BASH_VERSION in
+ [12].* | 3.0 | 3.0*) ;;
+ *)
+ : ${_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP="yes"}
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ # _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP
+ # Can be empty, in which case the shell is probed, "yes" if += is
+ # useable or anything else if it does not work.
+ test -z "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP" \
+ && (eval 'x=a; x+=" b"; test "a b" = "$x"') 2>/dev/null \
+ && _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"
+then
+ # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
+ eval 'func_append ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ eval "$1+=\$2"
+ }'
+else
+ # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
+ func_append ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ eval "$1=\$$1\$2"
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# func_append_quoted VAR VALUE
+# ----------------------------
+# Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated
+# by a space.
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"; then
+ eval 'func_append_quoted ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$2"
+ eval "$1+=\\ \$func_quote_arg_result"
+ }'
+else
+ func_append_quoted ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$2"
+ eval "$1=\$$1\\ \$func_quote_arg_result"
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# func_append_uniq VAR VALUE
+# --------------------------
+# Append unique VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR, assuming
+# entries are delimited by the first character of VALUE. For example:
+#
+# func_append_uniq options " --another-option option-argument"
+#
+# will only append to $options if " --another-option option-argument "
+# is not already present somewhere in $options already (note spaces at
+# each end implied by leading space in second argument).
+func_append_uniq ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ eval _G_current_value='`$ECHO $'$1'`'
+ _G_delim=`expr "$2" : '\(.\)'`
+
+ case $_G_delim$_G_current_value$_G_delim in
+ *"$2$_G_delim"*) ;;
+ *) func_append "$@" ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_arith TERM...
+# ------------------
+# Set func_arith_result to the result of evaluating TERMs.
+ test -z "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP" \
+ && (eval 'test 2 = $(( 1 + 1 ))') 2>/dev/null \
+ && _G_HAVE_ARITH_OP=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP"; then
+ eval 'func_arith ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
+ }'
+else
+ func_arith ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_arith_result=`expr "$@"`
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# func_basename FILE
+# ------------------
+# Set func_basename_result to FILE with everything up to and including
+# the last / stripped.
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+ # If this shell supports suffix pattern removal, then use it to avoid
+ # forking. Hide the definitions single quotes in case the shell chokes
+ # on unsupported syntax...
+ _b='func_basename_result=${1##*/}'
+ _d='case $1 in
+ */*) func_dirname_result=${1%/*}$2 ;;
+ * ) func_dirname_result=$3 ;;
+ esac'
+
+else
+ # ...otherwise fall back to using sed.
+ _b='func_basename_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_basename"`'
+ _d='func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_dirname"`
+ if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X$1"; then
+ func_dirname_result=$3
+ else
+ func_append func_dirname_result "$2"
+ fi'
+fi
+
+eval 'func_basename ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ '"$_b"'
+}'
+
+
+# func_dirname FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result,
+# otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+eval 'func_dirname ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ '"$_d"'
+}'
+
+
+# func_dirname_and_basename FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT
+# --------------------------------------------------------
+# Perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
+# call:
+# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty,
+# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
+# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
+# value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
+# basename: Compute filename of FILE.
+# value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
+# For efficiency, we do not delegate to the functions above but instead
+# duplicate the functionality here.
+eval 'func_dirname_and_basename ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ '"$_b"'
+ '"$_d"'
+}'
+
+
+# func_echo ARG...
+# ----------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message.
+func_echo ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ _G_message=$*
+
+ func_echo_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS=$nl
+ for _G_line in $_G_message; do
+ IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+ $ECHO "$progname: $_G_line"
+ done
+ IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+}
+
+
+# func_echo_all ARG...
+# --------------------
+# Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated.
+func_echo_all ()
+{
+ $ECHO "$*"
+}
+
+
+# func_echo_infix_1 INFIX ARG...
+# ------------------------------
+# Echo program name, followed by INFIX on the first line, with any
+# additional lines not showing INFIX.
+func_echo_infix_1 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ $require_term_colors
+
+ _G_infix=$1; shift
+ _G_indent=$_G_infix
+ _G_prefix="$progname: $_G_infix: "
+ _G_message=$*
+
+ # Strip color escape sequences before counting printable length
+ for _G_tc in "$tc_reset" "$tc_bold" "$tc_standout" "$tc_red" "$tc_green" "$tc_blue" "$tc_cyan"
+ do
+ test -n "$_G_tc" && {
+ _G_esc_tc=`$ECHO "$_G_tc" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+ _G_indent=`$ECHO "$_G_indent" | $SED "s|$_G_esc_tc||g"`
+ }
+ done
+ _G_indent="$progname: "`echo "$_G_indent" | $SED 's|.| |g'`" " ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes
+
+ func_echo_infix_1_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS=$nl
+ for _G_line in $_G_message; do
+ IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS
+ $ECHO "$_G_prefix$tc_bold$_G_line$tc_reset" >&2
+ _G_prefix=$_G_indent
+ done
+ IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS
+}
+
+
+# func_error ARG...
+# -----------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
+func_error ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ $require_term_colors
+
+ func_echo_infix_1 " $tc_standout${tc_red}error$tc_reset" "$*" >&2
+}
+
+
+# func_fatal_error ARG...
+# -----------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
+func_fatal_error ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_error "$*"
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+
+# func_grep EXPRESSION FILENAME
+# -----------------------------
+# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
+func_grep ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+
+# func_len STRING
+# ---------------
+# Set func_len_result to the length of STRING. STRING may not
+# start with a hyphen.
+ test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \
+ && (eval 'x=a/b/c;
+ test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \
+ && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+ eval 'func_len ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_len_result=${#1}
+ }'
+else
+ func_len ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len`
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# func_mkdir_p DIRECTORY-PATH
+# ---------------------------
+# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
+func_mkdir_p ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ _G_directory_path=$1
+ _G_dir_list=
+
+ if test -n "$_G_directory_path" && test : != "$opt_dry_run"; then
+
+ # Protect directory names starting with '-'
+ case $_G_directory_path in
+ -*) _G_directory_path=./$_G_directory_path ;;
+ esac
+
+ # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
+ while test ! -d "$_G_directory_path"; do
+ # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited
+ # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
+ _G_dir_list=$_G_directory_path:$_G_dir_list
+
+ # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
+ case $_G_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
+
+ # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
+ _G_directory_path=`$ECHO "$_G_directory_path" | $SED -e "$sed_dirname"`
+ done
+ _G_dir_list=`$ECHO "$_G_dir_list" | $SED 's|:*$||'`
+
+ func_mkdir_p_IFS=$IFS; IFS=:
+ for _G_dir in $_G_dir_list; do
+ IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS
+ # mkdir can fail with a 'File exist' error if two processes
+ # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't
+ # stop in that case!
+ $MKDIR "$_G_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
+ done
+ IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS
+
+ # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
+ test -d "$_G_directory_path" || \
+ func_fatal_error "Failed to create '$1'"
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_mktempdir [BASENAME]
+# -------------------------
+# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
+# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If
+# given, BASENAME is the basename for that directory.
+func_mktempdir ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ _G_template=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}
+
+ if test : = "$opt_dry_run"; then
+ # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
+ _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-$$
+ else
+
+ # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
+ _G_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "$_G_template-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
+
+ if test ! -d "$_G_tmpdir"; then
+ # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
+ _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-${RANDOM-0}$$
+
+ func_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
+ umask 0077
+ $MKDIR "$_G_tmpdir"
+ umask $func_mktempdir_umask
+ fi
+
+ # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
+ test -d "$_G_tmpdir" || \
+ func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory '$_G_tmpdir'"
+ fi
+
+ $ECHO "$_G_tmpdir"
+}
+
+
+# func_normal_abspath PATH
+# ------------------------
+# Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components,
+# and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making
+# it an absolute path.
+func_normal_abspath ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash.
+ _G_pathcar='s|^/\([^/]*\).*$|\1|'
+ _G_pathcdr='s|^/[^/]*||'
+ _G_removedotparts=':dotsl
+ s|/\./|/|g
+ t dotsl
+ s|/\.$|/|'
+ _G_collapseslashes='s|/\{1,\}|/|g'
+ _G_finalslash='s|/*$|/|'
+
+ # Start from root dir and reassemble the path.
+ func_normal_abspath_result=
+ func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1
+ func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=
+ case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in
+ "")
+ # Empty path, that just means $cwd.
+ func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`"
+ func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result
+ return
+ ;;
+ # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely
+ # two leading slashes without using negated character classes;
+ # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour.
+ ///*)
+ # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing.
+ ;;
+ //*)
+ # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//'
+ # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares
+ # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found.
+ func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/
+ ;;
+ /*)
+ # Absolute path, do nothing.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Relative path, prepend $cwd.
+ func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want
+ # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure
+ # there is one (and only one) here.
+ func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+ -e "$_G_removedotparts" -e "$_G_collapseslashes" -e "$_G_finalslash"`
+ while :; do
+ # Processed it all yet?
+ if test / = "$func_normal_abspath_tpath"; then
+ # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now.
+ if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result"; then
+ func_normal_abspath_result=/
+ fi
+ break
+ fi
+ func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+ -e "$_G_pathcar"`
+ func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \
+ -e "$_G_pathcdr"`
+ # Figure out what to do with it
+ case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in
+ "")
+ # Trailing empty path component, ignore it.
+ ;;
+ ..)
+ # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result.
+ func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result"
+ func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Actual path component, append it.
+ func_append func_normal_abspath_result "/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry.
+ func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result
+}
+
+
+# func_notquiet ARG...
+# --------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message only when not in quiet mode.
+func_notquiet ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ $opt_quiet || func_echo ${1+"$@"}
+
+ # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
+ # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
+ # work around that:
+ :
+}
+
+
+# func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR
+# --------------------------------
+# Set func_relative_path_result to the relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR.
+func_relative_path ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_relative_path_result=
+ func_normal_abspath "$1"
+ func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result
+ func_normal_abspath "$2"
+ func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result
+
+ # Ascend the tree starting from libdir
+ while :; do
+ # check if we have found a prefix of bindir
+ case $func_relative_path_tbindir in
+ $func_relative_path_tlibdir)
+ # found an exact match
+ func_relative_path_tcancelled=
+ break
+ ;;
+ $func_relative_path_tlibdir*)
+ # found a matching prefix
+ func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir"
+ func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result
+ if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then
+ func_relative_path_result=.
+ fi
+ break
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir
+ func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_dirname_result
+ if test -z "$func_relative_path_tlibdir"; then
+ # Have to descend all the way to the root!
+ func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
+ func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir
+ break
+ fi
+ func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes.
+ func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result"
+ func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
+ func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled"
+ if test -n "$func_stripname_result"; then
+ func_append func_relative_path_result "/$func_stripname_result"
+ fi
+
+ # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return '.' else relative path.
+ if test -n "$func_relative_path_result"; then
+ func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result"
+ func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result
+ fi
+
+ test -n "$func_relative_path_result" || func_relative_path_result=.
+
+ :
+}
+
+
+# func_quote_portable EVAL ARG
+# ----------------------------
+# Internal function to portably implement func_quote_arg. Note that we still
+# keep attention to performance here so we as much as possible try to avoid
+# calling sed binary (so far O(N) complexity as long as func_append is O(1)).
+func_quote_portable ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ $require_check_ifs_backslash
+
+ func_quote_portable_result=$2
+
+ # one-time-loop (easy break)
+ while true
+ do
+ if $1; then
+ func_quote_portable_result=`$ECHO "$2" | $SED \
+ -e "$sed_double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"`
+ break
+ fi
+
+ # Quote for eval.
+ case $func_quote_portable_result in
+ *[\\\`\"\$]*)
+ # Fallback to sed for $func_check_bs_ifs_broken=:, or when the string
+ # contains the shell wildcard characters.
+ case $check_ifs_backshlash_broken$func_quote_portable_result in
+ :*|*[\[\*\?]*)
+ func_quote_portable_result=`$ECHO "$func_quote_portable_result" \
+ | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"`
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ func_quote_portable_old_IFS=$IFS
+ for _G_char in '\' '`' '"' '$'
+ do
+ # STATE($1) PREV($2) SEPARATOR($3)
+ set start "" ""
+ func_quote_portable_result=dummy"$_G_char$func_quote_portable_result$_G_char"dummy
+ IFS=$_G_char
+ for _G_part in $func_quote_portable_result
+ do
+ case $1 in
+ quote)
+ func_append func_quote_portable_result "$3$2"
+ set quote "$_G_part" "\\$_G_char"
+ ;;
+ start)
+ set first "" ""
+ func_quote_portable_result=
+ ;;
+ first)
+ set quote "$_G_part" ""
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ done
+ IFS=$func_quote_portable_old_IFS
+ ;;
+ *) ;;
+ esac
+ break
+ done
+
+ func_quote_portable_unquoted_result=$func_quote_portable_result
+ case $func_quote_portable_result in
+ # double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
+ # word splitting, command substitution and variable expansion
+ # for a subsequent eval.
+ # many bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
+ # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
+ *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
+ func_quote_portable_result=\"$func_quote_portable_result\"
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_quotefast_eval ARG
+# -----------------------
+# Quote one ARG (internal). This is equivalent to 'func_quote_arg eval ARG',
+# but optimized for speed. Result is stored in $func_quotefast_eval.
+if test xyes = `(x=; printf -v x %q yes; echo x"$x") 2>/dev/null`; then
+ printf -v _GL_test_printf_tilde %q '~'
+ if test '\~' = "$_GL_test_printf_tilde"; then
+ func_quotefast_eval ()
+ {
+ printf -v func_quotefast_eval_result %q "$1"
+ }
+ else
+ # Broken older Bash implementations. Make those faster too if possible.
+ func_quotefast_eval ()
+ {
+ case $1 in
+ '~'*)
+ func_quote_portable false "$1"
+ func_quotefast_eval_result=$func_quote_portable_result
+ ;;
+ *)
+ printf -v func_quotefast_eval_result %q "$1"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ }
+ fi
+else
+ func_quotefast_eval ()
+ {
+ func_quote_portable false "$1"
+ func_quotefast_eval_result=$func_quote_portable_result
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# func_quote_arg MODEs ARG
+# ------------------------
+# Quote one ARG to be evaled later. MODEs argument may contain zero or more
+# specifiers listed below separated by ',' character. This function returns two
+# values:
+# i) func_quote_arg_result
+# double-quoted (when needed), suitable for a subsequent eval
+# ii) func_quote_arg_unquoted_result
+# has all characters that are still active within double
+# quotes backslashified. Available only if 'unquoted' is specified.
+#
+# Available modes:
+# ----------------
+# 'eval' (default)
+# - escape shell special characters
+# 'expand'
+# - the same as 'eval'; but do not quote variable references
+# 'pretty'
+# - request aesthetic output, i.e. '"a b"' instead of 'a\ b'. This might
+# be used later in func_quote to get output like: 'echo "a b"' instead
+# of 'echo a\ b'. This is slower than default on some shells.
+# 'unquoted'
+# - produce also $func_quote_arg_unquoted_result which does not contain
+# wrapping double-quotes.
+#
+# Examples for 'func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted string':
+#
+# string | *_result | *_unquoted_result
+# ------------+-----------------------+-------------------
+# " | \" | \"
+# a b | "a b" | a b
+# "a b" | "\"a b\"" | \"a b\"
+# * | "*" | *
+# z="${x-$y}" | "z=\"\${x-\$y}\"" | z=\"\${x-\$y}\"
+#
+# Examples for 'func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted,expand string':
+#
+# string | *_result | *_unquoted_result
+# --------------+---------------------+--------------------
+# z="${x-$y}" | "z=\"${x-$y}\"" | z=\"${x-$y}\"
+func_quote_arg ()
+{
+ _G_quote_expand=false
+ case ,$1, in
+ *,expand,*)
+ _G_quote_expand=:
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case ,$1, in
+ *,pretty,*|*,expand,*|*,unquoted,*)
+ func_quote_portable $_G_quote_expand "$2"
+ func_quote_arg_result=$func_quote_portable_result
+ func_quote_arg_unquoted_result=$func_quote_portable_unquoted_result
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Faster quote-for-eval for some shells.
+ func_quotefast_eval "$2"
+ func_quote_arg_result=$func_quotefast_eval_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_quote MODEs ARGs...
+# ------------------------
+# Quote all ARGs to be evaled later and join them into single command. See
+# func_quote_arg's description for more info.
+func_quote ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+ _G_func_quote_mode=$1 ; shift
+ func_quote_result=
+ while test 0 -lt $#; do
+ func_quote_arg "$_G_func_quote_mode" "$1"
+ if test -n "$func_quote_result"; then
+ func_append func_quote_result " $func_quote_arg_result"
+ else
+ func_append func_quote_result "$func_quote_arg_result"
+ fi
+ shift
+ done
+}
+
+
+# func_stripname PREFIX SUFFIX NAME
+# ---------------------------------
+# strip PREFIX and SUFFIX from NAME, and store in func_stripname_result.
+# PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special
+# characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading
+# dot (in which case that matches only a dot).
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+ eval 'func_stripname ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are
+ # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary variable first.
+ func_stripname_result=$3
+ func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"$1"}
+ func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"$2"}
+ }'
+else
+ func_stripname ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case $2 in
+ .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%\\\\$2\$%%"`;;
+ *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%$2\$%%"`;;
+ esac
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# func_show_eval CMD [FAIL_EXP]
+# -----------------------------
+# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it.
+func_show_eval ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ _G_cmd=$1
+ _G_fail_exp=${2-':'}
+
+ func_quote_arg pretty,expand "$_G_cmd"
+ eval "func_notquiet $func_quote_arg_result"
+
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval "$_G_cmd"
+ _G_status=$?
+ if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then
+ eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp"
+ fi
+ }
+}
+
+
+# func_show_eval_locale CMD [FAIL_EXP]
+# ------------------------------------
+# Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
+# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
+# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation.
+func_show_eval_locale ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ _G_cmd=$1
+ _G_fail_exp=${2-':'}
+
+ $opt_quiet || {
+ func_quote_arg expand,pretty "$_G_cmd"
+ eval "func_echo $func_quote_arg_result"
+ }
+
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval "$_G_user_locale
+ $_G_cmd"
+ _G_status=$?
+ eval "$_G_safe_locale"
+ if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then
+ eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp"
+ fi
+ }
+}
+
+
+# func_tr_sh
+# ----------
+# Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name.
+# Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters
+# not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further,
+# if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well.
+func_tr_sh ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case $1 in
+ [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*)
+ func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED -e 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/' -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'`
+ ;;
+ * )
+ func_tr_sh_result=$1
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_verbose ARG...
+# -------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
+func_verbose ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ $opt_verbose && func_echo "$*"
+
+ :
+}
+
+
+# func_warn_and_continue ARG...
+# -----------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
+func_warn_and_continue ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ $require_term_colors
+
+ func_echo_infix_1 "${tc_red}warning$tc_reset" "$*" >&2
+}
+
+
+# func_warning CATEGORY ARG...
+# ----------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. Warning
+# messages can be filtered according to CATEGORY, where this function
+# elides messages where CATEGORY is not listed in the global variable
+# 'opt_warning_types'.
+func_warning ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # CATEGORY must be in the warning_categories list!
+ case " $warning_categories " in
+ *" $1 "*) ;;
+ *) func_internal_error "invalid warning category '$1'" ;;
+ esac
+
+ _G_category=$1
+ shift
+
+ case " $opt_warning_types " in
+ *" $_G_category "*) $warning_func ${1+"$@"} ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_sort_ver VER1 VER2
+# -----------------------
+# 'sort -V' is not generally available.
+# Note this deviates from the version comparison in automake
+# in that it treats 1.5 < 1.5.0, and treats 1.4.4a < 1.4-p3a
+# but this should suffice as we won't be specifying old
+# version formats or redundant trailing .0 in bootstrap.conf.
+# If we did want full compatibility then we should probably
+# use m4_version_compare from autoconf.
+func_sort_ver ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ printf '%s\n%s\n' "$1" "$2" \
+ | sort -t. -k 1,1n -k 2,2n -k 3,3n -k 4,4n -k 5,5n -k 6,6n -k 7,7n -k 8,8n -k 9,9n
+}
+
+# func_lt_ver PREV CURR
+# ---------------------
+# Return true if PREV and CURR are in the correct order according to
+# func_sort_ver, otherwise false. Use it like this:
+#
+# func_lt_ver "$prev_ver" "$proposed_ver" || func_fatal_error "..."
+func_lt_ver ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ test "x$1" = x`func_sort_ver "$1" "$2" | $SED 1q`
+}
+
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# End:
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# A portable, pluggable option parser for Bourne shell.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2010
+
+# This is free software. There is NO warranty; not even for
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2010-2019, 2021 Bootstrap Authors
+#
+# This file is dual licensed under the terms of the MIT license
+# <https://opensource.org/license/MIT>, and GPL version 2 or later
+# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html>. You must apply one of
+# these licenses when using or redistributing this software or any of
+# the files within it. See the URLs above, or the file `LICENSE`
+# included in the Bootstrap distribution for the full license texts.
+
+# Please report bugs or propose patches to:
+# <https://github.com/gnulib-modules/bootstrap/issues>
+
+# Set a version string for this script.
+scriptversion=2019-02-19.15; # UTC
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# This file is a library for parsing options in your shell scripts along
+# with assorted other useful supporting features that you can make use
+# of too.
+#
+# For the simplest scripts you might need only:
+#
+# #!/bin/sh
+# . relative/path/to/funclib.sh
+# . relative/path/to/options-parser
+# scriptversion=1.0
+# func_options ${1+"$@"}
+# eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
+# ...rest of your script...
+#
+# In order for the '--version' option to work, you will need to have a
+# suitably formatted comment like the one at the top of this file
+# starting with '# Written by ' and ending with '# Copyright'.
+#
+# For '-h' and '--help' to work, you will also need a one line
+# description of your script's purpose in a comment directly above the
+# '# Written by ' line, like the one at the top of this file.
+#
+# The default options also support '--debug', which will turn on shell
+# execution tracing (see the comment above debug_cmd below for another
+# use), and '--verbose' and the func_verbose function to allow your script
+# to display verbose messages only when your user has specified
+# '--verbose'.
+#
+# After sourcing this file, you can plug in processing for additional
+# options by amending the variables from the 'Configuration' section
+# below, and following the instructions in the 'Option parsing'
+# section further down.
+
+## -------------- ##
+## Configuration. ##
+## -------------- ##
+
+# You should override these variables in your script after sourcing this
+# file so that they reflect the customisations you have added to the
+# option parser.
+
+# The usage line for option parsing errors and the start of '-h' and
+# '--help' output messages. You can embed shell variables for delayed
+# expansion at the time the message is displayed, but you will need to
+# quote other shell meta-characters carefully to prevent them being
+# expanded when the contents are evaled.
+usage='$progpath [OPTION]...'
+
+# Short help message in response to '-h' and '--help'. Add to this or
+# override it after sourcing this library to reflect the full set of
+# options your script accepts.
+usage_message="\
+ --debug enable verbose shell tracing
+ -W, --warnings=CATEGORY
+ report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all]
+ -v, --verbose verbosely report processing
+ --version print version information and exit
+ -h, --help print short or long help message and exit
+"
+
+# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'.
+long_help_message="
+Warning categories include:
+ 'all' show all warnings
+ 'none' turn off all the warnings
+ 'error' warnings are treated as fatal errors"
+
+# Help message printed before fatal option parsing errors.
+fatal_help="Try '\$progname --help' for more information."
+
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Hook function management. ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+# This section contains functions for adding, removing, and running hooks
+# in the main code. A hook is just a list of function names that can be
+# run in order later on.
+
+# func_hookable FUNC_NAME
+# -----------------------
+# Declare that FUNC_NAME will run hooks added with
+# 'func_add_hook FUNC_NAME ...'.
+func_hookable ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_append hookable_fns " $1"
+}
+
+
+# func_add_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC
+# ---------------------------------
+# Request that FUNC_NAME call HOOK_FUNC before it returns. FUNC_NAME must
+# first have been declared "hookable" by a call to 'func_hookable'.
+func_add_hook ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case " $hookable_fns " in
+ *" $1 "*) ;;
+ *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not accept hook functions." ;;
+ esac
+
+ eval func_append ${1}_hooks '" $2"'
+}
+
+
+# func_remove_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC
+# ------------------------------------
+# Remove HOOK_FUNC from the list of hook functions to be called by
+# FUNC_NAME.
+func_remove_hook ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ eval ${1}_hooks='`$ECHO "\$'$1'_hooks" |$SED "s| '$2'||"`'
+}
+
+
+# func_propagate_result FUNC_NAME_A FUNC_NAME_B
+# ---------------------------------------------
+# If the *_result variable of FUNC_NAME_A _is set_, assign its value to
+# *_result variable of FUNC_NAME_B.
+func_propagate_result ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_propagate_result_result=:
+ if eval "test \"\${${1}_result+set}\" = set"
+ then
+ eval "${2}_result=\$${1}_result"
+ else
+ func_propagate_result_result=false
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_run_hooks FUNC_NAME [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------------
+# Run all hook functions registered to FUNC_NAME.
+# It's assumed that the list of hook functions contains nothing more
+# than a whitespace-delimited list of legal shell function names, and
+# no effort is wasted trying to catch shell meta-characters or preserve
+# whitespace.
+func_run_hooks ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case " $hookable_fns " in
+ *" $1 "*) ;;
+ *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not support hook functions." ;;
+ esac
+
+ eval _G_hook_fns=\$$1_hooks; shift
+
+ for _G_hook in $_G_hook_fns; do
+ func_unset "${_G_hook}_result"
+ eval $_G_hook '${1+"$@"}'
+ func_propagate_result $_G_hook func_run_hooks
+ if $func_propagate_result_result; then
+ eval set dummy "$func_run_hooks_result"; shift
+ fi
+ done
+}
+
+
+
+## --------------- ##
+## Option parsing. ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# In order to add your own option parsing hooks, you must accept the
+# full positional parameter list from your hook function. You may remove
+# or edit any options that you action, and then pass back the remaining
+# unprocessed options in '<hooked_function_name>_result', escaped
+# suitably for 'eval'.
+#
+# The '<hooked_function_name>_result' variable is automatically unset
+# before your hook gets called; for best performance, only set the
+# *_result variable when necessary (i.e. don't call the 'func_quote'
+# function unnecessarily because it can be an expensive operation on some
+# machines).
+#
+# Like this:
+#
+# my_options_prep ()
+# {
+# $debug_cmd
+#
+# # Extend the existing usage message.
+# usage_message=$usage_message'
+# -s, --silent don'\''t print informational messages
+# '
+# # No change in '$@' (ignored completely by this hook). Leave
+# # my_options_prep_result variable intact.
+# }
+# func_add_hook func_options_prep my_options_prep
+#
+#
+# my_silent_option ()
+# {
+# $debug_cmd
+#
+# args_changed=false
+#
+# # Note that, for efficiency, we parse as many options as we can
+# # recognise in a loop before passing the remainder back to the
+# # caller on the first unrecognised argument we encounter.
+# while test $# -gt 0; do
+# opt=$1; shift
+# case $opt in
+# --silent|-s) opt_silent=:
+# args_changed=:
+# ;;
+# # Separate non-argument short options:
+# -s*) func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
+# set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
+# "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+# shift
+# args_changed=:
+# ;;
+# *) # Make sure the first unrecognised option "$_G_opt"
+# # is added back to "$@" in case we need it later,
+# # if $args_changed was set to 'true'.
+# set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;;
+# esac
+# done
+#
+# # Only call 'func_quote' here if we processed at least one argument.
+# if $args_changed; then
+# func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+# my_silent_option_result=$func_quote_result
+# fi
+# }
+# func_add_hook func_parse_options my_silent_option
+#
+#
+# my_option_validation ()
+# {
+# $debug_cmd
+#
+# $opt_silent && $opt_verbose && func_fatal_help "\
+# '--silent' and '--verbose' options are mutually exclusive."
+# }
+# func_add_hook func_validate_options my_option_validation
+#
+# You'll also need to manually amend $usage_message to reflect the extra
+# options you parse. It's preferable to append if you can, so that
+# multiple option parsing hooks can be added safely.
+
+
+# func_options_finish [ARG]...
+# ----------------------------
+# Finishing the option parse loop (call 'func_options' hooks ATM).
+func_options_finish ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_run_hooks func_options ${1+"$@"}
+ func_propagate_result func_run_hooks func_options_finish
+}
+
+
+# func_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------
+# All the functions called inside func_options are hookable. See the
+# individual implementations for details.
+func_hookable func_options
+func_options ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ _G_options_quoted=false
+
+ for my_func in options_prep parse_options validate_options options_finish
+ do
+ func_unset func_${my_func}_result
+ func_unset func_run_hooks_result
+ eval func_$my_func '${1+"$@"}'
+ func_propagate_result func_$my_func func_options
+ if $func_propagate_result_result; then
+ eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
+ _G_options_quoted=:
+ fi
+ done
+
+ $_G_options_quoted || {
+ # As we (func_options) are top-level options-parser function and
+ # nobody quoted "$@" for us yet, we need to do it explicitly for
+ # caller.
+ func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+ func_options_result=$func_quote_result
+ }
+}
+
+
+# func_options_prep [ARG]...
+# --------------------------
+# All initialisations required before starting the option parse loop.
+# Note that when calling hook functions, we pass through the list of
+# positional parameters. If a hook function modifies that list, and
+# needs to propagate that back to rest of this script, then the complete
+# modified list must be put in 'func_run_hooks_result' before returning.
+func_hookable func_options_prep
+func_options_prep ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # Option defaults:
+ opt_verbose=false
+ opt_warning_types=
+
+ func_run_hooks func_options_prep ${1+"$@"}
+ func_propagate_result func_run_hooks func_options_prep
+}
+
+
+# func_parse_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------
+# The main option parsing loop.
+func_hookable func_parse_options
+func_parse_options ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ _G_parse_options_requote=false
+ # this just eases exit handling
+ while test $# -gt 0; do
+ # Defer to hook functions for initial option parsing, so they
+ # get priority in the event of reusing an option name.
+ func_run_hooks func_parse_options ${1+"$@"}
+ func_propagate_result func_run_hooks func_parse_options
+ if $func_propagate_result_result; then
+ eval set dummy "$func_parse_options_result"; shift
+ # Even though we may have changed "$@", we passed the "$@" array
+ # down into the hook and it quoted it for us (because we are in
+ # this if-branch). No need to quote it again.
+ _G_parse_options_requote=false
+ fi
+
+ # Break out of the loop if we already parsed every option.
+ test $# -gt 0 || break
+
+ # We expect that one of the options parsed in this function matches
+ # and thus we remove _G_opt from "$@" and need to re-quote.
+ _G_match_parse_options=:
+ _G_opt=$1
+ shift
+ case $_G_opt in
+ --debug|-x) debug_cmd='set -x'
+ func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" >&2
+ $debug_cmd
+ ;;
+
+ --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn)
+ set dummy --warnings none ${1+"$@"}
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ --warnings|--warning|-W)
+ if test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt; then
+ _G_parse_options_requote=:
+ break
+ fi
+ case " $warning_categories $1" in
+ *" $1 "*)
+ # trailing space prevents matching last $1 above
+ func_append_uniq opt_warning_types " $1"
+ ;;
+ *all)
+ opt_warning_types=$warning_categories
+ ;;
+ *none)
+ opt_warning_types=none
+ warning_func=:
+ ;;
+ *error)
+ opt_warning_types=$warning_categories
+ warning_func=func_fatal_error
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_error \
+ "unsupported warning category: '$1'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ --verbose|-v) opt_verbose=: ;;
+ --version) func_version ;;
+ -\?|-h) func_usage ;;
+ --help) func_help ;;
+
+ # Separate optargs to long options (plugins may need this):
+ --*=*) func_split_equals "$_G_opt"
+ set dummy "$func_split_equals_lhs" \
+ "$func_split_equals_rhs" ${1+"$@"}
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ # Separate optargs to short options:
+ -W*)
+ func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
+ set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
+ "$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ # Separate non-argument short options:
+ -\?*|-h*|-v*|-x*)
+ func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt"
+ set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \
+ "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"}
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ --) _G_parse_options_requote=: ; break ;;
+ -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognised option: '$_G_opt'" ;;
+ *) set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ _G_match_parse_options=false
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ if $_G_match_parse_options; then
+ _G_parse_options_requote=:
+ fi
+ done
+
+ if $_G_parse_options_requote; then
+ # save modified positional parameters for caller
+ func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+ func_parse_options_result=$func_quote_result
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_validate_options [ARG]...
+# ------------------------------
+# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed
+# arguments.
+func_hookable func_validate_options
+func_validate_options ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # Display all warnings if -W was not given.
+ test -n "$opt_warning_types" || opt_warning_types=" $warning_categories"
+
+ func_run_hooks func_validate_options ${1+"$@"}
+ func_propagate_result func_run_hooks func_validate_options
+
+ # Bail if the options were screwed!
+ $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Helper functions. ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+# This section contains the helper functions used by the rest of the
+# hookable option parser framework in ascii-betical order.
+
+
+# func_fatal_help ARG...
+# ----------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
+# a help hint, and exit.
+func_fatal_help ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\"
+ eval \$ECHO \""$fatal_help"\"
+ func_error ${1+"$@"}
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+}
+
+
+# func_help
+# ---------
+# Echo long help message to standard output and exit.
+func_help ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_usage_message
+ $ECHO "$long_help_message"
+ exit 0
+}
+
+
+# func_missing_arg ARGNAME
+# ------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
+# exit_cmd.
+func_missing_arg ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_error "Missing argument for '$1'."
+ exit_cmd=exit
+}
+
+
+# func_split_equals STRING
+# ------------------------
+# Set func_split_equals_lhs and func_split_equals_rhs shell variables
+# after splitting STRING at the '=' sign.
+test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \
+ && (eval 'x=a/b/c;
+ test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \
+ && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"
+then
+ # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
+ eval 'func_split_equals ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_split_equals_lhs=${1%%=*}
+ func_split_equals_rhs=${1#*=}
+ if test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1"; then
+ func_split_equals_rhs=
+ fi
+ }'
+else
+ # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
+ func_split_equals ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_split_equals_lhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)'`
+ func_split_equals_rhs=
+ test "x$func_split_equals_lhs=" = "x$1" \
+ || func_split_equals_rhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)$'`
+ }
+fi #func_split_equals
+
+
+# func_split_short_opt SHORTOPT
+# -----------------------------
+# Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell
+# variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character.
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"
+then
+ # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation...
+ eval 'func_split_short_opt ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??}
+ func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"}
+ }'
+else
+ # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin.
+ func_split_short_opt ()
+ {
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_split_short_opt_name=`expr "x$1" : 'x\(-.\)'`
+ func_split_short_opt_arg=`expr "x$1" : 'x-.\(.*\)$'`
+ }
+fi #func_split_short_opt
+
+
+# func_usage
+# ----------
+# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
+func_usage ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_usage_message
+ $ECHO "Run '$progname --help |${PAGER-more}' for full usage"
+ exit 0
+}
+
+
+# func_usage_message
+# ------------------
+# Echo short help message to standard output.
+func_usage_message ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\"
+ echo
+ $SED -n 's|^# ||
+ /^Written by/{
+ x;p;x
+ }
+ h
+ /^Written by/q' < "$progpath"
+ echo
+ eval \$ECHO \""$usage_message"\"
+}
+
+
+# func_version
+# ------------
+# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
+# The version message is extracted from the calling file's header
+# comments, with leading '# ' stripped:
+# 1. First display the progname and version
+# 2. Followed by the header comment line matching /^# Written by /
+# 3. Then a blank line followed by the first following line matching
+# /^# Copyright /
+# 4. Immediately followed by any lines between the previous matches,
+# except lines preceding the intervening completely blank line.
+# For example, see the header comments of this file.
+func_version ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ printf '%s\n' "$progname $scriptversion"
+ $SED -n '
+ /^# Written by /!b
+ s|^# ||; p; n
+
+ :fwd2blnk
+ /./ {
+ n
+ b fwd2blnk
+ }
+ p; n
+
+ :holdwrnt
+ s|^# ||
+ s|^# *$||
+ /^Copyright /!{
+ /./H
+ n
+ b holdwrnt
+ }
+
+ s|\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*[ ,-]\([1-9][0-9]* \)|\1 \2|
+ G
+ s|\(\n\)\n*|\1|g
+ p; q' < "$progpath"
+
+ exit $?
+}
+
+
+# Local variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-pattern: "30/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# End:
+
+# Set a version string.
+scriptversion='(GNU libtool) 2.4.7'
+
+
+# func_echo ARG...
+# ----------------
+# Libtool also displays the current mode in messages, so override
+# funclib.sh func_echo with this custom definition.
+func_echo ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ _G_message=$*
+
+ func_echo_IFS=$IFS
+ IFS=$nl
+ for _G_line in $_G_message; do
+ IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+ $ECHO "$progname${opt_mode+: $opt_mode}: $_G_line"
+ done
+ IFS=$func_echo_IFS
+}
+
+
+# func_warning ARG...
+# -------------------
+# Libtool warnings are not categorized, so override funclib.sh
+# func_warning with this simpler definition.
+func_warning ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ $warning_func ${1+"$@"}
+}
+
+
+## ---------------- ##
+## Options parsing. ##
+## ---------------- ##
+
+# Hook in the functions to make sure our own options are parsed during
+# the option parsing loop.
+
+usage='$progpath [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...'
+
+# Short help message in response to '-h'.
+usage_message="Options:
+ --config show all configuration variables
+ --debug enable verbose shell tracing
+ -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files
+ --features display basic configuration information and exit
+ --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE
+ --no-warnings equivalent to '-Wnone'
+ --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
+ --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages
+ --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG
+ -v, --verbose print more informational messages than default
+ --version print version information
+ -W, --warnings=CATEGORY report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all]
+ -h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message
+"
+
+# Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'.
+func_help ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_usage_message
+ $ECHO "$long_help_message
+
+MODE must be one of the following:
+
+ clean remove files from the build directory
+ compile compile a source file into a libtool object
+ execute automatically set library path, then run a program
+ finish complete the installation of libtool libraries
+ install install libraries or executables
+ link create a library or an executable
+ uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory
+
+MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option,
+'--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as 'MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that.
+Try '$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
+
+When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
+include the following information:
+
+ host-triplet: $host
+ shell: $SHELL
+ compiler: $LTCC
+ compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS
+ linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
+ version: $progname (GNU libtool) 2.4.7
+ automake: `($AUTOMAKE --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`
+ autoconf: `($AUTOCONF --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`
+
+Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>.
+GNU libtool home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/libtool/>.
+General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>."
+ exit 0
+}
+
+
+# func_lo2o OBJECT-NAME
+# ---------------------
+# Transform OBJECT-NAME from a '.lo' suffix to the platform specific
+# object suffix.
+
+lo2o=s/\\.lo\$/.$objext/
+o2lo=s/\\.$objext\$/.lo/
+
+if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then
+ eval 'func_lo2o ()
+ {
+ case $1 in
+ *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.$objext ;;
+ * ) func_lo2o_result=$1 ;;
+ esac
+ }'
+
+ # func_xform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE
+ # ---------------------------
+ # Transform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE from a '.o' or '.c' (or otherwise)
+ # suffix to a '.lo' libtool-object suffix.
+ eval 'func_xform ()
+ {
+ func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo
+ }'
+else
+ # ...otherwise fall back to using sed.
+ func_lo2o ()
+ {
+ func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$lo2o"`
+ }
+
+ func_xform ()
+ {
+ func_xform_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's|\.[^.]*$|.lo|'`
+ }
+fi
+
+
+# func_fatal_configuration ARG...
+# -------------------------------
+# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
+# a configuration failure hint, and exit.
+func_fatal_configuration ()
+{
+ func_fatal_error ${1+"$@"} \
+ "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." \
+ "Fatal configuration error."
+}
+
+
+# func_config
+# -----------
+# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script.
+func_config ()
+{
+ re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL'
+ re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL'
+
+ # Default configuration.
+ $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath"
+
+ # Now print the configurations for the tags.
+ for tagname in $taglist; do
+ $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath"
+ done
+
+ exit $?
+}
+
+
+# func_features
+# -------------
+# Display the features supported by this script.
+func_features ()
+{
+ echo "host: $host"
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ echo "enable shared libraries"
+ else
+ echo "disable shared libraries"
+ fi
+ if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ echo "enable static libraries"
+ else
+ echo "disable static libraries"
+ fi
+
+ exit $?
+}
+
+
+# func_enable_tag TAGNAME
+# -----------------------
+# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or
+# enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist
+# variable here.
+func_enable_tag ()
+{
+ # Global variable:
+ tagname=$1
+
+ re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
+ re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
+ sed_extractcf=/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p
+
+ # Validate tagname.
+ case $tagname in
+ *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
+ func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's
+ # there but not specially marked.
+ case $tagname in
+ CC) ;;
+ *)
+ if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ taglist="$taglist $tagname"
+
+ # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path
+ # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
+ # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
+ # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
+ extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
+ eval "$extractedcf"
+ else
+ func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_check_version_match
+# ------------------------
+# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
+# release of libtool.
+func_check_version_match ()
+{
+ if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
+ if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
+ if test -z "$macro_version"; then
+ cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+ else
+ cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
+$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
+$progname: and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+ fi
+ else
+ cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
+$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
+$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
+$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
+$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
+_LT_EOF
+ fi
+
+ exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# libtool_options_prep [ARG]...
+# -----------------------------
+# Preparation for options parsed by libtool.
+libtool_options_prep ()
+{
+ $debug_mode
+
+ # Option defaults:
+ opt_config=false
+ opt_dlopen=
+ opt_dry_run=false
+ opt_help=false
+ opt_mode=
+ opt_preserve_dup_deps=false
+ opt_quiet=false
+
+ nonopt=
+ preserve_args=
+
+ _G_rc_lt_options_prep=:
+
+ # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
+ case $1 in
+ clean|clea|cle|cl)
+ shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+ compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
+ shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+ execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
+ shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+ finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
+ shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+ install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
+ shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+ link|lin|li|l)
+ shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+ uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
+ shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ _G_rc_lt_options_prep=false
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ if $_G_rc_lt_options_prep; then
+ # Pass back the list of options.
+ func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+ libtool_options_prep_result=$func_quote_result
+ fi
+}
+func_add_hook func_options_prep libtool_options_prep
+
+
+# libtool_parse_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------------
+# Provide handling for libtool specific options.
+libtool_parse_options ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ _G_rc_lt_parse_options=false
+
+ # Perform our own loop to consume as many options as possible in
+ # each iteration.
+ while test $# -gt 0; do
+ _G_match_lt_parse_options=:
+ _G_opt=$1
+ shift
+ case $_G_opt in
+ --dry-run|--dryrun|-n)
+ opt_dry_run=:
+ ;;
+
+ --config) func_config ;;
+
+ --dlopen|-dlopen)
+ opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen
+}$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ --preserve-dup-deps)
+ opt_preserve_dup_deps=: ;;
+
+ --features) func_features ;;
+
+ --finish) set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;;
+
+ --help) opt_help=: ;;
+
+ --help-all) opt_help=': help-all' ;;
+
+ --mode) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
+ opt_mode=$1
+ case $1 in
+ # Valid mode arguments:
+ clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;;
+
+ # Catch anything else as an error
+ *) func_error "invalid argument for $_G_opt"
+ exit_cmd=exit
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ --no-silent|--no-quiet)
+ opt_quiet=false
+ func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+ ;;
+
+ --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn)
+ opt_warning=false
+ func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+ ;;
+
+ --no-verbose)
+ opt_verbose=false
+ func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+ ;;
+
+ --silent|--quiet)
+ opt_quiet=:
+ opt_verbose=false
+ func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+ ;;
+
+ --tag) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break
+ opt_tag=$1
+ func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt $1"
+ func_enable_tag "$1"
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ --verbose|-v) opt_quiet=false
+ opt_verbose=:
+ func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt"
+ ;;
+
+ # An option not handled by this hook function:
+ *) set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"} ; shift
+ _G_match_lt_parse_options=false
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+ $_G_match_lt_parse_options && _G_rc_lt_parse_options=:
+ done
+
+ if $_G_rc_lt_parse_options; then
+ # save modified positional parameters for caller
+ func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+ libtool_parse_options_result=$func_quote_result
+ fi
+}
+func_add_hook func_parse_options libtool_parse_options
+
+
+
+# libtool_validate_options [ARG]...
+# ---------------------------------
+# Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed
+# arguments.
+libtool_validate_options ()
+{
+ # save first non-option argument
+ if test 0 -lt $#; then
+ nonopt=$1
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ # preserve --debug
+ test : = "$debug_cmd" || func_append preserve_args " --debug"
+
+ # Keeping compiler generated duplicates in $postdeps and $predeps is not
+ # harmful, and is necessary in a majority of systems that use it to satisfy
+ # symbol dependencies.
+ opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
+
+ $opt_help || {
+ # Sanity checks first:
+ func_check_version_match
+
+ test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \
+ && test yes != "$build_old_libs" \
+ && func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
+
+ # Darwin sucks
+ eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+
+ # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
+ if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test execute != "$opt_mode"; then
+ func_error "unrecognized option '-dlopen'"
+ $ECHO "$help" 1>&2
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+ fi
+
+ # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
+ generic_help=$help
+ help="Try '$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information."
+ }
+
+ # Pass back the unparsed argument list
+ func_quote eval ${1+"$@"}
+ libtool_validate_options_result=$func_quote_result
+}
+func_add_hook func_validate_options libtool_validate_options
+
+
+# Process options as early as possible so that --help and --version
+# can return quickly.
+func_options ${1+"$@"}
+eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift
+
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Main. ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+magic='%%%MAGIC variable%%%'
+magic_exe='%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%'
+
+# Global variables.
+extracted_archives=
+extracted_serial=0
+
+# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
+# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being
+# left over by shells.
+exec_cmd=
+
+
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+ eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
+
+# func_generated_by_libtool
+# True iff stdin has been generated by Libtool. This function is only
+# a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out determined imposters.
+func_generated_by_libtool_p ()
+{
+ $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_lalib_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file.
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_lalib_p ()
+{
+ test -f "$1" &&
+ $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p
+}
+
+# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file.
+# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
+# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and
+# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
+# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
+# fatal anyway. Works if 'file' does not exist.
+func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
+{
+ lalib_p=no
+ if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
+ for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
+ do
+ read lalib_p_line
+ case $lalib_p_line in
+ \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
+ esac
+ done
+ exec 0<&5 5<&-
+ fi
+ test yes = "$lalib_p"
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
+{
+ test -f "$1" &&
+ $lt_truncate_bin < "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
+{
+ func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
+ case $1 in
+ *.exe) ;;
+ *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
+ esac
+ $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
+# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
+# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
+# temporary ltwrapper_script.
+func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
+{
+ func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper
+}
+
+# func_ltwrapper_p file
+# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
+# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
+# determined imposters.
+func_ltwrapper_p ()
+{
+ func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
+}
+
+
+# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
+# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
+# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
+# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
+func_execute_cmds ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+ for cmd in $1; do
+ IFS=$sp$nl
+ eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
+ done
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+}
+
+
+# func_source file
+# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
+# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
+# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
+# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing
+# 'FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
+func_source ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case $1 in
+ */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;;
+ *) . "./$1" ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+
+# func_resolve_sysroot PATH
+# Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into
+# func_resolve_sysroot_result
+func_resolve_sysroot ()
+{
+ func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1
+ case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in
+ =*)
+ func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# func_replace_sysroot PATH
+# If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and
+# store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result.
+func_replace_sysroot ()
+{
+ case $lt_sysroot:$1 in
+ ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*)
+ func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1"
+ func_replace_sysroot_result='='$func_stripname_result
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Including no sysroot.
+ func_replace_sysroot_result=$1
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# func_infer_tag arg
+# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
+# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
+# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
+# command doesn't match the default compiler.
+# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
+func_infer_tag ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
+ CC_quoted=
+ for arg in $CC; do
+ func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
+ done
+ CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
+ CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
+ case $@ in
+ # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
+ # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
+ " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
+ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;;
+ # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
+ # if we don't check for them as well.
+ *)
+ for z in $available_tags; do
+ if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
+ # Evaluate the configuration.
+ eval "`$SED -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
+ CC_quoted=
+ for arg in $CC; do
+ # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
+ func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg"
+ done
+ CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC`
+ CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted`
+ case "$@ " in
+ " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \
+ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*)
+ # The compiler in the base compile command matches
+ # the one in the tagged configuration.
+ # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
+ tagname=$z
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
+ # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
+ # line option must be used.
+ if test -z "$tagname"; then
+ func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
+ func_fatal_error "specify a tag with '--tag'"
+# else
+# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+}
+
+
+
+# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
+# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
+# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
+func_write_libtool_object ()
+{
+ write_libobj=$1
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ write_lobj=\'$2\'
+ else
+ write_lobj=none
+ fi
+
+ if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ write_oldobj=\'$3\'
+ else
+ write_oldobj=none
+ fi
+
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF
+# $write_libobj - a libtool object file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# Name of the PIC object.
+pic_object=$write_lobj
+
+# Name of the non-PIC object
+non_pic_object=$write_oldobj
+
+EOF
+ $MV "${write_libobj}T" "$write_libobj"
+ }
+}
+
+
+##################################################
+# FILE NAME AND PATH CONVERSION HELPER FUNCTIONS #
+##################################################
+
+# func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ARG
+# Helper function used by file name conversion functions when $build is *nix,
+# and $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a
+# correctly configured wine environment available, with the winepath program
+# in $build's $PATH.
+#
+# ARG is the $build file name to be converted to w32 format.
+# Result is available in $func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result, and will
+# be empty on error (or when ARG is empty)
+func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero error code, so we
+ # are forced to check the contents of stdout. On the other hand, if the
+ # command is not found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print
+ # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both error code of
+ # zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains the odd construction:
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null`
+ if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp"; then
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" |
+ $SED -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"`
+ else
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+# end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG
+# Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and
+# $host is mingw, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a correctly
+# configured wine environment available, with the winepath program in $build's
+# $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator characters.
+#
+# ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32.
+# Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result.
+# Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names
+# are convertible, then the result may be empty.
+func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names
+ func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ oldIFS=$IFS
+ IFS=:
+ for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do
+ IFS=$oldIFS
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f"
+ if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"; then
+ if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then
+ func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result
+ else
+ func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS=$oldIFS
+ fi
+}
+# end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32
+
+
+# func_cygpath ARGS...
+# Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when
+# when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2)
+# $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or
+# (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input
+# file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted
+# from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name
+# or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in
+# Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error.
+#
+# ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to
+# be converted.
+#
+# Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH
+# environment variable; do not put it in $PATH.
+func_cygpath ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then
+ func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null`
+ if test "$?" -ne 0; then
+ # on failure, ensure result is empty
+ func_cygpath_result=
+ fi
+ else
+ func_cygpath_result=
+ func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: '$LT_CYGPATH'"
+ fi
+}
+#end: func_cygpath
+
+
+# func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return
+# result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result.
+func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null |
+ $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"`
+}
+#end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2
+# Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host
+# format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting
+# func_to_host_file_result to ARG1).
+func_convert_file_check ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1"; then
+ func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to"
+ func_error " '$1'"
+ func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+ # Fallback:
+ func_to_host_file_result=$1
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_file_check
+
+
+# func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH
+# Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host
+# format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting
+# func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below).
+func_convert_path_check ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then
+ func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to"
+ func_error " '$3'"
+ func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
+ # Fallback. This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and
+ # should not be "improved". See libtool.info.
+ if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then
+ lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g"
+ func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" |
+ $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"`
+ else
+ func_to_host_path_result=$3
+ fi
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_check
+
+
+# func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG
+# Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT
+# and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT.
+func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case $4 in
+ $1 ) func_to_host_path_result=$3$func_to_host_path_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case $4 in
+ $2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3"
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+# end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep
+
+
+##################################################
+# $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
+##################################################
+# invoked via '$to_host_file_cmd ARG'
+#
+# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
+# Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result.
+
+
+# func_to_host_file ARG
+# Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
+# in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_to_host_file ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ $to_host_file_cmd "$1"
+}
+# end func_to_host_file
+
+
+# func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY
+# converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return
+# result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed
+# in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place.
+func_to_tool_file ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case ,$2, in
+ *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*)
+ func_to_tool_file_result=$1
+ ;;
+ *)
+ $to_tool_file_cmd "$1"
+ func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+# end func_to_tool_file
+
+
+# func_convert_file_noop ARG
+# Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_noop ()
+{
+ func_to_host_file_result=$1
+}
+# end func_convert_file_noop
+
+
+# func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
+# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_file_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
+ func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result
+ fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_file_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use
+ # LT_CYGPATH in this case.
+ func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"`
+ fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment
+# and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_file_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
+ func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result
+ fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
+# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_file_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1"
+ func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
+ func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result
+ fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed
+# in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result
+# in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_file_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin.
+ func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1"
+ func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"
+ func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result
+ fi
+ func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result"
+}
+# end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin
+
+
+#############################################
+# $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS #
+#############################################
+# invoked via '$to_host_path_cmd ARG'
+#
+# In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format.
+# The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result.
+#
+# Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If
+# ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but
+# converted to $host format) on output.
+#
+# All path conversion functions are named using the following convention:
+# file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y ()
+# path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y ()
+# where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the
+# same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations,
+# the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+# will break.
+
+
+# func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+# Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the
+# appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd.
+to_host_path_cmd=
+func_init_to_host_path_cmd ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then
+ func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd"
+ to_host_path_cmd=func_convert_path_$func_stripname_result
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_to_host_path ARG
+# Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result
+# in func_to_host_path_result.
+func_to_host_path ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_init_to_host_path_cmd
+ $to_host_path_cmd "$1"
+}
+# end func_to_host_path
+
+
+# func_convert_path_noop ARG
+# Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result.
+func_convert_path_noop ()
+{
+ func_to_host_path_result=$1
+}
+# end func_convert_path_noop
+
+
+# func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic
+# conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_path_result.
+func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_path_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS
+ # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.';
+ # and winepath ignores them completely.
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+ func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result
+ func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_path_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"`
+ func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG
+# Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and
+# a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_path_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+ func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result
+ func_convert_path_check : ";" \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32
+
+
+# func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set.
+# Returns result in func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_path_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32:
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+ func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result"
+ func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result
+ func_convert_path_check : : \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG
+# Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a
+# a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in
+# func_to_host_file_result.
+func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_host_path_result=$1
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from
+ # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them
+ # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely.
+ func_stripname : : "$1"
+ func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result
+ func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"
+ func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"
+ func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result
+ func_convert_path_check : : \
+ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result"
+ func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1"
+ fi
+}
+# end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin
+
+
+# func_dll_def_p FILE
+# True iff FILE is a Windows DLL '.def' file.
+# Keep in sync with _LT_DLL_DEF_P in libtool.m4
+func_dll_def_p ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_dll_def_p_tmp=`$SED -n \
+ -e 's/^[ ]*//' \
+ -e '/^\(;.*\)*$/d' \
+ -e 's/^\(EXPORTS\|LIBRARY\)\([ ].*\)*$/DEF/p' \
+ -e q \
+ "$1"`
+ test DEF = "$func_dll_def_p_tmp"
+}
+
+
+# func_mode_compile arg...
+func_mode_compile ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # Get the compilation command and the source file.
+ base_compile=
+ srcfile=$nonopt # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile"
+ suppress_opt=yes
+ suppress_output=
+ arg_mode=normal
+ libobj=
+ later=
+ pie_flag=
+
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg_mode in
+ arg )
+ # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile
+ lastarg=$arg
+ arg_mode=normal
+ ;;
+
+ target )
+ libobj=$arg
+ arg_mode=normal
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ normal )
+ # Accept any command-line options.
+ case $arg in
+ -o)
+ test -n "$libobj" && \
+ func_fatal_error "you cannot specify '-o' more than once"
+ arg_mode=target
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -pie | -fpie | -fPIE)
+ func_append pie_flag " $arg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic)
+ func_append later " $arg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -no-suppress)
+ suppress_opt=no
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -Xcompiler)
+ arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list
+ continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or
+ ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug.
+
+ -Wc,*)
+ func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
+ args=$func_stripname_result
+ lastarg=
+ save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
+ for arg in $args; do
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg"
+ done
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg"
+ lastarg=$func_stripname_result
+
+ # Add the arguments to base_compile.
+ func_append base_compile " $lastarg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ # Accept the current argument as the source file.
+ # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument.
+ #
+ lastarg=$srcfile
+ srcfile=$arg
+ ;;
+ esac # case $arg
+ ;;
+ esac # case $arg_mode
+
+ # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
+ func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg"
+ done # for arg
+
+ case $arg_mode in
+ arg)
+ func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile"
+ ;;
+ target)
+ func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with '-o'"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Get the name of the library object.
+ test -z "$libobj" && {
+ func_basename "$srcfile"
+ libobj=$func_basename_result
+ }
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Recognize several different file suffixes.
+ # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
+ case $libobj in
+ *.[cCFSifmso] | \
+ *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \
+ *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \
+ *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup)
+ func_xform "$libobj"
+ libobj=$func_xform_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $libobj in
+ *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from '$libobj'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ func_infer_tag $base_compile
+
+ for arg in $later; do
+ case $arg in
+ -shared)
+ test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" \
+ || func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library"
+ build_old_libs=no
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -static)
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ build_old_libs=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -prefer-pic)
+ pic_mode=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -prefer-non-pic)
+ pic_mode=no
+ continue
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$libobj"
+ test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_arg_result" \
+ && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \
+ && func_warning "libobj name '$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
+ func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
+ objname=$func_basename_result
+ xdir=$func_dirname_result
+ lobj=$xdir$objdir/$objname
+
+ test -z "$base_compile" && \
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
+
+ # Delete any leftover library objects.
+ if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+ else
+ removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
+ fi
+
+ # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
+ pic_mode=default
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test no = "$pic_mode" && test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+ # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
+ pic_mode=default
+ fi
+
+ # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
+ # not support -o with -c
+ if test no = "$compiler_c_o"; then
+ output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.$objext
+ lockfile=$output_obj.lock
+ else
+ output_obj=
+ need_locks=no
+ lockfile=
+ fi
+
+ # Lock this critical section if it is needed
+ # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
+ if test yes = "$need_locks"; then
+ until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+ func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+ sleep 2
+ done
+ elif test warn = "$need_locks"; then
+ if test -f "$lockfile"; then
+ $ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+ fi
+ func_append removelist " $output_obj"
+ $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
+ fi
+
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+ func_append removelist " $lockfile"
+ trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
+
+ func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$srcfile"
+ qsrcfile=$func_quote_arg_result
+
+ # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
+ fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
+
+ if test no != "$pic_mode"; then
+ command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
+ else
+ # Don't build PIC code
+ command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
+ fi
+
+ func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
+
+ if test -z "$output_obj"; then
+ # Place PIC objects in $objdir
+ func_append command " -o $lobj"
+ fi
+
+ func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
+ 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
+
+ if test warn = "$need_locks" &&
+ test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+ $ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+ fi
+
+ # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
+ if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
+ func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
+ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
+ fi
+
+ # Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
+ if test yes = "$suppress_opt"; then
+ suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
+ if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ if test yes != "$pic_mode"; then
+ # Don't build PIC code
+ command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
+ else
+ command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
+ fi
+ if test yes = "$compiler_c_o"; then
+ func_append command " -o $obj"
+ fi
+
+ # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
+ func_append command "$suppress_output"
+ func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
+ '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
+
+ if test warn = "$need_locks" &&
+ test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
+ $ECHO "\
+*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
+`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
+
+but it should contain:
+$srcfile
+
+This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
+temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
+your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you
+repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
+avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
+compiler."
+
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+ fi
+
+ # Just move the object if needed
+ if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
+ func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
+ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
+
+ # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
+ if test no != "$need_locks"; then
+ removelist=$lockfile
+ $RM "$lockfile"
+ fi
+ }
+
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+$opt_help || {
+ test compile = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
+}
+
+func_mode_help ()
+{
+ # We need to display help for each of the modes.
+ case $opt_mode in
+ "")
+ # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
+ # at the start of this file.
+ func_help
+ ;;
+
+ clean)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove files from the build directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically '/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
+with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+ ;;
+
+ compile)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
+
+Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+ -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
+ -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
+ -prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only
+ -prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only
+ -shared do not build a '.o' file suitable for static linking
+ -static only build a '.o' file suitable for static linking
+ -Wc,FLAG
+ -Xcompiler FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler
+
+COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a 'standard' object file
+from the given SOURCEFILE.
+
+The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
+SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix '.c' with the
+library object suffix, '.lo'."
+ ;;
+
+ execute)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
+
+Automatically set library path, then run a program.
+
+This mode accepts the following additional options:
+
+ -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path
+
+This mode sets the library path environment variable according to '-dlopen'
+flags.
+
+If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
+into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
+directories are added to the library path.
+
+Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
+ ;;
+
+ finish)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
+
+Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
+
+Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
+
+The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use
+the '--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
+ ;;
+
+ install)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
+
+Install executables or libraries.
+
+INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be
+either the 'install' or 'cp' program.
+
+The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+ -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
+
+The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
+BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
+ ;;
+
+ link)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
+
+Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
+create an executable program.
+
+LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
+a program from several object files.
+
+The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
+
+ -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all
+ -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible
+ -bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where
+ libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime)
+ -dlopen FILE '-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
+ -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
+ -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
+ -export-symbols SYMFILE
+ try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
+ -export-symbols-regex REGEX
+ try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
+ -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
+ -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
+ -module build a library that can dlopened
+ -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode
+ -no-install link a not-installable executable
+ -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
+ -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
+ -objectlist FILE use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
+ -os2dllname NAME force a short DLL name on OS/2 (no effect on other OSes)
+ -precious-files-regex REGEX
+ don't remove output files matching REGEX
+ -release RELEASE specify package release information
+ -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
+ -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
+ -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+ -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension
+ -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
+ -static-libtool-libs
+ do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
+ -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
+ specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
+ -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
+ -Wc,FLAG
+ -Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler
+ -Wa,FLAG
+ -Xassembler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the assembler
+ -Wl,FLAG
+ -Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker
+ -XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC)
+
+All other options (arguments beginning with '-') are ignored.
+
+Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in '.la' are
+treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
+object files.
+
+If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.la', then a libtool library is created,
+only library objects ('.lo' files) may be specified, and '-rpath' is
+required, except when creating a convenience library.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.a' or '.lib', then a standard library is created
+using 'ar' and 'ranlib', or on Windows using 'lib'.
+
+If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.lo' or '.$objext', then a reloadable object file
+is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
+ ;;
+
+ uninstall)
+ $ECHO \
+"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
+
+Remove libraries from an installation directory.
+
+RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
+(typically '/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed
+to RM.
+
+If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
+Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ echo
+ $ECHO "Try '$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
+}
+
+# Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
+if $opt_help; then
+ if test : = "$opt_help"; then
+ func_mode_help
+ else
+ {
+ func_help noexit
+ for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
+ func_mode_help
+ done
+ } | $SED -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p'
+ {
+ func_help noexit
+ for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do
+ echo
+ func_mode_help
+ done
+ } |
+ $SED '1d
+ /^When reporting/,/^Report/{
+ H
+ d
+ }
+ $x
+ /information about other modes/d
+ /more detailed .*MODE/d
+ s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/'
+ fi
+ exit $?
+fi
+
+
+# func_mode_execute arg...
+func_mode_execute ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # The first argument is the command name.
+ cmd=$nonopt
+ test -z "$cmd" && \
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
+
+ # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
+ for file in $opt_dlopen; do
+ test -f "$file" \
+ || func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a file"
+
+ dir=
+ case $file in
+ *.la)
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
+ file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+
+ # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+ func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+ || func_fatal_help "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+ # Read the libtool library.
+ dlname=
+ library_names=
+ func_source "$file"
+
+ # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
+ if test -z "$dlname"; then
+ # Warn if it was a shared library.
+ test -n "$library_names" && \
+ func_warning "'$file' was not linked with '-export-dynamic'"
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+ dir=$func_dirname_result
+
+ if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
+ func_append dir "/$objdir"
+ else
+ if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find '$dlname' in '$dir' or '$dir/$objdir'"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *.lo)
+ # Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
+ func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+ dir=$func_dirname_result
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Get the absolute pathname.
+ absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+ test -n "$absdir" && dir=$absdir
+
+ # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
+ if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
+ eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
+ else
+ eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
+ # rather than running their programs.
+ libtool_execute_magic=$magic
+
+ # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
+ args=
+ for file
+ do
+ case $file in
+ -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;;
+ *)
+ # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+ if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
+ func_source "$file"
+ # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+ file=$progdir/$program
+ elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+ func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+ # Transform arg to wrapped name.
+ file=$progdir/$program
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
+ func_append_quoted args "$file"
+ done
+
+ if $opt_dry_run; then
+ # Display what would be done.
+ if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+ eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
+ echo "export $shlibpath_var"
+ fi
+ $ECHO "$cmd$args"
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ else
+ if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+ # Export the shlibpath_var.
+ eval "export $shlibpath_var"
+ fi
+
+ # Restore saved environment variables
+ for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+ do
+ eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
+ $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
+ else
+ $lt_unset $lt_var
+ fi"
+ done
+
+ # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
+ exec_cmd=\$cmd$args
+ fi
+}
+
+test execute = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_finish arg...
+func_mode_finish ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ libs=
+ libdirs=
+ admincmds=
+
+ for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"}
+ do
+ if test -d "$opt"; then
+ func_append libdirs " $opt"
+
+ elif test -f "$opt"; then
+ if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then
+ func_append libs " $opt"
+ else
+ func_warning "'$opt' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ fi
+
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "invalid argument '$opt'"
+ fi
+ done
+
+ if test -n "$libs"; then
+ if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then
+ sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+ sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;"
+ else
+ sysroot_cmd=
+ fi
+
+ # Remove sysroot references
+ if $opt_dry_run; then
+ for lib in $libs; do
+ echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and '=' prefixes from $lib"
+ done
+ else
+ tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
+ for lib in $libs; do
+ $SED -e "$sysroot_cmd s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \
+ > $tmpdir/tmp-la
+ mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib
+ done
+ ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+ for libdir in $libdirs; do
+ if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
+ # Do each command in the finish commands.
+ func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
+'"$cmd"'"'
+ fi
+ if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
+ # Do the single finish_eval.
+ eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
+ $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds "
+ $cmds"
+ fi
+ done
+ fi
+
+ # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
+ $opt_quiet && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+
+ if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
+ echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
+ echo "Libraries have been installed in:"
+ for libdir in $libdirs; do
+ $ECHO " $libdir"
+ done
+ echo
+ echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
+ echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
+ echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the '-LLIBDIR'"
+ echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
+ if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+ echo " - add LIBDIR to the '$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
+ echo " during execution"
+ fi
+ if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+ echo " - add LIBDIR to the '$runpath_var' environment variable"
+ echo " during linking"
+ fi
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+ libdir=LIBDIR
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+
+ $ECHO " - use the '$flag' linker flag"
+ fi
+ if test -n "$admincmds"; then
+ $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
+ fi
+ if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
+ echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to '/etc/ld.so.conf'"
+ fi
+ echo
+
+ echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
+ case $host in
+ solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
+ echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
+ echo "pages."
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
+ ;;
+ esac
+ echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------"
+ fi
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+test finish = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_mode_install arg...
+func_mode_install ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
+ # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
+ if test "$SHELL" = "$nonopt" || test /bin/sh = "$nonopt" ||
+ # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
+ case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac
+ then
+ # Aesthetically quote it.
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$nonopt"
+ install_prog="$func_quote_arg_result "
+ arg=$1
+ shift
+ else
+ install_prog=
+ arg=$nonopt
+ fi
+
+ # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
+ # Aesthetically quote it.
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+ func_append install_prog "$func_quote_arg_result"
+ install_shared_prog=$install_prog
+ case " $install_prog " in
+ *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;;
+ *) install_cp=false ;;
+ esac
+
+ # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
+ dest=
+ files=
+ opts=
+ prev=
+ install_type=
+ isdir=false
+ stripme=
+ no_mode=:
+ for arg
+ do
+ arg2=
+ if test -n "$dest"; then
+ func_append files " $dest"
+ dest=$arg
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ case $arg in
+ -d) isdir=: ;;
+ -f)
+ if $install_cp; then :; else
+ prev=$arg
+ fi
+ ;;
+ -g | -m | -o)
+ prev=$arg
+ ;;
+ -s)
+ stripme=" -s"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ -*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
+ if test -n "$prev"; then
+ if test X-m = "X$prev" && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then
+ arg2=$install_override_mode
+ no_mode=false
+ fi
+ prev=
+ else
+ dest=$arg
+ continue
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Aesthetically quote the argument.
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+ func_append install_prog " $func_quote_arg_result"
+ if test -n "$arg2"; then
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$arg2"
+ fi
+ func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_arg_result"
+ done
+
+ test -z "$install_prog" && \
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
+
+ test -n "$prev" && \
+ func_fatal_help "the '$prev' option requires an argument"
+
+ if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then
+ if $install_cp; then :; else
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$install_override_mode"
+ func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_arg_result"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -z "$files"; then
+ if test -z "$dest"; then
+ func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
+ else
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
+ func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
+ dest=$func_stripname_result
+
+ # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
+ test -d "$dest" && isdir=:
+ if $isdir; then
+ destdir=$dest
+ destname=
+ else
+ func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
+ destdir=$func_dirname_result
+ destname=$func_basename_result
+
+ # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
+ set dummy $files; shift
+ test "$#" -gt 1 && \
+ func_fatal_help "'$dest' is not a directory"
+ fi
+ case $destdir in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+ *)
+ for file in $files; do
+ case $file in
+ *.lo) ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_help "'$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+ # than running their programs.
+ libtool_install_magic=$magic
+
+ staticlibs=
+ future_libdirs=
+ current_libdirs=
+ for file in $files; do
+
+ # Do each installation.
+ case $file in
+ *.$libext)
+ # Do the static libraries later.
+ func_append staticlibs " $file"
+ ;;
+
+ *.la)
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$file"
+ file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+
+ # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+ func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
+ || func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+ library_names=
+ old_library=
+ relink_command=
+ func_source "$file"
+
+ # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
+ if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
+ case "$current_libdirs " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ else
+ # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
+ case "$future_libdirs " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
+ dir=$func_dirname_result
+ func_append dir "$objdir"
+
+ if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+ # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
+ inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
+
+ # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
+ # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
+ # are installed to the same prefix.
+ # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
+ # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
+ # but it's something to keep an eye on.
+ test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "error: cannot install '$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
+
+ if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+ # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
+ else
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
+ fi
+
+ func_warning "relinking '$file'"
+ func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
+ 'func_fatal_error "error: relink '\''$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
+ fi
+
+ # See the names of the shared library.
+ set dummy $library_names; shift
+ if test -n "$1"; then
+ realname=$1
+ shift
+
+ srcname=$realname
+ test -n "$relink_command" && srcname=${realname}T
+
+ # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
+ func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
+ 'exit $?'
+ tstripme=$stripme
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
+ case $realname in
+ *.dll.a)
+ tstripme=
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ os2*)
+ case $realname in
+ *_dll.a)
+ tstripme=
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
+ func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+ # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
+ # Try 'ln -sf' first, because the 'ln' binary might depend on
+ # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
+ # so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
+ for linkname
+ do
+ test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
+ && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
+ done
+ fi
+
+ # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+ lib=$destdir/$realname
+ func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
+ func_basename "$file"
+ name=$func_basename_result
+ instname=$dir/${name}i
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
+
+ # Maybe install the static library, too.
+ test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library"
+ ;;
+
+ *.lo)
+ # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
+
+ # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+ if test -n "$destname"; then
+ destfile=$destdir/$destname
+ else
+ func_basename "$file"
+ destfile=$func_basename_result
+ destfile=$destdir/$destfile
+ fi
+
+ # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
+ case $destfile in
+ *.lo)
+ func_lo2o "$destfile"
+ staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
+ ;;
+ *.$objext)
+ staticdest=$destfile
+ destfile=
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to '$destfile'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Install the libtool object if requested.
+ test -n "$destfile" && \
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
+
+ # Install the old object if enabled.
+ if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
+ func_lo2o "$file"
+ staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
+ if test -n "$destname"; then
+ destfile=$destdir/$destname
+ else
+ func_basename "$file"
+ destfile=$func_basename_result
+ destfile=$destdir/$destfile
+ fi
+
+ # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
+ # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
+ # install
+ stripped_ext=
+ case $file in
+ *.exe)
+ if test ! -f "$file"; then
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+ file=$func_stripname_result
+ stripped_ext=.exe
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw*)
+ if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+ wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ else
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+ wrapper=$func_stripname_result
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ wrapper=$file
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
+ notinst_deplibs=
+ relink_command=
+
+ func_source "$wrapper"
+
+ # Check the variables that should have been set.
+ test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
+ func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script '$wrapper'"
+
+ finalize=:
+ for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
+ # Check to see that each library is installed.
+ libdir=
+ if test -f "$lib"; then
+ func_source "$lib"
+ fi
+ libfile=$libdir/`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'`
+ if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
+ func_warning "'$lib' has not been installed in '$libdir'"
+ finalize=false
+ fi
+ done
+
+ relink_command=
+ func_source "$wrapper"
+
+ outputname=
+ if test no = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ if $finalize; then
+ tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
+ func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
+ file=$func_basename_result
+ outputname=$tmpdir/$file
+ # Replace the output file specification.
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
+
+ $opt_quiet || {
+ func_quote_arg expand,pretty "$relink_command"
+ eval "func_echo $func_quote_arg_result"
+ }
+ if eval "$relink_command"; then :
+ else
+ func_error "error: relink '$file' with the above command before installing it"
+ $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+ continue
+ fi
+ file=$outputname
+ else
+ func_warning "cannot relink '$file'"
+ fi
+ }
+ else
+ # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
+ file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
+ # one anyway
+ case $install_prog,$host in
+ */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
+ case $file:$destfile in
+ *.exe:*.exe)
+ # this is ok
+ ;;
+ *.exe:*)
+ destfile=$destfile.exe
+ ;;
+ *:*.exe)
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
+ destfile=$func_stripname_result
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
+ $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
+ ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ for file in $staticlibs; do
+ func_basename "$file"
+ name=$func_basename_result
+
+ # Set up the ranlib parameters.
+ oldlib=$destdir/$name
+ func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
+
+ func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
+
+ if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
+ func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
+ func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ done
+
+ test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
+ func_warning "remember to run '$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
+
+ if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
+ # Maybe just do a dry run.
+ $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
+ exec_cmd='$SHELL "$progpath" $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
+ else
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ fi
+}
+
+test install = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
+
+
+# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
+# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
+# a dlpreopen symbol table.
+func_generate_dlsyms ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ my_outputname=$1
+ my_originator=$2
+ my_pic_p=${3-false}
+ my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | $SED 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
+ my_dlsyms=
+
+ if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
+ if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+ my_dlsyms=${my_outputname}S.c
+ else
+ func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
+ case $my_dlsyms in
+ "") ;;
+ *.c)
+ # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
+ nlist=$output_objdir/$my_outputname.nm
+
+ func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
+
+ # Parse the name list into a source file.
+ func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+
+ $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for '$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
+/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern \"C\" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined __GNUC__ && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4))
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\"
+#endif
+
+/* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined _WIN32_WCE
+/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because runtime
+ relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#elif defined __osf__
+/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST
+#else
+# define LT_DLSYM_CONST const
+#endif
+
+#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0)
+
+/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
+"
+
+ if test yes = "$dlself"; then
+ func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$output'"
+
+ $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
+
+ # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
+ progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ for progfile in $progfiles; do
+ func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$func_to_tool_file_result'"
+ $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+ done
+
+ if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+ eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+ }
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+ eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+ }
+ fi
+
+ # Prepare the list of exported symbols
+ if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+ export_symbols=$output_objdir/$outputname.exp
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ $RM $export_symbols
+ eval "$SED -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+ eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ }
+ else
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval "$SED -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
+ eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
+ eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+ eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ }
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
+ func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$dlprefile'"
+ func_basename "$dlprefile"
+ name=$func_basename_result
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname
+ if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then
+ func_tr_sh "$dlprefile"
+ eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result"
+ dlprefile_dlbasename=
+ if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then
+ # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values
+ dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"`
+ if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname"; then
+ func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname"
+ dlprefile_dlbasename=$func_basename_result
+ else
+ # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen <import library>.
+ $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile"
+ dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+ fi
+ fi
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename"; then
+ eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"'
+ else
+ func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name"
+ eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+ fi
+ func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe |
+ $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'"
+ }
+ else # not an import lib
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+ func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+ }
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
+ func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
+ }
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
+ test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
+
+ if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
+ $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
+ $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
+ fi
+
+ # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
+ if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
+ if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ sort -k 3
+ else
+ sort +2
+ fi |
+ uniq > "$nlist"S; then
+ :
+ else
+ $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
+ fi
+
+ if test -f "$nlist"S; then
+ eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
+ else
+ echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+ fi
+
+ func_show_eval '$RM "${nlist}I"'
+ if test -n "$global_symbol_to_import"; then
+ eval "$global_symbol_to_import"' < "$nlist"S > "$nlist"I'
+ fi
+
+ echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+
+/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ void *address;
+} lt_dlsymlist;
+extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];\
+"
+
+ if test -s "$nlist"I; then
+ echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+static void lt_syminit(void)
+{
+ LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist *symbol = lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+ for (; symbol->name; ++symbol)
+ {"
+ $SED 's/.*/ if (STREQ (symbol->name, \"&\")) symbol->address = (void *) \&&;/' < "$nlist"I >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+ echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+ }
+}"
+ fi
+ echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist
+lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
+{ {\"$my_originator\", (void *) 0},"
+
+ if test -s "$nlist"I; then
+ echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+ {\"@INIT@\", (void *) &lt_syminit},"
+ fi
+
+ case $need_lib_prefix in
+ no)
+ eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
+ {0, (void *) 0}
+};
+
+/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
+#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
+static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
+ return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif\
+"
+ } # !$opt_dry_run
+
+ pic_flag_for_symtable=
+ case "$compile_command " in
+ *" -static "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case $host in
+ # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
+ # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
+ # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use
+ # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in
+ # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
+ *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
+ pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
+ *-*-hpux*)
+ pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;;
+ *)
+ $my_pic_p && pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ symtab_cflags=
+ for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
+ case $arg in
+ -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
+ *) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
+ func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
+
+ # Clean up the generated files.
+ func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" "${nlist}I"'
+
+ # Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
+ symfileobj=$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
+ else
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for '$my_dlsyms'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ else
+ # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
+ # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
+ # really was required.
+
+ # Nullify the symbol file.
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
+ fi
+}
+
+# func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG
+# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
+# ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns
+# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
+func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'`
+ test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp"
+}
+
+# func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG
+# This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if
+# ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns
+# with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise.
+func_cygming_ms_implib_p ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'`
+ test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp"
+}
+
+# func_win32_libid arg
+# return the library type of file 'arg'
+#
+# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
+# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
+# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
+# Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries.
+func_win32_libid ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ win32_libid_type=unknown
+ win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
+ case $win32_fileres in
+ *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
+ win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
+ ;;
+ *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
+ # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD.
+ if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
+ $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64)' >/dev/null; then
+ case $nm_interface in
+ "MS dumpbin")
+ if func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" ||
+ func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"
+ then
+ win32_nmres=import
+ else
+ win32_nmres=
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" |
+ $SED -n -e '
+ 1,100{
+ / I /{
+ s|.*|import|
+ p
+ q
+ }
+ }'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case $win32_nmres in
+ import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
+ *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *DLL*)
+ win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+ ;;
+ *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
+ case $win32_fileres in
+ *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
+ win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ $ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG
+#
+# Platform-specific function to extract the
+# name of the DLL associated with the specified
+# import library ARG.
+# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
+# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+# Result is available in the variable
+# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"`
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs
+#
+# The is the core of a fallback implementation of a
+# platform-specific function to extract the name of the
+# DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME.
+#
+# SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending
+# on the platform and compiler that created the implib.
+#
+# Echos the name of the DLL associated with the
+# specified import library.
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"`
+ $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null |
+ $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{
+ # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section
+ s/.*/====MARK====/
+ p
+ d
+ }
+ # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but
+ # are always uninteresting
+ /:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d
+ /^In archive [^:]*:/d
+ # Ensure marker is printed
+ /^====MARK====/p
+ # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters
+ /^.\{43\}/!d
+ # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters
+ s/^.\{43\}//' |
+ $SED -n '
+ # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line
+ /^====MARK====/ b para
+ H
+ $ b para
+ b
+ :para
+ x
+ s/\n//g
+ # Remove the marker
+ s/^====MARK====//
+ # Remove trailing dots and whitespace
+ s/[\. \t]*$//
+ # Print
+ /./p' |
+ # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified
+ # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the
+ # archive that possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate
+ # all those that have a first or second character that is
+ # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable
+ # character.) This should work for all archives with less than
+ # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually
+ # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by
+ # a '.'.
+ #
+ # Of those that remain, print the first one.
+ $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q'
+}
+
+# func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG
+# Platform-specific function to extract the
+# name of the DLL associated with the specified
+# import library ARG.
+#
+# This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL
+# does not support the --identify-strict option.
+# Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable
+# $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd
+# Result is available in the variable
+# $sharedlib_from_linklib_result
+func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"; then
+ # binutils import library
+ sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"`
+ elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1"; then
+ # ms-generated import library
+ sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"`
+ else
+ # unknown
+ sharedlib_from_linklib_result=
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
+func_extract_an_archive ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ f_ex_an_ar_dir=$1; shift
+ f_ex_an_ar_oldlib=$1
+ if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then
+ lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock
+ until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
+ func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
+ sleep 2
+ done
+ fi
+ func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \
+ 'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat'
+ if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile"
+ fi
+ if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+ :
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
+ fi
+}
+
+
+# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
+func_extract_archives ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ my_gentop=$1; shift
+ my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
+ my_oldobjs=
+ my_xlib=
+ my_xabs=
+ my_xdir=
+
+ for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
+ # Extract the objects.
+ case $my_xlib in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs=$my_xlib ;;
+ *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
+ esac
+ func_basename "$my_xlib"
+ my_xlib=$func_basename_result
+ my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
+ while :; do
+ case " $extracted_archives " in
+ *" $my_xlib_u "*)
+ func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
+ extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
+ my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
+ *) break ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
+ my_xdir=$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u
+
+ func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
+
+ case $host in
+ *-darwin*)
+ func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
+ # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
+ cd $my_xdir || exit $?
+ darwin_archive=$my_xabs
+ darwin_curdir=`pwd`
+ func_basename "$darwin_archive"
+ darwin_base_archive=$func_basename_result
+ darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
+ if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
+ darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
+ darwin_arch=
+ func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
+ for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches; do
+ func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch"
+ $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive" "$darwin_archive"
+ cd "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch"
+ func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "$darwin_base_archive"
+ cd "$darwin_curdir"
+ $RM "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive"
+ done # $darwin_arches
+ ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
+ darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$sed_basename" | sort -u`
+ darwin_file=
+ darwin_files=
+ for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
+ darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP`
+ $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
+ done # $darwin_filelist
+ $RM -rf unfat-$$
+ cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
+ else
+ cd $darwin_orig_dir
+ func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+ fi # $darwin_arches
+ } # !$opt_dry_run
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP`
+ done
+
+ func_extract_archives_result=$my_oldobjs
+}
+
+
+# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no]
+#
+# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
+# Don't directly open a file because we may want to
+# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw
+# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within
+# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables
+# set therein.
+#
+# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
+# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script
+# will assume that the directory where it is stored is
+# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific
+# behavior.
+func_emit_wrapper ()
+{
+ func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no}
+
+ $ECHO "\
+#! $SHELL
+
+# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+#
+# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+# libraries that it depends on are installed.
+#
+# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
+# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+
+# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
+# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
+sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+ case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
+fi
+BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
+# if CDPATH is set.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
+
+# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
+if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
+ # install mode needs the following variables:
+ generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
+ notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
+else
+ # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
+ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+ file=\"\$0\""
+
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$ECHO"
+ qECHO=$func_quote_arg_result
+ $ECHO "\
+
+# A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf.
+func_fallback_echo ()
+{
+ eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF
+\$1
+_LTECHO_EOF'
+}
+ ECHO=$qECHO
+ fi
+
+# Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to
+# the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper
+# /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ that is used only on
+# windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-"
+# (application programs are unlikely to have options that match
+# this pattern).
+#
+# There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and
+# --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help.
+#
+# The first argument to this parsing function should be the
+# script's $0 value, followed by "$@".
+lt_option_debug=
+func_parse_lt_options ()
+{
+ lt_script_arg0=\$0
+ shift
+ for lt_opt
+ do
+ case \"\$lt_opt\" in
+ --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;;
+ --lt-dump-script)
+ lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+ test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=.
+ lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
+ cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\"
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+ --lt-*)
+ \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Print the debug banner immediately:
+ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+ echo \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\" 1>&2
+ fi
+}
+
+# Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout
+# (redirection is the responsibility of the caller)
+func_lt_dump_args ()
+{
+ lt_dump_args_N=1;
+ for lt_arg
+ do
+ \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\"
+ lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\`
+ done
+}
+
+# Core function for launching the target application
+func_exec_program_core ()
+{
+"
+ case $host in
+ # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
+ *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+ $ECHO "\
+ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+ \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2
+ func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
+ fi
+ exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ $ECHO "\
+ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then
+ \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2
+ func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2
+ fi
+ exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ $ECHO "\
+ \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+}
+
+# A function to encapsulate launching the target application
+# Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and
+# launches target application with the remaining arguments.
+func_exec_program ()
+{
+ case \" \$* \" in
+ *\\ --lt-*)
+ for lt_wr_arg
+ do
+ case \$lt_wr_arg in
+ --lt-*) ;;
+ *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ done ;;
+ esac
+ func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"}
+}
+
+ # Parse options
+ func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
+
+ # Find the directory that this script lives in.
+ thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
+ test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
+
+ # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
+ file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+ while test -n \"\$file\"; do
+ destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
+
+ # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
+ if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
+ case \"\$destdir\" in
+ [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
+ *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\`
+ file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
+ done
+
+ # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into
+ # the cwrapper.
+ WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1
+ if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
+ # special case for '.'
+ if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
+ thisdir=\`pwd\`
+ fi
+ # remove .libs from thisdir
+ case \"\$thisdir\" in
+ *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
+ $objdir ) thisdir=. ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ # Try to get the absolute directory name.
+ absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
+ test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
+"
+
+ if test yes = "$fast_install"; then
+ $ECHO "\
+ program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
+ progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+
+ if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
+ { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | $SED 1q\`; \\
+ test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
+
+ file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
+
+ if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
+ $MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
+ else
+ $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+ fi"
+
+ $ECHO "\
+
+ # relink executable if necessary
+ if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
+ if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
+ else
+ \$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
+ $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
+ { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
+ $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
+ $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
+ fi"
+ else
+ $ECHO "\
+ program='$outputname'
+ progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
+"
+ fi
+
+ $ECHO "\
+
+ if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
+
+ # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
+ #
+ # Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending
+ # to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled
+ # libraries must come first.
+ if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+ $ECHO "\
+ # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
+ PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
+"
+ fi
+
+ # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
+ if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+ $ECHO "\
+ # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
+ $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
+
+ # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
+ # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
+ $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\`
+
+ export $shlibpath_var
+"
+ fi
+
+ $ECHO "\
+ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
+ # Run the actual program with our arguments.
+ func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"}
+ fi
+ else
+ # The program doesn't exist.
+ \$ECHO \"\$0: error: '\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
+ \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
+ \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+fi\
+"
+}
+
+
+# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
+# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
+# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
+func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
+{
+ cat <<EOF
+
+/* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname
+ Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+
+ The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
+ libraries that it depends on are installed.
+
+ This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory.
+ If it is, it will not operate correctly.
+*/
+EOF
+ cat <<"EOF"
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+# include <direct.h>
+# include <process.h>
+# include <io.h>
+#else
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0)
+
+/* declarations of non-ANSI functions */
+#if defined __MINGW32__
+# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+int _putenv (const char *);
+# endif
+#elif defined __CYGWIN__
+# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
+char *realpath (const char *, char *);
+int putenv (char *);
+int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
+# endif
+/* #elif defined other_platform || defined ... */
+#endif
+
+/* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */
+#if defined _MSC_VER
+# define setmode _setmode
+# define stat _stat
+# define chmod _chmod
+# define getcwd _getcwd
+# define putenv _putenv
+# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
+#elif defined __MINGW32__
+# define setmode _setmode
+# define stat _stat
+# define chmod _chmod
+# define getcwd _getcwd
+# define putenv _putenv
+#elif defined __CYGWIN__
+# define HAVE_SETENV
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+/* #elif defined other platforms ... */
+#endif
+
+#if defined PATH_MAX
+# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
+#elif defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
+#else
+# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH 0
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP 0
+#endif
+
+/* path handling portability macros */
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
+# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__ || \
+ defined __OS2__
+# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
+# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
+# endif
+# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
+ (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
+#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
+#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
+
+#ifndef FOPEN_WB
+# define FOPEN_WB "w"
+#endif
+#ifndef _O_BINARY
+# define _O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
+#define XFREE(stale) do { \
+ if (stale) { free (stale); stale = 0; } \
+} while (0)
+
+#if defined LT_DEBUGWRAPPER
+static int lt_debug = 1;
+#else
+static int lt_debug = 0;
+#endif
+
+const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t num);
+char *xstrdup (const char *string);
+const char *base_name (const char *name);
+char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
+char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
+int make_executable (const char *path);
+int check_executable (const char *path);
+char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
+void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...);
+void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...);
+static const char *nonnull (const char *s);
+static const char *nonempty (const char *s);
+void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value);
+char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end);
+void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value);
+char **prepare_spawn (char **argv);
+void lt_dump_script (FILE *f);
+EOF
+
+ cat <<EOF
+#if __GNUC__ < 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+# define externally_visible volatile
+#else
+# define externally_visible __attribute__((externally_visible)) volatile
+#endif
+externally_visible const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe";
+const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var";
+EOF
+
+ if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
+ func_to_host_path "$temp_rpath"
+ cat <<EOF
+const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result";
+EOF
+ else
+ cat <<"EOF"
+const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "";
+EOF
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
+ func_to_host_path "$dllsearchpath:"
+ cat <<EOF
+const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH";
+const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_path_result";
+EOF
+ else
+ cat <<"EOF"
+const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "";
+const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "";
+EOF
+ fi
+
+ if test yes = "$fast_install"; then
+ cat <<EOF
+const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
+EOF
+ else
+ cat <<EOF
+const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
+EOF
+ fi
+
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+
+#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "--lt-"
+
+static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX;
+static const char *dumpscript_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script";
+static const char *debug_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "debug";
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ char **newargz;
+ int newargc;
+ char *tmp_pathspec;
+ char *actual_cwrapper_path;
+ char *actual_cwrapper_name;
+ char *target_name;
+ char *lt_argv_zero;
+ int rval = 127;
+
+ int i;
+
+ program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0]));
+ newargz = XMALLOC (char *, (size_t) argc + 1);
+
+ /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt
+ * also, copy all non cwrapper options to newargz, except
+ * argz[0], which is handled differently
+ */
+ newargc=0;
+ for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+ {
+ if (STREQ (argv[i], dumpscript_opt))
+ {
+EOF
+ case $host in
+ *mingw* | *cygwin* )
+ # make stdout use "unix" line endings
+ echo " setmode(1,_O_BINARY);"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ lt_dump_script (stdout);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (STREQ (argv[i], debug_opt))
+ {
+ lt_debug = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (STREQ (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix))
+ {
+ /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
+ namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and
+ have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then
+ report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe
+ they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
+ namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll
+ need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option
+ or a configure.ac-settable value.
+ */
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "unrecognized %s option: '%s'",
+ ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]);
+ }
+ /* otherwise ... */
+ newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]);
+ }
+ newargz[++newargc] = NULL;
+
+EOF
+ cat <<EOF
+ /* The GNU banner must be the first non-error debug message */
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\n");
+EOF
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) argv[0]: %s\n", argv[0]);
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) program_name: %s\n", program_name);
+
+ tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]);
+ if (tmp_pathspec == NULL)
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "couldn't find %s", argv[0]);
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at: %s\n",
+ tmp_pathspec);
+
+ actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec);
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at: %s\n",
+ actual_cwrapper_path);
+ XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+
+ actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup (base_name (actual_cwrapper_path));
+ strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+ /* wrapper name transforms */
+ strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe");
+ tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1);
+ XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
+ actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec;
+ tmp_pathspec = 0;
+
+ /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */
+ target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME));
+ strendzap (target_name, ".exe");
+ tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1);
+ XFREE (target_name);
+ target_name = tmp_pathspec;
+ tmp_pathspec = 0;
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(main) libtool target name: %s\n",
+ target_name);
+EOF
+
+ cat <<EOF
+ newargz[0] =
+ XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) +
+ strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1));
+ strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path);
+ strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir");
+ strcat (newargz[0], "/");
+EOF
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */
+ tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]);
+
+ /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */
+ strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+ /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */
+ lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1);
+ XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+ tmp_pathspec = NULL;
+EOF
+
+ case $host_os in
+ mingw*)
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ {
+ char* p;
+ while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL)
+ {
+ *p = '/';
+ }
+ while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL)
+ {
+ *p = '/';
+ }
+ }
+EOF
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ XFREE (target_name);
+ XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path);
+ XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
+
+ lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */
+ lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1"); /* for MSK sh */
+ /* Update the DLL searchpath. EXE_PATH_VALUE ($dllsearchpath) must
+ be prepended before (that is, appear after) LIB_PATH_VALUE ($temp_rpath)
+ because on Windows, both *_VARNAMEs are PATH but uninstalled
+ libraries must come first. */
+ lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE);
+ lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE);
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) lt_argv_zero: %s\n",
+ nonnull (lt_argv_zero));
+ for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++)
+ {
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(main) newargz[%d]: %s\n",
+ i, nonnull (newargz[i]));
+ }
+
+EOF
+
+ case $host_os in
+ mingw*)
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */
+ newargz = prepare_spawn (newargz);
+ rval = (int) _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz);
+ if (rval == -1)
+ {
+ /* failed to start process */
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": %s\n",
+ lt_argv_zero, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+ return 127;
+ }
+ return rval;
+EOF
+ ;;
+ *)
+ cat <<"EOF"
+ execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz);
+ return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */
+EOF
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+}
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t num)
+{
+ void *p = (void *) malloc (num);
+ if (!p)
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "memory exhausted");
+
+ return p;
+}
+
+char *
+xstrdup (const char *string)
+{
+ return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1),
+ string) : NULL;
+}
+
+const char *
+base_name (const char *name)
+{
+ const char *base;
+
+#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+ /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */
+ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
+ name += 2;
+#endif
+
+ for (base = name; *name; name++)
+ if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name))
+ base = name + 1;
+ return base;
+}
+
+int
+check_executable (const char *path)
+{
+ struct stat st;
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(check_executable): %s\n",
+ nonempty (path));
+ if ((!path) || (!*path))
+ return 0;
+
+ if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+ && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int
+make_executable (const char *path)
+{
+ int rval = 0;
+ struct stat st;
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n",
+ nonempty (path));
+ if ((!path) || (!*path))
+ return 0;
+
+ if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
+ {
+ rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
+ }
+ return rval;
+}
+
+/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns
+ newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
+ Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
+*/
+char *
+find_executable (const char *wrapper)
+{
+ int has_slash = 0;
+ const char *p;
+ const char *p_next;
+ /* static buffer for getcwd */
+ char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
+ size_t tmp_len;
+ char *concat_name;
+
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n",
+ nonempty (wrapper));
+
+ if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Absolute path? */
+#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
+ {
+ concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+ if (check_executable (concat_name))
+ return concat_name;
+ XFREE (concat_name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#endif
+ if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
+ {
+ concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
+ if (check_executable (concat_name))
+ return concat_name;
+ XFREE (concat_name);
+ }
+#if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+ }
+#endif
+
+ for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
+ if (*p == '/')
+ {
+ has_slash = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!has_slash)
+ {
+ /* no slashes; search PATH */
+ const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
+ if (path != NULL)
+ {
+ for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
+ {
+ const char *q;
+ size_t p_len;
+ for (q = p; *q; q++)
+ if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
+ break;
+ p_len = (size_t) (q - p);
+ p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
+ if (p_len == 0)
+ {
+ /* empty path: current directory */
+ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
+ nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+ tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+ concat_name =
+ XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+ memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+ concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+ strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ concat_name =
+ XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+ memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
+ concat_name[p_len] = '/';
+ strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
+ }
+ if (check_executable (concat_name))
+ return concat_name;
+ XFREE (concat_name);
+ }
+ }
+ /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
+ }
+ /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
+ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s",
+ nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+ tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
+ concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
+ memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
+ concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
+ strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
+
+ if (check_executable (concat_name))
+ return concat_name;
+ XFREE (concat_name);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+char *
+chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
+{
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+ return xstrdup (pathspec);
+#else
+ char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
+ struct stat s;
+ char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
+ char *p;
+ int has_symlinks = 0;
+ while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
+ {
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
+ tmp_pathspec);
+ if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
+ {
+ if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
+ {
+ has_symlinks = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
+ p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
+ while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+ p--;
+ if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
+ {
+ /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
+ break;
+ }
+ *p = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "error accessing file \"%s\": %s",
+ tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno)));
+ }
+ }
+ XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
+
+ if (!has_symlinks)
+ {
+ return xstrdup (pathspec);
+ }
+
+ tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
+ if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
+ {
+ lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
+ }
+ return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
+#endif
+}
+
+char *
+strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
+{
+ size_t len, patlen;
+
+ assert (str != NULL);
+ assert (pat != NULL);
+
+ len = strlen (str);
+ patlen = strlen (pat);
+
+ if (patlen <= len)
+ {
+ str += len - patlen;
+ if (STREQ (str, pat))
+ *str = '\0';
+ }
+ return str;
+}
+
+void
+lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ if (lt_debug)
+ {
+ (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line);
+ va_start (args, fmt);
+ (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
+ va_end (args);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file,
+ int line, const char *mode,
+ const char *message, va_list ap)
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode);
+ vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
+ fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
+
+ if (exit_status >= 0)
+ exit (exit_status);
+}
+
+void
+lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start (ap, message);
+ lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap);
+ va_end (ap);
+}
+
+static const char *
+nonnull (const char *s)
+{
+ return s ? s : "(null)";
+}
+
+static const char *
+nonempty (const char *s)
+{
+ return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s);
+}
+
+void
+lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n",
+ nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+ {
+#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
+ /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */
+ char *str = xstrdup (value);
+ setenv (name, str, 1);
+#else
+ size_t len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1;
+ char *str = XMALLOC (char, len);
+ sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value);
+ if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ XFREE (str);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+char *
+lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end)
+{
+ char *new_value;
+ if (orig_value && *orig_value)
+ {
+ size_t orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value);
+ size_t add_len = strlen (add);
+ new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1);
+ if (to_end)
+ {
+ strcpy (new_value, orig_value);
+ strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ strcpy (new_value, add);
+ strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ new_value = xstrdup (add);
+ }
+ return new_value;
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+ nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+
+ if (name && *name && value && *value)
+ {
+ char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+ /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */
+ size_t len = strlen (new_value);
+ while ((len > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1]))
+ {
+ new_value[--len] = '\0';
+ }
+ lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+ XFREE (new_value);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value)
+{
+ lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__,
+ "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
+ nonnull (name), nonnull (value));
+
+ if (name && *name && value && *value)
+ {
+ char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
+ lt_setenv (name, new_value);
+ XFREE (new_value);
+ }
+}
+
+EOF
+ case $host_os in
+ mingw*)
+ cat <<"EOF"
+
+/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn().
+ Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter
+ (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") :
+ ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO);
+ GetVersionEx(&v);
+ v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT;
+ }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com").
+ Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls
+ CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess()
+ interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a
+ special way:
+ - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as
+ delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...".
+ - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is
+ that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal
+ characters.
+ - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special.
+ - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become
+ n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0):
+ \" -> "
+ \\\" -> \"
+ \\\\\" -> \\"
+ */
+#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
+#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
+char **
+prepare_spawn (char **argv)
+{
+ size_t argc;
+ char **new_argv;
+ size_t i;
+
+ /* Count number of arguments. */
+ for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++)
+ ;
+
+ /* Allocate new argument vector. */
+ new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1);
+
+ /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */
+ for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+ {
+ const char *string = argv[i];
+
+ if (string[0] == '\0')
+ new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\"");
+ else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL)
+ {
+ int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL);
+ size_t length;
+ unsigned int backslashes;
+ const char *s;
+ char *quoted_string;
+ char *p;
+
+ length = 0;
+ backslashes = 0;
+ if (quote_around)
+ length++;
+ for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+ {
+ char c = *s;
+ if (c == '"')
+ length += backslashes + 1;
+ length++;
+ if (c == '\\')
+ backslashes++;
+ else
+ backslashes = 0;
+ }
+ if (quote_around)
+ length += backslashes + 1;
+
+ quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1);
+
+ p = quoted_string;
+ backslashes = 0;
+ if (quote_around)
+ *p++ = '"';
+ for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+ {
+ char c = *s;
+ if (c == '"')
+ {
+ unsigned int j;
+ for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--)
+ *p++ = '\\';
+ }
+ *p++ = c;
+ if (c == '\\')
+ backslashes++;
+ else
+ backslashes = 0;
+ }
+ if (quote_around)
+ {
+ unsigned int j;
+ for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--)
+ *p++ = '\\';
+ *p++ = '"';
+ }
+ *p = '\0';
+
+ new_argv[i] = quoted_string;
+ }
+ else
+ new_argv[i] = (char *) string;
+ }
+ new_argv[argc] = NULL;
+
+ return new_argv;
+}
+EOF
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ cat <<"EOF"
+void lt_dump_script (FILE* f)
+{
+EOF
+ func_emit_wrapper yes |
+ $SED -n -e '
+s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\
+\2/
+h
+s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g
+s/$/\\n/
+s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p
+g
+D'
+ cat <<"EOF"
+}
+EOF
+}
+# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
+
+# func_win32_import_lib_p ARG
+# True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd
+func_win32_import_lib_p ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in
+ *import*) : ;;
+ *) false ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# func_suncc_cstd_abi
+# !!ONLY CALL THIS FOR SUN CC AFTER $compile_command IS FULLY EXPANDED!!
+# Several compiler flags select an ABI that is incompatible with the
+# Cstd library. Avoid specifying it if any are in CXXFLAGS.
+func_suncc_cstd_abi ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case " $compile_command " in
+ *" -compat=g "*|*\ -std=c++[0-9][0-9]\ *|*" -library=stdcxx4 "*|*" -library=stlport4 "*)
+ suncc_use_cstd_abi=no
+ ;;
+ *)
+ suncc_use_cstd_abi=yes
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+# func_mode_link arg...
+func_mode_link ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ case $host in
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+ # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
+ # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
+ # what system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
+ # flag for every libtool invocation.
+ # allow_undefined=no
+
+ # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
+ # to make a dll that has undefined symbols, in which case not
+ # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify
+ # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
+ # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
+ allow_undefined=yes
+ ;;
+ *)
+ allow_undefined=yes
+ ;;
+ esac
+ libtool_args=$nonopt
+ base_compile="$nonopt $@"
+ compile_command=$nonopt
+ finalize_command=$nonopt
+
+ compile_rpath=
+ finalize_rpath=
+ compile_shlibpath=
+ finalize_shlibpath=
+ convenience=
+ old_convenience=
+ deplibs=
+ old_deplibs=
+ compiler_flags=
+ linker_flags=
+ dllsearchpath=
+ lib_search_path=`pwd`
+ inst_prefix_dir=
+ new_inherited_linker_flags=
+
+ avoid_version=no
+ bindir=
+ dlfiles=
+ dlprefiles=
+ dlself=no
+ export_dynamic=no
+ export_symbols=
+ export_symbols_regex=
+ generated=
+ libobjs=
+ ltlibs=
+ module=no
+ no_install=no
+ objs=
+ os2dllname=
+ non_pic_objects=
+ precious_files_regex=
+ prefer_static_libs=no
+ preload=false
+ prev=
+ prevarg=
+ release=
+ rpath=
+ xrpath=
+ perm_rpath=
+ temp_rpath=
+ thread_safe=no
+ vinfo=
+ vinfo_number=no
+ weak_libs=
+ single_module=$wl-single_module
+ func_infer_tag $base_compile
+
+ # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -shared)
+ test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \
+ && func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library"
+ build_old_libs=no
+ break
+ ;;
+ -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
+ case $arg in
+ -all-static)
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
+ func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
+ fi
+ if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+ dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+ fi
+ prefer_static_libs=yes
+ ;;
+ -static)
+ if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+ dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+ fi
+ prefer_static_libs=built
+ ;;
+ -static-libtool-libs)
+ if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+ dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
+ fi
+ prefer_static_libs=yes
+ ;;
+ esac
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ build_old_libs=yes
+ break
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
+ test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
+
+ # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
+ while test "$#" -gt 0; do
+ arg=$1
+ shift
+ func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted "$arg"
+ qarg=$func_quote_arg_unquoted_result
+ func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_arg_result"
+
+ # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+ if test -n "$prev"; then
+ case $prev in
+ output)
+ func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
+ func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $prev in
+ bindir)
+ bindir=$arg
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ dlfiles|dlprefiles)
+ $preload || {
+ # Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
+ func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
+ func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
+ preload=:
+ }
+ case $arg in
+ *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below.
+ force)
+ if test no = "$dlself"; then
+ dlself=needless
+ export_dynamic=yes
+ fi
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ self)
+ if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+ dlself=yes
+ elif test dlfiles = "$prev" && test yes != "$dlopen_self"; then
+ dlself=yes
+ else
+ dlself=needless
+ export_dynamic=yes
+ fi
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+ func_append dlfiles " $arg"
+ else
+ func_append dlprefiles " $arg"
+ fi
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ expsyms)
+ export_symbols=$arg
+ test -f "$arg" \
+ || func_fatal_error "symbol file '$arg' does not exist"
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ expsyms_regex)
+ export_symbols_regex=$arg
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ framework)
+ case $host in
+ *-*-darwin*)
+ case "$deplibs " in
+ *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
+ *) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ inst_prefix)
+ inst_prefix_dir=$arg
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ mllvm)
+ # Clang does not use LLVM to link, so we can simply discard any
+ # '-mllvm $arg' options when doing the link step.
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ objectlist)
+ if test -f "$arg"; then
+ save_arg=$arg
+ moreargs=
+ for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
+ do
+# func_append moreargs " $fil"
+ arg=$fil
+ # A libtool-controlled object.
+
+ # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+ if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+ pic_object=
+ non_pic_object=
+
+ # Read the .lo file
+ func_source "$arg"
+
+ if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+ test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+ test none = "$pic_object" &&
+ test none = "$non_pic_object"; then
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'"
+ fi
+
+ # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+ func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+ xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+ if test none != "$pic_object"; then
+ # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+ pic_object=$xdir$pic_object
+
+ if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then
+ func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
+ prev=
+ continue
+ else
+ # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+ prev=dlprefiles
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
+ if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+ # Preload the old-style object.
+ func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
+ prev=
+ fi
+
+ # A PIC object.
+ func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+ arg=$pic_object
+ fi
+
+ # Non-PIC object.
+ if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
+ # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+ non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object
+
+ # A standard non-PIC object
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then
+ arg=$non_pic_object
+ fi
+ else
+ # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+ # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+ non_pic_object=$pic_object
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ fi
+ else
+ # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+ if $opt_dry_run; then
+ # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+ func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+ xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+ func_lo2o "$arg"
+ pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+ non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+ func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "link input file '$arg' does not exist"
+ fi
+ arg=$save_arg
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ os2dllname)
+ os2dllname=$arg
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ precious_regex)
+ precious_files_regex=$arg
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ release)
+ release=-$arg
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ rpath | xrpath)
+ # We need an absolute path.
+ case $arg in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test rpath = "$prev"; then
+ case "$rpath " in
+ *" $arg "*) ;;
+ *) func_append rpath " $arg" ;;
+ esac
+ else
+ case "$xrpath " in
+ *" $arg "*) ;;
+ *) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ shrext)
+ shrext_cmds=$arg
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ weak)
+ func_append weak_libs " $arg"
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ xassembler)
+ func_append compiler_flags " -Xassembler $qarg"
+ prev=
+ func_append compile_command " -Xassembler $qarg"
+ func_append finalize_command " -Xassembler $qarg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ xcclinker)
+ func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
+ prev=
+ func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ xcompiler)
+ func_append compiler_flags " $qarg"
+ prev=
+ func_append compile_command " $qarg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ xlinker)
+ func_append linker_flags " $qarg"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg"
+ prev=
+ func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ *)
+ eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
+ prev=
+ continue
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi # test -n "$prev"
+
+ prevarg=$arg
+
+ case $arg in
+ -all-static)
+ if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
+ # See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
+ func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
+ func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -allow-undefined)
+ # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
+ func_fatal_error "'-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
+ ;;
+
+ -avoid-version)
+ avoid_version=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -bindir)
+ prev=bindir
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -dlopen)
+ prev=dlfiles
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -dlpreopen)
+ prev=dlprefiles
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -export-dynamic)
+ export_dynamic=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+ func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
+ fi
+ if test X-export-symbols = "X$arg"; then
+ prev=expsyms
+ else
+ prev=expsyms_regex
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -framework)
+ prev=framework
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -inst-prefix-dir)
+ prev=inst_prefix
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
+ # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
+ -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
+ case $with_gcc/$host in
+ no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -L*)
+ func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg"
+ if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then
+ if test "$#" -gt 0; then
+ func_fatal_error "require no space between '-L' and '$1'"
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "need path for '-L' option"
+ fi
+ fi
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+ # We need an absolute path.
+ case $dir in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+ *)
+ absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+ test -z "$absdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'"
+ dir=$absdir
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case "$deplibs " in
+ *" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*)
+ # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories
+ case $dir in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;;
+ *) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;;
+ esac
+ func_append lib_search_path " $dir"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case $host in
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+ testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
+ case :$dllsearchpath: in
+ *":$dir:"*) ;;
+ ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;;
+ *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";;
+ esac
+ case :$dllsearchpath: in
+ *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+ ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+ *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -l*)
+ if test X-lc = "X$arg" || test X-lm = "X$arg"; then
+ case $host in
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
+ # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
+ continue
+ ;;
+ *-*-os2*)
+ # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
+ test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+ ;;
+ *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig* | *-*-midnightbsd*)
+ # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+ test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+ ;;
+ *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+ # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
+ func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+ # Causes problems with __ctype
+ test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+ ;;
+ *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+ # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+ test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue
+ ;;
+ esac
+ elif test X-lc_r = "X$arg"; then
+ case $host in
+ *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig* | *-*-midnightbsd*)
+ # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
+ continue
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ func_append deplibs " $arg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -mllvm)
+ prev=mllvm
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -module)
+ module=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
+ # classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
+ # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
+ -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot)
+ func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ prev=xcompiler
+ continue
+ ;;
+ # Solaris ld rejects as of 11.4. Refer to Oracle bug 22985199.
+ -pthread)
+ case $host in
+ *solaris2*) ;;
+ *)
+ case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+ *" $arg "*) ;;
+ * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ continue
+ ;;
+ -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
+ |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
+ func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+ *" $arg "*) ;;
+ * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;;
+ esac
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -multi_module)
+ single_module=$wl-multi_module
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -no-fast-install)
+ fast_install=no
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -no-install)
+ case $host in
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*)
+ # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
+ # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
+ func_warning "'-no-install' is ignored for $host"
+ func_warning "assuming '-no-fast-install' instead"
+ fast_install=no
+ ;;
+ *) no_install=yes ;;
+ esac
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -no-undefined)
+ allow_undefined=no
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -objectlist)
+ prev=objectlist
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -os2dllname)
+ prev=os2dllname
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -o) prev=output ;;
+
+ -precious-files-regex)
+ prev=precious_regex
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -release)
+ prev=release
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -rpath)
+ prev=rpath
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -R)
+ prev=xrpath
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -R*)
+ func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
+ dir=$func_stripname_result
+ # We need an absolute path.
+ case $dir in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
+ =*)
+ func_stripname '=' '' "$dir"
+ dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case "$xrpath " in
+ *" $dir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
+ esac
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -shared)
+ # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -shrext)
+ prev=shrext
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -static | -static-libtool-libs)
+ # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
+ # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
+ # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
+ # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least
+ # Digital Unix and AIX.
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -thread-safe)
+ thread_safe=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -version-info)
+ prev=vinfo
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -version-number)
+ prev=vinfo
+ vinfo_number=yes
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -weak)
+ prev=weak
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -Wc,*)
+ func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
+ args=$func_stripname_result
+ arg=
+ save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
+ for flag in $args; do
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$flag"
+ func_append arg " $func_quote_arg_result"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_arg_result"
+ done
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+ arg=$func_stripname_result
+ ;;
+
+ -Wl,*)
+ func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
+ args=$func_stripname_result
+ arg=
+ save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=,
+ for flag in $args; do
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$flag"
+ func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_arg_result"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_arg_result"
+ func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_arg_result"
+ done
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
+ arg=$func_stripname_result
+ ;;
+
+ -Xassembler)
+ prev=xassembler
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -Xcompiler)
+ prev=xcompiler
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -Xlinker)
+ prev=xlinker
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -XCClinker)
+ prev=xcclinker
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ # -msg_* for osf cc
+ -msg_*)
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+ arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+ ;;
+
+ # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale:
+ # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler
+ # -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler
+ # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler
+ # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler
+ # -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler
+ # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC
+ # -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
+ # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC
+ # -fstack-protector* stack protector flags for GCC
+ # @file GCC response files
+ # -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection
+ # --sysroot=* for sysroot support
+ # -O*, -g*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization
+ # -specs=* GCC specs files
+ # -stdlib=* select c++ std lib with clang
+ # -fsanitize=* Clang/GCC memory and address sanitizer
+ # -fuse-ld=* Linker select flags for GCC
+ # -Wa,* Pass flags directly to the assembler
+ -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
+ -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \
+ -O*|-g*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin|-fstack-protector*|-stdlib=*| \
+ -specs=*|-fsanitize=*|-fuse-ld=*|-Wa,*)
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+ arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ func_append compiler_flags " $arg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ -Z*)
+ if test os2 = "`expr $host : '.*\(os2\)'`"; then
+ # OS/2 uses -Zxxx to specify OS/2-specific options
+ compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ case $arg in
+ -Zlinker | -Zstack)
+ prev=xcompiler
+ ;;
+ esac
+ continue
+ else
+ # Otherwise treat like 'Some other compiler flag' below
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+ arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ # Some other compiler flag.
+ -* | +*)
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+ arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+ ;;
+
+ *.$objext)
+ # A standard object.
+ func_append objs " $arg"
+ ;;
+
+ *.lo)
+ # A libtool-controlled object.
+
+ # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
+ if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
+ pic_object=
+ non_pic_object=
+
+ # Read the .lo file
+ func_source "$arg"
+
+ if test -z "$pic_object" ||
+ test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
+ test none = "$pic_object" &&
+ test none = "$non_pic_object"; then
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'"
+ fi
+
+ # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+ func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+ xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+ test none = "$pic_object" || {
+ # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+ pic_object=$xdir$pic_object
+
+ if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then
+ func_append dlfiles " $pic_object"
+ prev=
+ continue
+ else
+ # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
+ prev=dlprefiles
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
+ if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+ # Preload the old-style object.
+ func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object"
+ prev=
+ fi
+
+ # A PIC object.
+ func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+ arg=$pic_object
+ }
+
+ # Non-PIC object.
+ if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
+ # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
+ non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object
+
+ # A standard non-PIC object
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then
+ arg=$non_pic_object
+ fi
+ else
+ # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
+ # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
+ non_pic_object=$pic_object
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ fi
+ else
+ # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
+ if $opt_dry_run; then
+ # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
+ func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
+ xdir=$func_dirname_result
+
+ func_lo2o "$arg"
+ pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
+ non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
+ func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
+ func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *.$libext)
+ # An archive.
+ func_append deplibs " $arg"
+ func_append old_deplibs " $arg"
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ *.la)
+ # A libtool-controlled library.
+
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$arg"
+ if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then
+ # This library was specified with -dlopen.
+ func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ prev=
+ elif test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then
+ # The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+ func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ prev=
+ else
+ func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
+
+ # Some other compiler argument.
+ *)
+ # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
+ # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$arg"
+ arg=$func_quote_arg_result
+ ;;
+ esac # arg
+
+ # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
+ if test -n "$arg"; then
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ fi
+ done # argument parsing loop
+
+ test -n "$prev" && \
+ func_fatal_help "the '$prevarg' option requires an argument"
+
+ if test yes = "$export_dynamic" && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
+ eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
+ func_append compile_command " $arg"
+ func_append finalize_command " $arg"
+ fi
+
+ oldlibs=
+ # calculate the name of the file, without its directory
+ func_basename "$output"
+ outputname=$func_basename_result
+ libobjs_save=$libobjs
+
+ if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
+ # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
+ eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\`
+ else
+ shlib_search_path=
+ fi
+ eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
+ eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
+
+ # Definition is injected by LT_CONFIG during libtool generation.
+ func_munge_path_list sys_lib_dlsearch_path "$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH"
+
+ func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
+ output_objdir=$func_dirname_result$objdir
+ func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/"
+ tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result
+ # Create the object directory.
+ func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
+
+ # Determine the type of output
+ case $output in
+ "")
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
+ ;;
+ *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
+ *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
+ *.la) linkmode=lib ;;
+ *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
+ esac
+
+ specialdeplibs=
+
+ libs=
+ # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
+ # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
+ for deplib in $deplibs; do
+ if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+ case "$libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ func_append libs " $deplib"
+ done
+
+ if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+ libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
+
+ # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
+ # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
+ # not to be eliminated).
+ pre_post_deps=
+ if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
+ for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
+ case "$pre_post_deps " in
+ *" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;;
+ esac
+ func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep"
+ done
+ fi
+ pre_post_deps=
+ fi
+
+ deplibs=
+ newdependency_libs=
+ newlib_search_path=
+ need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
+ notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
+ notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
+
+ case $linkmode in
+ lib)
+ passes="conv dlpreopen link"
+ for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
+ case $file in
+ *.la) ;;
+ *)
+ func_fatal_help "libraries can '-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ ;;
+ prog)
+ compile_deplibs=
+ finalize_deplibs=
+ alldeplibs=false
+ newdlfiles=
+ newdlprefiles=
+ passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
+ ;;
+ *) passes="conv"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ for pass in $passes; do
+ # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
+ # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
+ if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
+ ## order, and fix it there properly
+ tmp_deplibs=
+ for deplib in $deplibs; do
+ tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
+ done
+ deplibs=$tmp_deplibs
+ fi
+
+ if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
+ test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ libs=$deplibs
+ deplibs=
+ fi
+ if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+ case $pass in
+ dlopen) libs=$dlfiles ;;
+ dlpreopen) libs=$dlprefiles ;;
+ link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test lib,dlpreopen = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
+ for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+ # Ignore non-libtool-libs
+ dependency_libs=
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$lib"
+ case $lib in
+ *.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
+ # has declared as weak libs
+ for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+ func_basename "$deplib"
+ deplib_base=$func_basename_result
+ case " $weak_libs " in
+ *" $deplib_base "*) ;;
+ *) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ done
+ libs=$dlprefiles
+ fi
+ if test dlopen = "$pass"; then
+ # Collect dlpreopened libraries
+ save_deplibs=$deplibs
+ deplibs=
+ fi
+
+ for deplib in $libs; do
+ lib=
+ found=false
+ case $deplib in
+ -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \
+ |-threads|-fopenmp|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*)
+ if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ func_append compiler_flags " $deplib"
+ if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+ case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
+ -l*)
+ if test lib != "$linkmode" && test prog != "$linkmode"; then
+ func_warning "'-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
+ continue
+ fi
+ func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+ searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
+ else
+ searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
+ fi
+ for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
+ for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
+ # Search the libtool library
+ lib=$searchdir/lib$name$search_ext
+ if test -f "$lib"; then
+ if test .la = "$search_ext"; then
+ found=:
+ else
+ found=false
+ fi
+ break 2
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ if $found; then
+ # deplib is a libtool library
+ # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
+ # We need to do some special things here, and not later.
+ if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $deplib "*)
+ if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
+ library_names=
+ old_library=
+ func_source "$lib"
+ for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+ ll=$l
+ done
+ if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library"; then # only static version available
+ found=false
+ func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+ ladir=$func_dirname_result
+ lib=$ladir/$old_library
+ if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+ fi
+ continue
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *) ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ else
+ # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
+ if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+ fi
+ continue
+ fi
+ ;; # -l
+ *.ltframework)
+ if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+ case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
+ -L*)
+ case $linkmode in
+ lib)
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ test conv = "$pass" && continue
+ newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+ func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ ;;
+ prog)
+ if test conv = "$pass"; then
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ continue
+ fi
+ if test scan = "$pass"; then
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ else
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ fi
+ func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_warning "'-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
+ ;;
+ esac # linkmode
+ continue
+ ;; # -L
+ -R*)
+ if test link = "$pass"; then
+ func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+ # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
+ case "$xrpath " in
+ *" $dir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ continue
+ ;;
+ *.la)
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+ lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+ ;;
+ *.$libext)
+ if test conv = "$pass"; then
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ continue
+ fi
+ case $linkmode in
+ lib)
+ # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
+ # but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
+ case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ *)
+ valid_a_lib=false
+ case $deplibs_check_method in
+ match_pattern*)
+ set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+ match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+ if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \
+ | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+ valid_a_lib=:
+ fi
+ ;;
+ pass_all)
+ valid_a_lib=:
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if $valid_a_lib; then
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
+ $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ else
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
+ echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+ echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+ echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
+ echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ continue
+ ;;
+ prog)
+ if test link != "$pass"; then
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ else
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
+ esac # linkmode
+ ;; # *.$libext
+ *.lo | *.$objext)
+ if test conv = "$pass"; then
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+ if test dlpreopen = "$pass" || test yes != "$dlopen_support" || test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
+ # we need to preload.
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib"
+ compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ func_append newdlfiles " $deplib"
+ fi
+ fi
+ continue
+ ;;
+ %DEPLIBS%)
+ alldeplibs=:
+ continue
+ ;;
+ esac # case $deplib
+
+ $found || test -f "$lib" \
+ || func_fatal_error "cannot find the library '$lib' or unhandled argument '$deplib'"
+
+ # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
+ func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
+ || func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+
+ func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
+ ladir=$func_dirname_result
+
+ dlname=
+ dlopen=
+ dlpreopen=
+ libdir=
+ library_names=
+ old_library=
+ inherited_linker_flags=
+ # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
+ # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
+ installed=yes
+ shouldnotlink=no
+ avoidtemprpath=
+
+
+ # Read the .la file
+ func_source "$lib"
+
+ # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
+ if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
+ tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
+ for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
+ case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
+ *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
+ *) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
+ test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass" ||
+ { test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; }; then
+ test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen"
+ test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen"
+ fi
+
+ if test conv = "$pass"; then
+ # Only check for convenience libraries
+ deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+ if test -z "$libdir"; then
+ if test -z "$old_library"; then
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'"
+ fi
+ # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
+ func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+ func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
+ elif test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; then
+ func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a convenience library"
+ fi
+ tmp_libs=
+ for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+ case "$tmp_libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
+ done
+ continue
+ fi # $pass = conv
+
+
+ # Get the name of the library we link against.
+ linklib=
+ if test -n "$old_library" &&
+ { test yes = "$prefer_static_libs" ||
+ test built,no = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; }; then
+ linklib=$old_library
+ else
+ for l in $old_library $library_names; do
+ linklib=$l
+ done
+ fi
+ if test -z "$linklib"; then
+ func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'"
+ fi
+
+ # This library was specified with -dlopen.
+ if test dlopen = "$pass"; then
+ test -z "$libdir" \
+ && func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: '$lib'"
+ if test -z "$dlname" ||
+ test yes != "$dlopen_support" ||
+ test no = "$build_libtool_libs"
+ then
+ # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
+ # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any
+ # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
+ # bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
+ func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs"
+ else
+ func_append newdlfiles " $lib"
+ fi
+ continue
+ fi # $pass = dlopen
+
+ # We need an absolute path.
+ case $ladir in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir=$ladir ;;
+ *)
+ abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
+ if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
+ func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$ladir'"
+ func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
+ abs_ladir=$ladir
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ func_basename "$lib"
+ laname=$func_basename_result
+
+ # Find the relevant object directory and library name.
+ if test yes = "$installed"; then
+ if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+ func_warning "library '$lib' was moved."
+ dir=$ladir
+ absdir=$abs_ladir
+ libdir=$abs_ladir
+ else
+ dir=$lt_sysroot$libdir
+ absdir=$lt_sysroot$libdir
+ fi
+ test yes = "$hardcode_automatic" && avoidtemprpath=yes
+ else
+ if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
+ dir=$ladir
+ absdir=$abs_ladir
+ # Remove this search path later
+ func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
+ else
+ dir=$ladir/$objdir
+ absdir=$abs_ladir/$objdir
+ # Remove this search path later
+ func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir"
+ fi
+ fi # $installed = yes
+ func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+
+ # This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
+ if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then
+ if test -z "$libdir" && test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+ func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: '$lib'"
+ fi
+ case $host in
+ # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs.
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
+ # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both
+ # static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract
+ # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present
+ # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do
+ # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles.
+ # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file
+ # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the
+ # dlname from the la file.
+ if test -n "$dlname"; then
+ func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib"
+ eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname"
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
+ else
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
+ # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
+ # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ * )
+ # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
+ # are required to link).
+ if test -n "$old_library"; then
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library"
+ # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
+ # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library"
+ # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
+ elif test -n "$dlname"; then
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname"
+ else
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi # $pass = dlpreopen
+
+ if test -z "$libdir"; then
+ # Link the convenience library
+ if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+ deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+ elif test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
+ fi
+ continue
+ fi
+
+
+ if test prog = "$linkmode" && test link != "$pass"; then
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir"
+ deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
+
+ linkalldeplibs=false
+ if test no != "$link_all_deplibs" || test -z "$library_names" ||
+ test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ linkalldeplibs=:
+ fi
+
+ tmp_libs=
+ for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Need to link against all dependency_libs?
+ if $linkalldeplibs; then
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ else
+ # Need to hardcode shared library paths
+ # or/and link against static libraries
+ newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+ fi
+ if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+ case "$tmp_libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ func_append tmp_libs " $deplib"
+ done # for deplib
+ continue
+ fi # $linkmode = prog...
+
+ if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ if test -n "$library_names" &&
+ { { test no = "$prefer_static_libs" ||
+ test built,yes = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; } ||
+ test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+ # We need to hardcode the library path
+ if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath"; then
+ # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
+ case $temp_rpath: in
+ *"$absdir:"*) ;;
+ *) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ # Hardcode the library path.
+ # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+ # search path.
+ case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+ *" $absdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case "$compile_rpath " in
+ *" $absdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case "$finalize_rpath " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
+
+ if $alldeplibs &&
+ { test pass_all = "$deplibs_check_method" ||
+ { test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" &&
+ test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
+ # We only need to search for static libraries
+ continue
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
+ use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
+ if test built = "$use_static_libs" && test yes = "$installed"; then
+ use_static_libs=no
+ fi
+ if test -n "$library_names" &&
+ { test no = "$use_static_libs" || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* | *os2*)
+ # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
+ func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
+ need_relink=no
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test no = "$installed"; then
+ func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib"
+ need_relink=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # This is a shared library
+
+ # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
+ # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
+ dlopenmodule=
+ for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
+ if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
+ dlopenmodule=$dlpremoduletest
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test yes = "$shouldnotlink" && test link = "$pass"; then
+ echo
+ if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
+ else
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
+ fi
+ $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
+ fi
+ if test lib = "$linkmode" &&
+ test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then
+ # Hardcode the library path.
+ # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
+ # search path.
+ case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+ *" $absdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case "$compile_rpath " in
+ *" $absdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case "$finalize_rpath " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
+ # figure out the soname
+ set dummy $library_names
+ shift
+ realname=$1
+ shift
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+ # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
+ if test -n "$dlname"; then
+ soname=$dlname
+ elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+ # bleh windows
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc* | *os2*)
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=$func_arith_result
+ versuffix=-$major
+ ;;
+ esac
+ eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+ else
+ soname=$realname
+ fi
+
+ # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
+ soroot=$soname
+ func_basename "$soroot"
+ soname=$func_basename_result
+ func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
+ newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
+
+ # If the library has no export list, then create one now
+ if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
+ else
+ func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from '$soname'"
+ func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ # Create $newlib
+ if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
+ func_verbose "generating import library for '$soname'"
+ func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+ # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
+ dir=$output_objdir
+ linklib=$newlib
+ fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
+
+ if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink != "$opt_mode"; then
+ add_shlibpath=
+ add_dir=
+ add=
+ lib_linked=yes
+ case $hardcode_action in
+ immediate | unsupported)
+ if test no = "$hardcode_direct"; then
+ add=$dir/$linklib
+ case $host in
+ *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
+ *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
+ *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
+ *-*-unixware7*) add_dir=-L$dir ;;
+ *-*-darwin* )
+ # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we cannot
+ # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
+ if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
+ $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null; then
+ if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
+ if test -z "$old_library"; then
+ echo
+ echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
+ echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
+ else
+ add=$dir/$old_library
+ fi
+ elif test -n "$old_library"; then
+ add=$dir/$old_library
+ fi
+ fi
+ esac
+ elif test no = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+ case $host in
+ *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath=$dir ;;
+ esac
+ add_dir=-L$dir
+ add=-l$name
+ elif test no = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+ add_shlibpath=$dir
+ add=-l$name
+ else
+ lib_linked=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ relink)
+ if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" &&
+ test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then
+ add=$dir/$linklib
+ elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+ add_dir=-L$absdir
+ # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+ if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+ case $libdir in
+ [\\/]*)
+ func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ add=-l$name
+ elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+ add_shlibpath=$dir
+ add=-l$name
+ else
+ lib_linked=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *) lib_linked=no ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test yes != "$lib_linked"; then
+ func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
+ case :$compile_shlibpath: in
+ *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
+ *) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+ test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
+ test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
+ else
+ test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+ test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+ if test yes != "$hardcode_direct" &&
+ test yes != "$hardcode_minus_L" &&
+ test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+ case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+ *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+ add_shlibpath=
+ add_dir=
+ add=
+ # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
+ if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" &&
+ test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then
+ add=$libdir/$linklib
+ elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then
+ add_dir=-L$libdir
+ add=-l$name
+ elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then
+ case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
+ *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;;
+ esac
+ add=-l$name
+ elif test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then
+ if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
+ test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"; then
+ add=$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib
+ else
+ add=$libdir/$linklib
+ fi
+ else
+ # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
+ add_dir=-L$libdir
+ # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
+ if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
+ case $libdir in
+ [\\/]*)
+ func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ add=-l$name
+ fi
+
+ if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+ test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
+ test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
+ test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
+ fi
+ fi
+ elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+ # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
+ # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and
+ # shared platforms.
+ if test unsupported != "$hardcode_direct"; then
+ test -n "$old_library" && linklib=$old_library
+ compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
+ fi
+ elif test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ # Not a shared library
+ if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+ # We're trying link a shared library against a static one
+ # but the system doesn't support it.
+
+ # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
+ # that the program can be linked against the static library.
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: This system cannot link to static lib archive $lib."
+ echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+ echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
+ if test yes = "$module"; then
+ echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
+ echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
+ echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
+ if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+ echo
+ echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+ echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+ echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
+ echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+ fi
+ if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ build_libtool_libs=module
+ build_old_libs=yes
+ else
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
+ link_static=yes
+ fi
+ fi # link shared/static library?
+
+ if test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+ if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
+ { test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" ||
+ test yes = "$build_old_libs" ||
+ test yes = "$link_static"; }; then
+ # Extract -R from dependency_libs
+ temp_deplibs=
+ for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
+ case $libdir in
+ -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
+ temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
+ case " $xrpath " in
+ *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
+ *) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";;
+ esac;;
+ *) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";;
+ esac
+ done
+ dependency_libs=$temp_deplibs
+ fi
+
+ func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir"
+ # Link against this library
+ test no = "$link_static" && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
+ # ... and its dependency_libs
+ tmp_libs=
+ for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+ newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";;
+ *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then
+ case "$tmp_libs " in
+ *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*)
+ func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result"
+ done
+
+ if test no != "$link_all_deplibs"; then
+ # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
+ for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+ path=
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*) path=$deplib ;;
+ *.la)
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+ deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result
+ func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
+ dir=$func_dirname_result
+ # We need an absolute path.
+ case $dir in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir=$dir ;;
+ *)
+ absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
+ if test -z "$absdir"; then
+ func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'"
+ absdir=$dir
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
+ case $host in
+ *-*-darwin*)
+ depdepl=
+ eval deplibrary_names=`$SED -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+ if test -n "$deplibrary_names"; then
+ for tmp in $deplibrary_names; do
+ depdepl=$tmp
+ done
+ if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"; then
+ depdepl=$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl
+ darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+ if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
+ darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL64 -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
+ fi
+ func_append compiler_flags " $wl-dylib_file $wl$darwin_install_name:$depdepl"
+ func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file $darwin_install_name:$depdepl"
+ path=
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ path=-L$absdir/$objdir
+ ;;
+ esac
+ else
+ eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
+ func_warning "'$deplib' seems to be moved"
+
+ path=-L$absdir
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case " $deplibs " in
+ *" $path "*) ;;
+ *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi # link_all_deplibs != no
+ fi # linkmode = lib
+ done # for deplib in $libs
+ if test link = "$pass"; then
+ if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+ compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
+ finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ fi
+ fi
+ dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs
+ if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then
+ # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
+ for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
+ deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
+ done
+ fi
+ if test dlopen != "$pass"; then
+ test conv = "$pass" || {
+ # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
+ lib_search_path=
+ for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
+ case "$lib_search_path " in
+ *" $dir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ newlib_search_path=
+ }
+
+ if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then
+ vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
+ else
+ vars=deplibs
+ fi
+ for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
+ # Add libraries to $var in reverse order
+ eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
+ new_libs=
+ for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
+ # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
+ # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
+ # broken:
+ #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
+ # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
+ # practice:
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+ -R*) ;;
+ *)
+ # And here is the reason: when a library appears more
+ # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
+ # is implicitly linked in more than once by the
+ # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
+ # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this
+ # with having the same library being listed as a
+ # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
+ # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
+ # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
+ # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare
+ # enough that we require users that really mean to play
+ # such unportable linking tricks to link the library
+ # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
+ # for duplicate removal.
+ case " $specialdeplibs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+ *)
+ case " $new_libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ tmp_libs=
+ for deplib in $new_libs; do
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*)
+ case " $tmp_libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
+ done # for var
+ fi
+
+ # Add Sun CC postdeps if required:
+ test CXX = "$tagname" && {
+ case $host_os in
+ linux*)
+ case `$CC -V 2>&1 | $SED 5q` in
+ *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9
+ func_suncc_cstd_abi
+
+ if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then
+ func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun'
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+
+ solaris*)
+ func_cc_basename "$CC"
+ case $func_cc_basename_result in
+ CC* | sunCC*)
+ func_suncc_cstd_abi
+
+ if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then
+ func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun'
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ }
+
+ # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
+ # (they stay in deplibs)
+ tmp_libs=
+ for i in $dependency_libs; do
+ case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
+ *" $i "*)
+ i=
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test -n "$i"; then
+ func_append tmp_libs " $i"
+ fi
+ done
+ dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
+ done # for pass
+ if test prog = "$linkmode"; then
+ dlfiles=$newdlfiles
+ fi
+ if test prog = "$linkmode" || test lib = "$linkmode"; then
+ dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
+ fi
+
+ case $linkmode in
+ oldlib)
+ if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
+ func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
+ fi
+
+ case " $deplibs" in
+ *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+ func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
+ esac
+
+ test -n "$rpath" && \
+ func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for archives"
+
+ test -n "$xrpath" && \
+ func_warning "'-R' is ignored for archives"
+
+ test -n "$vinfo" && \
+ func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
+
+ test -n "$release" && \
+ func_warning "'-release' is ignored for archives"
+
+ test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
+ func_warning "'-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
+
+ # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ oldlibs=$output
+ func_append objs "$old_deplibs"
+ ;;
+
+ lib)
+ # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form 'libNAME.la'.
+ case $outputname in
+ lib*)
+ func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+ eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ test no = "$module" \
+ && func_fatal_help "libtool library '$output' must begin with 'lib'"
+
+ if test no != "$need_lib_prefix"; then
+ # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
+ func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+ eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
+ else
+ func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
+ libname=$func_stripname_result
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test -n "$objs"; then
+ if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+ func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library '$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
+ else
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
+ $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
+ func_append libobjs " $objs"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ test no = "$dlself" \
+ || func_warning "'-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
+
+ set dummy $rpath
+ shift
+ test 1 -lt "$#" \
+ && func_warning "ignoring multiple '-rpath's for a libtool library"
+
+ install_libdir=$1
+
+ oldlibs=
+ if test -z "$rpath"; then
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ # Building a libtool convenience library.
+ # Some compilers have problems with a '.al' extension so
+ # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
+ # archive normally would.
+ oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
+ build_libtool_libs=convenience
+ build_old_libs=yes
+ fi
+
+ test -n "$vinfo" && \
+ func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
+
+ test -n "$release" && \
+ func_warning "'-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
+ else
+
+ # Parse the version information argument.
+ save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=:
+ set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
+ shift
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+
+ test -n "$7" && \
+ func_fatal_help "too many parameters to '-version-info'"
+
+ # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
+ # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
+ # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
+
+ case $vinfo_number in
+ yes)
+ number_major=$1
+ number_minor=$2
+ number_revision=$3
+ #
+ # There are really only two kinds -- those that
+ # use the current revision as the major version
+ # and those that subtract age and use age as
+ # a minor version. But, then there is irix
+ # that has an extra 1 added just for fun
+ #
+ case $version_type in
+ # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+ darwin|freebsd-elf|linux|midnightbsd-elf|osf|windows|none)
+ func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+ current=$func_arith_result
+ age=$number_minor
+ revision=$number_revision
+ ;;
+ freebsd-aout|qnx|sunos)
+ current=$number_major
+ revision=$number_minor
+ age=0
+ ;;
+ irix|nonstopux)
+ func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
+ current=$func_arith_result
+ age=$number_minor
+ revision=$number_minor
+ lt_irix_increment=no
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ no)
+ current=$1
+ revision=$2
+ age=$3
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
+ case $current in
+ 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+ *)
+ func_error "CURRENT '$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
+ func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $revision in
+ 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+ *)
+ func_error "REVISION '$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
+ func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $age in
+ 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
+ *)
+ func_error "AGE '$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
+ func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
+ func_error "AGE '$age' is greater than the current interface number '$current'"
+ func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information"
+ fi
+
+ # Calculate the version variables.
+ major=
+ versuffix=
+ verstring=
+ case $version_type in
+ none) ;;
+
+ darwin)
+ # Like Linux, but with the current version available in
+ # verstring for coding it into the library header
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=.$func_arith_result
+ versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
+ # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
+ func_arith $current + 1
+ minor_current=$func_arith_result
+ xlcverstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision"
+ verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
+ # On Darwin other compilers
+ case $CC in
+ nagfor*)
+ verstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+
+ freebsd-aout)
+ major=.$current
+ versuffix=.$current.$revision
+ ;;
+
+ freebsd-elf | midnightbsd-elf)
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=.$func_arith_result
+ versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
+ ;;
+
+ irix | nonstopux)
+ if test no = "$lt_irix_increment"; then
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ else
+ func_arith $current - $age + 1
+ fi
+ major=$func_arith_result
+
+ case $version_type in
+ nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
+ *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
+ esac
+ verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$revision
+
+ # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+ loop=$revision
+ while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do
+ func_arith $revision - $loop
+ iface=$func_arith_result
+ func_arith $loop - 1
+ loop=$func_arith_result
+ verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring
+ done
+
+ # Before this point, $major must not contain '.'.
+ major=.$major
+ versuffix=$major.$revision
+ ;;
+
+ linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=.$func_arith_result
+ versuffix=$major.$age.$revision
+ ;;
+
+ osf)
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=.$func_arith_result
+ versuffix=.$current.$age.$revision
+ verstring=$current.$age.$revision
+
+ # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
+ loop=$age
+ while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do
+ func_arith $current - $loop
+ iface=$func_arith_result
+ func_arith $loop - 1
+ loop=$func_arith_result
+ verstring=$verstring:$iface.0
+ done
+
+ # Make executables depend on our current version.
+ func_append verstring ":$current.0"
+ ;;
+
+ qnx)
+ major=.$current
+ versuffix=.$current
+ ;;
+
+ sco)
+ major=.$current
+ versuffix=.$current
+ ;;
+
+ sunos)
+ major=.$current
+ versuffix=.$current.$revision
+ ;;
+
+ windows)
+ # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
+ # extension on DOS 8.3 file systems.
+ func_arith $current - $age
+ major=$func_arith_result
+ versuffix=-$major
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type '$version_type'"
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
+ if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
+ major=
+ case $version_type in
+ darwin)
+ # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
+ # problems, so we reset it completely
+ verstring=
+ ;;
+ *)
+ verstring=0.0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test no = "$need_version"; then
+ versuffix=
+ else
+ versuffix=.0.0
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
+ if test yes,no = "$avoid_version,$need_version"; then
+ major=
+ versuffix=
+ verstring=
+ fi
+
+ # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
+ if test yes = "$allow_undefined"; then
+ if test unsupported = "$allow_undefined_flag"; then
+ if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries; building static only"
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ else
+ func_fatal_error "can't build $host shared library unless -no-undefined is specified"
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ # Don't allow undefined symbols.
+ allow_undefined_flag=$no_undefined_flag
+ fi
+
+ fi
+
+ func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" :
+ func_append libobjs " $symfileobj"
+ test " " = "$libobjs" && libobjs=
+
+ if test relink != "$opt_mode"; then
+ # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
+ # may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
+ removelist=
+ tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
+ for p in $tempremovelist; do
+ case $p in
+ *.$objext | *.gcno)
+ ;;
+ $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/$libname$release.*)
+ if test -n "$precious_files_regex"; then
+ if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then
+ continue
+ fi
+ fi
+ func_append removelist " $p"
+ ;;
+ *) ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ test -n "$removelist" && \
+ func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
+ fi
+
+ # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
+ if test yes = "$build_old_libs" && test convenience != "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
+
+ # Transform .lo files to .o files.
+ oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ fi
+
+ # Eliminate all temporary directories.
+ #for path in $notinst_path; do
+ # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"`
+ # deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
+ # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"`
+ #done
+
+ if test -n "$xrpath"; then
+ # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+ temp_xrpath=
+ for libdir in $xrpath; do
+ func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
+ func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+ case "$finalize_rpath " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ if test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" || test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
+ old_dlfiles=$dlfiles
+ dlfiles=
+ for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
+ case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
+ *" $lib "*) ;;
+ *) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
+ old_dlprefiles=$dlprefiles
+ dlprefiles=
+ for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
+ case "$dlprefiles " in
+ *" $lib "*) ;;
+ *) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ if test -n "$rpath"; then
+ case $host in
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*)
+ # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
+ ;;
+ *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+ # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
+ func_append deplibs " System.ltframework"
+ ;;
+ *-*-netbsd*)
+ # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
+ ;;
+ *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-midnightbsd*)
+ # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
+ ;;
+ *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
+ # Causes problems with __ctype
+ ;;
+ *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
+ # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_need_lc"; then
+ func_append deplibs " -lc"
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
+ name_save=$name
+ libname_save=$libname
+ release_save=$release
+ versuffix_save=$versuffix
+ major_save=$major
+ # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think
+ # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
+ # add it in twice. Is that correct?
+ release=
+ versuffix=
+ major=
+ newdeplibs=
+ droppeddeps=no
+ case $deplibs_check_method in
+ pass_all)
+ # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works.
+ # This might be a little naive. We might want to check
+ # whether the library exists or not. But this is on
+ # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
+ # implementing what was already the behavior.
+ newdeplibs=$deplibs
+ ;;
+ test_compile)
+ # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
+ # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it
+ # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check
+ # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
+ cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+ int main() { return 0; }
+EOF
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
+ if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then
+ ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
+ for i in $deplibs; do
+ case $i in
+ -l*)
+ func_stripname -l '' "$i"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $i "*)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ i=
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test -n "$i"; then
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+ deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
+ set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
+ deplib_match=$1
+ if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0; then
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ else
+ droppeddeps=yes
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
+ echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+ echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have"
+ echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for"
+ echo "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime."
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ else
+ # Error occurred in the first compile. Let's try to salvage
+ # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library.
+ for i in $deplibs; do
+ case $i in
+ -l*)
+ func_stripname -l '' "$i"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
+ if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then
+ ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
+ if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $i "*)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ i=
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test -n "$i"; then
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+ deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
+ set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
+ deplib_match=$1
+ if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0; then
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ else
+ droppeddeps=yes
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
+ echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+ echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+ echo "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one"
+ echo "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime."
+ fi
+ fi
+ else
+ droppeddeps=yes
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to"
+ echo "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some"
+ echo "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully"
+ echo "*** functional. Installing it before continuing would be even better."
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $i"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ ;;
+ file_magic*)
+ set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+ file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+ for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
+ case $a_deplib in
+ -l*)
+ func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $a_deplib "*)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ a_deplib=
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+ if test -n "$file_magic_glob"; then
+ libnameglob=`func_echo_all "$libname" | $SED -e $file_magic_glob`
+ else
+ libnameglob=$libname
+ fi
+ test yes = "$want_nocaseglob" && nocaseglob=`shopt -p nocaseglob`
+ for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+ if test yes = "$want_nocaseglob"; then
+ shopt -s nocaseglob
+ potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+ $nocaseglob
+ else
+ potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+ fi
+ for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+ # Follow soft links.
+ if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
+ $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
+ continue
+ fi
+ # The statement above tries to avoid entering an
+ # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
+ # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
+ # loop can be closed while we follow links,
+ # but so what?
+ potlib=$potent_lib
+ while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
+ potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | $SED 's/.* -> //'`
+ case $potliblink in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib=$potliblink;;
+ *) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's|[^/]*$||'`"$potliblink";;
+ esac
+ done
+ if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
+ $SED -e 10q |
+ $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ a_deplib=
+ break 2
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ fi
+ if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+ droppeddeps=yes
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+ echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+ echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+ echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+ if test -z "$potlib"; then
+ $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
+ else
+ $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+ $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Add a -L argument.
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done # Gone through all deplibs.
+ ;;
+ match_pattern*)
+ set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
+ match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
+ for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
+ case $a_deplib in
+ -l*)
+ func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
+ name=$func_stripname_result
+ if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+ case " $predeps $postdeps " in
+ *" $a_deplib "*)
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ a_deplib=
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+ libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
+ for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
+ potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
+ for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
+ potlib=$potent_lib # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
+ if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \
+ $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ a_deplib=
+ break 2
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+ fi
+ if test -n "$a_deplib"; then
+ droppeddeps=yes
+ echo
+ $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
+ echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
+ echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
+ echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
+ echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
+ if test -z "$potlib"; then
+ $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
+ else
+ $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
+ $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ # Add a -L argument.
+ func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done # Gone through all deplibs.
+ ;;
+ none | unknown | *)
+ newdeplibs=
+ tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
+ if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then
+ for i in $predeps $postdeps; do
+ # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
+ tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s|$i||"`
+ done
+ fi
+ case $tmp_deplibs in
+ *[!\ \ ]*)
+ echo
+ if test none = "$deplibs_check_method"; then
+ echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
+ else
+ echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
+ fi
+ echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
+ droppeddeps=yes
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ versuffix=$versuffix_save
+ major=$major_save
+ release=$release_save
+ libname=$libname_save
+ name=$name_save
+
+ case $host in
+ *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+ # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
+ newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test yes = "$droppeddeps"; then
+ if test yes = "$module"; then
+ echo
+ echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
+ $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create"
+ echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
+ echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
+ if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
+ echo
+ echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
+ echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
+ echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
+ echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
+ fi
+ if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext
+ build_libtool_libs=module
+ build_old_libs=yes
+ else
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ fi
+ else
+ echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
+ echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
+ echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
+
+ if test no = "$allow_undefined"; then
+ echo
+ echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
+ echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
+ echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
+ echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
+ if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext
+ build_libtool_libs=module
+ build_old_libs=yes
+ else
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ # Done checking deplibs!
+ deplibs=$newdeplibs
+ fi
+ # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+ case $host in
+ *-*-darwin*)
+ newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+ # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+ new_libs=
+ for path in $notinst_path; do
+ case " $new_libs " in
+ *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case " $deplibs " in
+ *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+ func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ for deplib in $deplibs; do
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*)
+ case " $new_libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ deplibs=$new_libs
+
+ # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
+ library_names=
+ old_library=
+ dlname=
+
+ # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
+ if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ # Remove $wl instances when linking with ld.
+ # FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable.
+ case $archive_cmds in
+ *\$LD\ *) wl= ;;
+ esac
+ if test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then
+ # Hardcode the library paths
+ hardcode_libdirs=
+ dep_rpath=
+ rpath=$finalize_rpath
+ test relink = "$opt_mode" || rpath=$compile_rpath$rpath
+ for libdir in $rpath; do
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ func_replace_sysroot "$libdir"
+ libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result
+ if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+ hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
+ else
+ # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+ case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+ *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ else
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ func_append dep_rpath " $flag"
+ fi
+ elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+ case "$perm_rpath " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+ test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+ libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
+ eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\""
+ fi
+ if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+ # We should set the runpath_var.
+ rpath=
+ for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+ func_append rpath "$dir:"
+ done
+ eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
+ fi
+ test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
+ fi
+
+ shlibpath=$finalize_shlibpath
+ test relink = "$opt_mode" || shlibpath=$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath
+ if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
+ eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
+ fi
+
+ # Get the real and link names of the library.
+ eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
+ eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
+ set dummy $library_names
+ shift
+ realname=$1
+ shift
+
+ if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
+ eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
+ else
+ soname=$realname
+ fi
+ if test -z "$dlname"; then
+ dlname=$soname
+ fi
+
+ lib=$output_objdir/$realname
+ linknames=
+ for link
+ do
+ func_append linknames " $link"
+ done
+
+ # Use standard objects if they are pic
+ test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+
+ delfiles=
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
+ export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.uexp
+ func_append delfiles " $export_symbols"
+ fi
+
+ orig_export_symbols=
+ case $host_os in
+ cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+ # exporting using user supplied symfile
+ func_dll_def_p "$export_symbols" || {
+ # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
+ # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
+ # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
+ # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
+ # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
+ # include_expsyms logic still works.
+ orig_export_symbols=$export_symbols
+ export_symbols=
+ always_export_symbols=yes
+ }
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Prepare the list of exported symbols
+ if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
+ if test yes = "$always_export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
+ func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'"
+ export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+ cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
+ save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+ for cmd1 in $cmds; do
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch
+ # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed.
+ case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in
+ *~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*)
+ try_normal_branch=yes
+ eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
+ func_len " $cmd"
+ len=$func_len_result
+ ;;
+ *)
+ try_normal_branch=no
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test yes = "$try_normal_branch" \
+ && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \
+ || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; }
+ then
+ func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
+ skipped_export=false
+ elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then
+ func_basename "$output"
+ output_la=$func_basename_result
+ save_libobjs=$libobjs
+ save_output=$output
+ output=$output_objdir/$output_la.nm
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result
+ func_append delfiles " $output"
+ func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output"
+ for obj in $save_libobjs; do
+ func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
+ done > "$output"
+ eval cmd=\"$cmd1\"
+ func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
+ output=$save_output
+ libobjs=$save_libobjs
+ skipped_export=false
+ else
+ # The command line is too long to execute in one step.
+ func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
+ skipped_export=:
+ # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
+ # set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test : != "$skipped_export"; then
+ func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+ func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+ tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols
+ test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols
+ $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+ fi
+
+ if test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+ # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+ func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+ # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+ # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+ # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+ # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+ # isn't a blessed tool.
+ $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+ func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+ export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+ $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
+ fi
+
+ tmp_deplibs=
+ for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
+ case " $convenience " in
+ *" $test_deplib "*) ;;
+ *)
+ func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ deplibs=$tmp_deplibs
+
+ if test -n "$convenience"; then
+ if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
+ test yes = "$compiler_needs_object" &&
+ test -z "$libobjs"; then
+ # extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
+ # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
+ whole_archive_flag_spec=
+ fi
+ if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+ save_libobjs=$libobjs
+ eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+ else
+ gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+ func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test yes = "$thread_safe" && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
+ eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
+ func_append linker_flags " $flag"
+ fi
+
+ # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
+ if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
+ fi
+
+ # Do each of the archive commands.
+ if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+ eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
+ cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+ else
+ eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
+ cmds=$module_cmds
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+ eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
+ cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+ else
+ eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
+ cmds=$archive_cmds
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test : != "$skipped_export" &&
+ func_len " $test_cmds" &&
+ len=$func_len_result &&
+ test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+ :
+ else
+ # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
+ # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
+ # script.
+
+ # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
+ # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
+ # want to use save_libobjs as it was before
+ # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
+ # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
+ # This may have to be revisited, in case too many
+ # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
+ # the spec.
+ if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+ save_libobjs=$libobjs
+ fi
+ save_output=$output
+ func_basename "$output"
+ output_la=$func_basename_result
+
+ # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
+ # initialize k to one.
+ test_cmds=
+ concat_cmds=
+ objlist=
+ last_robj=
+ k=1
+
+ if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then
+ output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnkscript
+ func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
+ echo 'INPUT (' > $output
+ for obj in $save_libobjs
+ do
+ func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
+ done
+ echo ')' >> $output
+ func_append delfiles " $output"
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ output=$func_to_tool_file_result
+ elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$file_list_spec"; then
+ output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnk
+ func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
+ : > $output
+ set x $save_libobjs
+ shift
+ firstobj=
+ if test yes = "$compiler_needs_object"; then
+ firstobj="$1 "
+ shift
+ fi
+ for obj
+ do
+ func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output
+ done
+ func_append delfiles " $output"
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\"
+ else
+ if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
+ func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
+ output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
+ eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
+ func_len " $test_cmds"
+ len0=$func_len_result
+ len=$len0
+
+ # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
+ for obj in $save_libobjs
+ do
+ func_len " $obj"
+ func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+ len=$func_arith_result
+ if test -z "$objlist" ||
+ test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+ func_append objlist " $obj"
+ else
+ # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
+ # command to the queue.
+ if test 1 -eq "$k"; then
+ # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
+ reload_objs=$objlist
+ eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
+ else
+ # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
+ # the last one created.
+ reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+ fi
+ last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
+ func_arith $k + 1
+ k=$func_arith_result
+ output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext
+ objlist=" $obj"
+ func_len " $last_robj"
+ func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
+ len=$func_arith_result
+ fi
+ done
+ # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
+ # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object
+ # files will link in the last one created.
+ test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+ reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj"
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$reload_cmds\"
+ if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+ fi
+ func_append delfiles " $output"
+
+ else
+ output=
+ fi
+
+ ${skipped_export-false} && {
+ func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'"
+ export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
+ libobjs=$output
+ # Append the command to create the export file.
+ test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
+ if test -n "$last_robj"; then
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
+ fi
+ }
+
+ test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
+ func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
+
+ # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
+ save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+ for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ $opt_quiet || {
+ func_quote_arg expand,pretty "$cmd"
+ eval "func_echo $func_quote_arg_result"
+ }
+ $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+ lt_exit=$?
+
+ # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+ if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+ ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+ $RM "${realname}T" && \
+ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+ fi
+
+ exit $lt_exit
+ }
+ done
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+
+ if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
+ func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
+ func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ ${skipped_export-false} && {
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
+ tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols
+ test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols
+ $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
+ # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
+ func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
+ # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
+ # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
+ # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
+ # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
+ # isn't a blessed tool.
+ $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
+ func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
+ export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
+ $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
+ fi
+ }
+
+ libobjs=$output
+ # Restore the value of output.
+ output=$save_output
+
+ if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+ eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+ fi
+ # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
+ # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
+
+ # Do each of the archive commands.
+ if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
+ cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
+ else
+ cmds=$module_cmds
+ fi
+ else
+ if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
+ cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
+ else
+ cmds=$archive_cmds
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$delfiles"; then
+ # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
+ eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
+ fi
+
+ # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+ if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+ gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+ func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+ test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
+ fi
+
+ save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
+ for cmd in $cmds; do
+ IFS=$sp$nl
+ eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+ $opt_quiet || {
+ func_quote_arg expand,pretty "$cmd"
+ eval "func_echo $func_quote_arg_result"
+ }
+ $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
+ lt_exit=$?
+
+ # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+ if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+ ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
+ $RM "${realname}T" && \
+ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
+ fi
+
+ exit $lt_exit
+ }
+ done
+ IFS=$save_ifs
+
+ # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
+ if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+ $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
+
+ if test -n "$convenience"; then
+ if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+ func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ fi
+
+ # Create links to the real library.
+ for linkname in $linknames; do
+ if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
+ func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
+ fi
+ done
+
+ # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
+ if test yes = "$module" || test yes = "$export_dynamic"; then
+ # On all known operating systems, these are identical.
+ dlname=$soname
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ obj)
+ if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then
+ func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
+ fi
+
+ case " $deplibs" in
+ *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
+ func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
+ esac
+
+ test -n "$rpath" && \
+ func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for objects"
+
+ test -n "$xrpath" && \
+ func_warning "'-R' is ignored for objects"
+
+ test -n "$vinfo" && \
+ func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for objects"
+
+ test -n "$release" && \
+ func_warning "'-release' is ignored for objects"
+
+ case $output in
+ *.lo)
+ test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
+ func_fatal_error "cannot build library object '$output' from non-libtool objects"
+
+ libobj=$output
+ func_lo2o "$libobj"
+ obj=$func_lo2o_result
+ ;;
+ *)
+ libobj=
+ obj=$output
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Delete the old objects.
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
+
+ # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes
+ # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create
+ # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
+ # the extraction.
+ reload_conv_objs=
+ gentop=
+ # if reload_cmds runs $LD directly, get rid of -Wl from
+ # whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with turning comma
+ # into space.
+ case $reload_cmds in
+ *\$LD[\ \$]*) wl= ;;
+ esac
+ if test -n "$convenience"; then
+ if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
+ eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
+ test -n "$wl" || tmp_whole_archive_flags=`$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'`
+ reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ $tmp_whole_archive_flags
+ else
+ gentop=$output_objdir/${obj}x
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
+ reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs
+ test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || libobjs=$non_pic_objects
+
+ # Create the old-style object.
+ reload_objs=$objs$old_deplibs' '`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`' '$reload_conv_objs
+
+ output=$obj
+ func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
+
+ # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
+ if test -z "$libobj"; then
+ if test -n "$gentop"; then
+ func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+ fi
+
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ fi
+
+ test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || {
+ if test -n "$gentop"; then
+ func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+ fi
+
+ # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
+ # accidentally link it into a program.
+ # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
+ # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ }
+
+ if test -n "$pic_flag" || test default != "$pic_mode"; then
+ # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
+ reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
+ output=$libobj
+ func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$gentop"; then
+ func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
+ fi
+
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ ;;
+
+ prog)
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+ output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
+ esac
+ test -n "$vinfo" && \
+ func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for programs"
+
+ test -n "$release" && \
+ func_warning "'-release' is ignored for programs"
+
+ $preload \
+ && test unknown,unknown,unknown = "$dlopen_support,$dlopen_self,$dlopen_self_static" \
+ && func_warning "'LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
+
+ case $host in
+ *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
+ # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
+ compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+ finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ case $host in
+ *-*-darwin*)
+ # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
+ # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
+ if test CXX = "$tagname"; then
+ case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
+ 10.[0123])
+ func_append compile_command " $wl-bind_at_load"
+ func_append finalize_command " $wl-bind_at_load"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
+ compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+
+ # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
+ # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
+ new_libs=
+ for path in $notinst_path; do
+ case " $new_libs " in
+ *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
+ *)
+ case " $compile_deplibs " in
+ *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
+ func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
+ case $deplib in
+ -L*)
+ case " $new_libs " in
+ *" $deplib "*) ;;
+ *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ compile_deplibs=$new_libs
+
+
+ func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs"
+ func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs"
+
+ if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
+ # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
+ for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
+ # This is the magic to use -rpath.
+ case "$finalize_rpath " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+
+ # Now hardcode the library paths
+ rpath=
+ hardcode_libdirs=
+ for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+ hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
+ else
+ # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+ case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+ *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ else
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ func_append rpath " $flag"
+ fi
+ elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+ case "$perm_rpath " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ case $host in
+ *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
+ testbindir=`$ECHO "$libdir" | $SED -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
+ case :$dllsearchpath: in
+ *":$libdir:"*) ;;
+ ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;;
+ *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";;
+ esac
+ case :$dllsearchpath: in
+ *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
+ ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
+ *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+ test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+ libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
+ eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ fi
+ compile_rpath=$rpath
+
+ rpath=
+ hardcode_libdirs=
+ for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+ if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+ hardcode_libdirs=$libdir
+ else
+ # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
+ case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
+ *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ else
+ eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ func_append rpath " $flag"
+ fi
+ elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+ case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
+ *" $libdir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ done
+ # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
+ if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
+ test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
+ libdir=$hardcode_libdirs
+ eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+ fi
+ finalize_rpath=$rpath
+
+ if test -n "$libobjs" && test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then
+ # Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
+ fi
+
+ func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" false
+
+ # template prelinking step
+ if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
+ func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ wrappers_required=:
+ case $host in
+ *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*)
+ # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway.
+ wrappers_required=false
+ ;;
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+ test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || wrappers_required=false
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if test no = "$need_relink" || test yes != "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ wrappers_required=false
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ $wrappers_required || {
+ # Replace the output file specification.
+ compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+ link_command=$compile_command$compile_rpath
+
+ # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
+ exit_status=0
+ func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
+
+ if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+ func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ # Delete the generated files.
+ if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"; then
+ func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"'
+ fi
+
+ exit $exit_status
+ }
+
+ if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+ compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
+ fi
+ if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
+ finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
+ fi
+
+ compile_var=
+ finalize_var=
+ if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
+ if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
+ # We should set the runpath_var.
+ rpath=
+ for dir in $perm_rpath; do
+ func_append rpath "$dir:"
+ done
+ compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+ fi
+ if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
+ # We should set the runpath_var.
+ rpath=
+ for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
+ func_append rpath "$dir:"
+ done
+ finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test yes = "$no_install"; then
+ # We don't need to create a wrapper script.
+ link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
+ # Replace the output file specification.
+ link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
+ # Delete the old output file.
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $output
+ # Link the executable and exit
+ func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+
+ if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+ func_to_tool_file "$output"
+ postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+ func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ fi
+
+ case $hardcode_action,$fast_install in
+ relink,*)
+ # Fast installation is not supported
+ link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
+ relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath
+
+ func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
+ func_warning "'$output' will be relinked during installation"
+ ;;
+ *,yes)
+ link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath
+ relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
+ ;;
+ *,no)
+ link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath
+ relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath
+ ;;
+ *,needless)
+ link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath
+ relink_command=
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # Replace the output file specification.
+ link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
+
+ # Delete the old output files.
+ $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
+
+ func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
+
+ if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then
+ func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname"
+ postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'`
+ func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?'
+ fi
+
+ # Now create the wrapper script.
+ func_verbose "creating $output"
+
+ # Quote the relink command for shipping.
+ if test -n "$relink_command"; then
+ # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+ for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+ if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+ relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+ elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+ relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+ else
+ func_quote_arg pretty "$var_value"
+ relink_command="$var=$func_quote_arg_result; export $var; $relink_command"
+ fi
+ done
+ func_quote eval cd "`pwd`"
+ func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted "($func_quote_result; $relink_command)"
+ relink_command=$func_quote_arg_unquoted_result
+ fi
+
+ # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
+ # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
+ case $output in
+ *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
+ output=$func_stripname_result ;;
+ esac
+ # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin*)
+ exeext=.exe
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
+ outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
+ *) exeext= ;;
+ esac
+ case $host in
+ *cygwin* | *mingw* )
+ func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
+ output_name=$func_basename_result
+ output_path=$func_dirname_result
+ cwrappersource=$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c
+ cwrapper=$output_path/$output_name.exe
+ $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
+ trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+
+ func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
+
+ # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler,
+ # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross-
+ # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be
+ # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment.
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
+ $STRIP $cwrapper
+ }
+
+ # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
+ $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
+ if test "x$build" = "x$host"; then
+ $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ else
+ func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ fi
+ }
+ ;;
+ * )
+ $RM $output
+ trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
+
+ func_emit_wrapper no > $output
+ chmod +x $output
+ ;;
+ esac
+ }
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
+ for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
+
+ case $build_libtool_libs in
+ convenience)
+ oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
+ addlibs=$convenience
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ ;;
+ module)
+ oldobjs=$libobjs_save
+ addlibs=$old_convenience
+ build_libtool_libs=no
+ ;;
+ *)
+ oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
+ $preload && test -f "$symfileobj" \
+ && func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj"
+ addlibs=$old_convenience
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ if test -n "$addlibs"; then
+ gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
+ func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+ fi
+
+ # Do each command in the archive commands.
+ if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then
+ cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
+ else
+
+ # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
+ if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
+ gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
+
+ func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
+ func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result"
+ fi
+
+ # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have
+ # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
+ # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
+ # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
+ # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
+ # not supported by libtool).
+ if (for obj in $oldobjs
+ do
+ func_basename "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_basename_result"
+ done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
+ :
+ else
+ echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
+ gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x
+ func_append generated " $gentop"
+ func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
+ save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+ oldobjs=
+ counter=1
+ for obj in $save_oldobjs
+ do
+ func_basename "$obj"
+ objbase=$func_basename_result
+ case " $oldobjs " in
+ " ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
+ *[\ /]"$objbase "*)
+ while :; do
+ # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
+ # overlaps.
+ newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
+ func_arith $counter + 1
+ counter=$func_arith_result
+ case " $oldobjs " in
+ *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
+ *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
+ func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj"
+ ;;
+ *) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ fi
+ func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32
+ tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result
+ eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+
+ func_len " $cmds"
+ len=$func_len_result
+ if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
+ cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+ elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then
+ func_verbose "using command file archive linking..."
+ for obj in $oldobjs
+ do
+ func_to_tool_file "$obj"
+ $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result"
+ done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd
+ func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd"
+ oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result"
+ cmds=$old_archive_cmds
+ else
+ # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
+ func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
+ save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
+ RANLIB=:
+ objlist=
+ concat_cmds=
+ save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
+ oldobjs=
+ # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
+ for obj in $save_oldobjs
+ do
+ last_oldobj=$obj
+ done
+ eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
+ func_len " $test_cmds"
+ len0=$func_len_result
+ len=$len0
+ for obj in $save_oldobjs
+ do
+ func_len " $obj"
+ func_arith $len + $func_len_result
+ len=$func_arith_result
+ func_append objlist " $obj"
+ if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
+ :
+ else
+ # the above command should be used before it gets too long
+ oldobjs=$objlist
+ if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj"; then
+ RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+ fi
+ test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
+ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$old_archive_cmds\"
+ objlist=
+ len=$len0
+ fi
+ done
+ RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
+ oldobjs=$objlist
+ if test -z "$oldobjs"; then
+ eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
+ else
+ eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
+ done
+
+ test -n "$generated" && \
+ func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
+
+ # Now create the libtool archive.
+ case $output in
+ *.la)
+ old_library=
+ test yes = "$build_old_libs" && old_library=$libname.$libext
+ func_verbose "creating $output"
+
+ # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
+ for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
+ if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
+ relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
+ elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
+ relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
+ else
+ func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted "$var_value"
+ relink_command="$var=$func_quote_arg_unquoted_result; export $var; $relink_command"
+ fi
+ done
+ # Quote the link command for shipping.
+ func_quote eval cd "`pwd`"
+ relink_command="($func_quote_result; $SHELL \"$progpath\" $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
+ func_quote_arg pretty,unquoted "$relink_command"
+ relink_command=$func_quote_arg_unquoted_result
+ if test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then
+ relink_command=
+ fi
+
+ # Only create the output if not a dry run.
+ $opt_dry_run || {
+ for installed in no yes; do
+ if test yes = "$installed"; then
+ if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
+ break
+ fi
+ output=$output_objdir/${outputname}i
+ # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
+ newdependency_libs=
+ for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
+ case $deplib in
+ *.la)
+ func_basename "$deplib"
+ name=$func_basename_result
+ func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib"
+ eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result`
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+ ;;
+ -L*)
+ func_stripname -L '' "$deplib"
+ func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+ ;;
+ -R*)
+ func_stripname -R '' "$deplib"
+ func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result"
+ func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result"
+ ;;
+ *) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs
+ newdlfiles=
+
+ for lib in $dlfiles; do
+ case $lib in
+ *.la)
+ func_basename "$lib"
+ name=$func_basename_result
+ eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+ ;;
+ *) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ dlfiles=$newdlfiles
+ newdlprefiles=
+ for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+ case $lib in
+ *.la)
+ # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
+ # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
+ # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
+ # the library:
+ func_basename "$lib"
+ name=$func_basename_result
+ eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
+ test -z "$libdir" && \
+ func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
+ func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
+ else
+ newdlfiles=
+ for lib in $dlfiles; do
+ case $lib in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;;
+ *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+ esac
+ func_append newdlfiles " $abs"
+ done
+ dlfiles=$newdlfiles
+ newdlprefiles=
+ for lib in $dlprefiles; do
+ case $lib in
+ [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;;
+ *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
+ esac
+ func_append newdlprefiles " $abs"
+ done
+ dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles
+ fi
+ $RM $output
+ # place dlname in correct position for cygwin
+ # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target
+ # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables
+ # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH,
+ # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting
+ # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it
+ # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE
+ # object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of
+ # tests/bindir.at for full details.
+ tdlname=$dlname
+ case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
+ *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll)
+ # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there.
+ if test -n "$bindir"; then
+ func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir"
+ tdlname=$func_relative_path_result/$dlname
+ else
+ # Otherwise fall back on heuristic.
+ tdlname=../bin/$dlname
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ $ECHO > $output "\
+# $outputname - a libtool library file
+# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION
+#
+# Please DO NOT delete this file!
+# It is necessary for linking the library.
+
+# The name that we can dlopen(3).
+dlname='$tdlname'
+
+# Names of this library.
+library_names='$library_names'
+
+# The name of the static archive.
+old_library='$old_library'
+
+# Linker flags that cannot go in dependency_libs.
+inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
+
+# Libraries that this one depends upon.
+dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
+
+# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
+weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
+
+# Version information for $libname.
+current=$current
+age=$age
+revision=$revision
+
+# Is this an already installed library?
+installed=$installed
+
+# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
+shouldnotlink=$module
+
+# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
+dlopen='$dlfiles'
+dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
+
+# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
+libdir='$install_libdir'"
+ if test no,yes = "$installed,$need_relink"; then
+ $ECHO >> $output "\
+relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
+ fi
+ done
+ }
+
+ # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
+ # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
+ func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
+}
+
+if test link = "$opt_mode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then
+ func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+
+# func_mode_uninstall arg...
+func_mode_uninstall ()
+{
+ $debug_cmd
+
+ RM=$nonopt
+ files=
+ rmforce=false
+ exit_status=0
+
+ # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
+ # than running their programs.
+ libtool_install_magic=$magic
+
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=: ;;
+ -*) func_append RM " $arg" ;;
+ *) func_append files " $arg" ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ test -z "$RM" && \
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
+
+ rmdirs=
+
+ for file in $files; do
+ func_dirname "$file" "" "."
+ dir=$func_dirname_result
+ if test . = "$dir"; then
+ odir=$objdir
+ else
+ odir=$dir/$objdir
+ fi
+ func_basename "$file"
+ name=$func_basename_result
+ test uninstall = "$opt_mode" && odir=$dir
+
+ # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
+ if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
+ case " $rmdirs " in
+ *" $odir "*) ;;
+ *) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
+ if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+ test -f "$file"; then
+ :
+ elif test -d "$file"; then
+ exit_status=1
+ continue
+ elif $rmforce; then
+ continue
+ fi
+
+ rmfiles=$file
+
+ case $name in
+ *.la)
+ # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
+ if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
+ func_source $dir/$name
+
+ # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
+ for n in $library_names; do
+ func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n"
+ done
+ test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library"
+
+ case $opt_mode in
+ clean)
+ case " $library_names " in
+ *" $dlname "*) ;;
+ *) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;;
+ esac
+ test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i"
+ ;;
+ uninstall)
+ if test -n "$library_names"; then
+ # Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
+ func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1'
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$old_library"; then
+ # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
+ func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1'
+ fi
+ # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *.lo)
+ # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
+ if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
+
+ # Read the .lo file
+ func_source $dir/$name
+
+ # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+ if test -n "$pic_object" && test none != "$pic_object"; then
+ func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object"
+ fi
+
+ # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
+ if test -n "$non_pic_object" && test none != "$non_pic_object"; then
+ func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
+ noexename=$name
+ case $file in
+ *.exe)
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
+ file=$func_stripname_result
+ func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
+ noexename=$func_stripname_result
+ # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
+ # add $file without .exe
+ func_append rmfiles " $file"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
+ if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
+ if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
+ func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
+ relink_command=
+ func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
+ func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
+ else
+ relink_command=
+ func_source $dir/$noexename
+ fi
+
+ # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
+ # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
+ func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.$objext"
+ if test yes = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then
+ func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name"
+ fi
+ if test "X$noexename" != "X$name"; then
+ func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$noexename.c"
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
+ done
+
+ # Try to remove the $objdir's in the directories where we deleted files
+ for dir in $rmdirs; do
+ if test -d "$dir"; then
+ func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
+ fi
+ done
+
+ exit $exit_status
+}
+
+if test uninstall = "$opt_mode" || test clean = "$opt_mode"; then
+ func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
+fi
+
+test -z "$opt_mode" && {
+ help=$generic_help
+ func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
+}
+
+test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
+ func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'"
+
+if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
+ eval exec "$exec_cmd"
+ exit $EXIT_FAILURE
+fi
+
+exit $exit_status
+
+
+# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
+# where we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting
+# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
+# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
+# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
+# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
+# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
+# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
+# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
+# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+build_libtool_libs=no
+build_old_libs=yes
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
+
+# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
+# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode:shell-script
+# sh-indentation:2
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/mdate-sh b/build-aux/mdate-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6947add
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/mdate-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1995-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ emulate sh
+ NULLCMD=:
+ # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+ # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
+ alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+ setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+
+case $1 in
+ '')
+ echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
+ -h | --h*)
+ cat <<\EOF
+Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
+
+Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format:
+1 January 1970
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ -v | --v*)
+ echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+esac
+
+error ()
+{
+ echo "$0: $1" >&2
+ exit 1
+}
+
+
+# Prevent date giving response in another language.
+LANG=C
+export LANG
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LC_TIME=C
+export LC_TIME
+
+# Use UTC to get reproducible result.
+TZ=UTC0
+export TZ
+
+# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
+# variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this
+# variable to its documented default.
+if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
+ TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
+ export TIME_STYLE
+fi
+
+save_arg1=$1
+
+# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
+if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
+else
+ ls_command='ls -l -d'
+fi
+# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible.
+if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ ls_command="$ls_command -n"
+fi
+
+# A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
+# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
+# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
+# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
+#
+# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
+# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
+# user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/'
+# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
+# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
+# words should be skipped to get the date.
+
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
+set x`$ls_command /`
+
+# Find which argument is the month.
+month=
+command=
+until test $month
+do
+ test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
+ shift
+ # Add another shift to the command.
+ command="$command shift;"
+ case $1 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+ esac
+done
+
+test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
+
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""`
+
+# Remove all preceding arguments
+eval $command
+
+# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
+#
+# On a POSIX system, we should have
+#
+# $# = 5
+# $1 = file size
+# $2 = month
+# $3 = day
+# $4 = year or time
+# $5 = filename
+#
+# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
+#
+# $# = 4
+# $1 = day
+# $2 = month
+# $3 = year or time
+# $4 = filename
+
+# Get the month.
+case $2 in
+ Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+ Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+ Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+ Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+ May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+ Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+ Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+ Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+ Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+ Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+ Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+ Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+esac
+
+case $3 in
+ ???*) day=$1;;
+ *) day=$3; shift;;
+esac
+
+# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
+# the time of day or the year.
+case $3 in
+ *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
+ case $2 in
+ Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
+ Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
+ Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
+ Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
+ May) nummonthtod=5;;
+ Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
+ Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
+ Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
+ Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
+ Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
+ Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
+ Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
+ esac
+ # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
+ # be used for files modified in the last year.
+ if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
+ then
+ year=`expr $year - 1`
+ fi;;
+ *) year=$3;;
+esac
+
+# The result.
+echo $day $month $year
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/missing b/build-aux/missing
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1fe1611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/missing
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+case $1 in
+
+ --is-lightweight)
+ # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
+ # script is modern enough.
+ exit 0
+ ;;
+
+ --run)
+ # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
+ shift
+ ;;
+
+ -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+ echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
+to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ -v, --version output version information and exit
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+ aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
+ bison yacc flex lex help2man
+
+Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
+'g' are ignored when checking the name.
+
+Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+
+ -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+ echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+
+ -*)
+ echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
+"$@"; st=$?
+
+# If it succeeded, we are done.
+test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
+
+# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
+# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
+# program is present and works.
+case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
+
+# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user
+# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
+# minimum version.
+if test $st -eq 63; then
+ msg="probably too old"
+elif test $st -eq 127; then
+ # Program was missing.
+ msg="missing on your system"
+else
+ # Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up.
+ exit $st
+fi
+
+perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/
+flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex
+gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software
+
+program_details ()
+{
+ case $1 in
+ aclocal|automake)
+ echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
+ echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+ echo "<$perl_URL>"
+ ;;
+ autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
+ echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
+ echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+ echo "<$perl_URL>"
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+give_advice ()
+{
+ # Normalize program name to check for.
+ normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
+ s/^gnu-//; t
+ s/^gnu//; t
+ s/^g//; t'`
+
+ printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
+
+ configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
+ case $normalized_program in
+ autoconf*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
+ echo "or m4 files included by it."
+ program_details 'autoconf'
+ ;;
+ autoheader*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
+ echo "$configure_deps."
+ program_details 'autoheader'
+ ;;
+ automake*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
+ echo "$configure_deps."
+ program_details 'automake'
+ ;;
+ aclocal*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
+ echo "$configure_deps."
+ program_details 'aclocal'
+ ;;
+ autom4te*)
+ echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
+ echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
+ program_details 'autom4te'
+ ;;
+ bison*|yacc*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
+ echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
+ ;;
+ lex*|flex*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
+ echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
+ echo "<$flex_URL>"
+ ;;
+ help2man*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
+ "of a man page."
+ echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
+ ;;
+ makeinfo*)
+ echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
+ echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
+ echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
+ echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
+ echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
+ echo "want to install GNU make:"
+ echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
+ ;;
+ *)
+ echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
+ echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it"
+ echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
+ echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
+ echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
+ ;;
+ esac
+}
+
+give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
+ -e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2
+
+# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
+# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
+exit $st
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/mktempd b/build-aux/mktempd
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..e18cf76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/mktempd
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Create a temporary directory, much like mktemp -d does.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Written by Jim Meyering.
+
+# Usage: mktempd /tmp phoey.XXXXXXXXXX
+
+# First, try to use the mktemp program.
+# Failing that, we'll roll our own mktemp-like function:
+# - try to get random bytes from /dev/urandom
+# - failing that, generate output from a combination of quickly-varying
+# sources and gzip. Ignore non-varying gzip header, and extract
+# "random" bits from there.
+# - given those bits, map to file-name bytes using tr, and try to create
+# the desired directory.
+# - make only $MAX_TRIES attempts
+
+ME=`basename "$0"`
+die() { echo >&2 "$ME: $@"; exit 1; }
+
+MAX_TRIES=4
+
+rand_bytes()
+{
+ n=$1
+
+ chars=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
+
+ dev_rand=/dev/urandom
+ if test -r "$dev_rand"; then
+ # Note: 256-length($chars) == 194; 3 copies of $chars is 186 + 8 = 194.
+ dd ibs=$n count=1 if="$dev_rand" 2>/dev/null \
+ | tr -c $chars 01234567$chars$chars$chars
+ return
+ fi
+
+ cmds='date; date +%N; free; who -a; w; ps auxww; ps -ef'
+ data=` (eval "$cmds") 2>&1 | gzip `
+
+ n_plus_50=`expr $n + 50`
+
+ # Ensure that $data has length at least 50+$n
+ while :; do
+ len=`echo "$data"|wc -c`
+ test $n_plus_50 -le $len && break;
+ data=` (echo "$data"; eval "$cmds") 2>&1 | gzip `
+ done
+
+ echo "$data" \
+ | dd bs=1 skip=50 count=$n 2>/dev/null \
+ | tr -c $chars 01234567$chars$chars$chars
+}
+
+mktempd()
+{
+ case $# in
+ 2);;
+ *) die "Usage: $ME DIR TEMPLATE";;
+ esac
+
+ destdir=$1
+ template=$2
+
+ # Disallow any trailing slash on specified destdir:
+ # it would subvert the post-mktemp "case"-based destdir test.
+ case $destdir in
+ /) ;;
+ */) die "invalid destination dir: remove trailing slash(es)";;
+ esac
+
+ case $template in
+ *XXXX) ;;
+ *) die "invalid template: $template (must have a suffix of at least 4 X's)";;
+ esac
+
+ fail=0
+
+ # First, try to use mktemp.
+ d=`env -u TMPDIR mktemp -d -t -p "$destdir" "$template" 2>/dev/null` \
+ || fail=1
+
+ # The resulting name must be in the specified directory.
+ case $d in "$destdir"*);; *) fail=1;; esac
+
+ # It must have created the directory.
+ test -d "$d" || fail=1
+
+ # It must have 0700 permissions. Handle sticky "S" bits.
+ perms=`ls -dgo "$d" 2>/dev/null|tr S -` || fail=1
+ case $perms in drwx------*) ;; *) fail=1;; esac
+
+ test $fail = 0 && {
+ echo "$d"
+ return
+ }
+
+ # If we reach this point, we'll have to create a directory manually.
+
+ # Get a copy of the template without its suffix of X's.
+ base_template=`echo "$template"|sed 's/XX*$//'`
+
+ # Calculate how many X's we've just removed.
+ template_length=`echo "$template" | wc -c`
+ nx=`echo "$base_template" | wc -c`
+ nx=`expr $template_length - $nx`
+
+ err=
+ i=1
+ while :; do
+ X=`rand_bytes $nx`
+ candidate_dir="$destdir/$base_template$X"
+ err=`mkdir -m 0700 "$candidate_dir" 2>&1` \
+ && { echo "$candidate_dir"; return; }
+ test $MAX_TRIES -le $i && break;
+ i=`expr $i + 1`
+ done
+ die "$err"
+}
+
+mktempd "$@"
diff --git a/build-aux/test-driver b/build-aux/test-driver
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..be73b80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/test-driver
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This
+# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
+set -u
+
+usage_error ()
+{
+ echo "$0: $*" >&2
+ print_usage >&2
+ exit 2
+}
+
+print_usage ()
+{
+ cat <<END
+Usage:
+ test-driver --test-name NAME --log-file PATH --trs-file PATH
+ [--expect-failure {yes|no}] [--color-tests {yes|no}]
+ [--enable-hard-errors {yes|no}] [--]
+ TEST-SCRIPT [TEST-SCRIPT-ARGUMENTS]
+
+The '--test-name', '--log-file' and '--trs-file' options are mandatory.
+See the GNU Automake documentation for information.
+END
+}
+
+test_name= # Used for reporting.
+log_file= # Where to save the output of the test script.
+trs_file= # Where to save the metadata of the test run.
+expect_failure=no
+color_tests=no
+enable_hard_errors=yes
+while test $# -gt 0; do
+ case $1 in
+ --help) print_usage; exit $?;;
+ --version) echo "test-driver $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+ --test-name) test_name=$2; shift;;
+ --log-file) log_file=$2; shift;;
+ --trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;;
+ --color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;;
+ --expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;;
+ --enable-hard-errors) enable_hard_errors=$2; shift;;
+ --) shift; break;;
+ -*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";;
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+missing_opts=
+test x"$test_name" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --test-name"
+test x"$log_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --log-file"
+test x"$trs_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --trs-file"
+if test x"$missing_opts" != x; then
+ usage_error "the following mandatory options are missing:$missing_opts"
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ usage_error "missing argument"
+fi
+
+if test $color_tests = yes; then
+ # Keep this in sync with 'lib/am/check.am:$(am__tty_colors)'.
+ red='' # Red.
+ grn='' # Green.
+ lgn='' # Light green.
+ blu='' # Blue.
+ mgn='' # Magenta.
+ std='' # No color.
+else
+ red= grn= lgn= blu= mgn= std=
+fi
+
+do_exit='rm -f $log_file $trs_file; (exit $st); exit $st'
+trap "st=129; $do_exit" 1
+trap "st=130; $do_exit" 2
+trap "st=141; $do_exit" 13
+trap "st=143; $do_exit" 15
+
+# Test script is run here. We create the file first, then append to it,
+# to ameliorate tests themselves also writing to the log file. Our tests
+# don't, but others can (automake bug#35762).
+: >"$log_file"
+"$@" >>"$log_file" 2>&1
+estatus=$?
+
+if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then
+ tweaked_estatus=1
+else
+ tweaked_estatus=$estatus
+fi
+
+case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in
+ 0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
+ 0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;;
+ 77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
+ 99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
+ *:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
+ *:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
+esac
+
+# Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can
+# know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log'
+# file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs'
+# file (automake bug#11814).
+echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>"$log_file"
+
+# Report outcome to console.
+echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name"
+
+# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata.
+echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file
+echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file
+echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file
+echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/texinfo.tex b/build-aux/texinfo.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..204caf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/texinfo.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,11848 @@
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2023-03-21.06}
+%
+% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+% License, or (at your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+%
+% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+% of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
+% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
+% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
+% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+% tex foo.texi
+% texindex foo.??
+% tex foo.texi
+% tex foo.texi
+% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for
+% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
+\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
+
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexinsert=\insert
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexsp=\sp
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptexsup=\sup
+\let\ptext=\t
+\let\ptextop=\top
+{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+ \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+ \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+
+% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
+
+% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
+\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
+
+\chardef\dashChar = `\-
+\chardef\slashChar = `\/
+\chardef\underChar = `\_
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{
+ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
+ ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
+ data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
+ man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
+ par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
+ spell-ing spell-ings
+ stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
+ wide-spread wrap-around
+}
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+ \tracingstats2
+ \tracingpages1
+ \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
+ \tracingparagraphs1
+ \tracingoutput1
+ \tracingmacros2
+ \tracingrestores1
+ \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+ \tracingscantokens1
+ \tracingifs1
+ \tracinggroups1
+ \tracingnesting2
+ \tracingassigns1
+ \fi
+ \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
+ \errorcontextlines16
+}%
+
+% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
+% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
+% after all.
+%
+\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
+\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+ \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% Output routine
+%
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
+
+% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
+% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
+% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
+%
+% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
+% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
+%
+% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
+% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
+% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
+
+% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
+% mark before the section break, and one after.
+% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs,
+% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs.
+% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
+% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
+% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
+% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
+%
+% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
+\def\domark{%
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}%
+ \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}%
+ \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
+ \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
+ \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}%
+ \mark{%
+ \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
+ \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
+ \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks
+ }%
+}
+
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
+% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
+%
+% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
+% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
+% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
+% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
+% first @chapter.
+\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
+ \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi
+ \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
+}
+\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
+\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi}
+
+% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
+\def\currentchapterdefs{}
+\def\currentsectiondefs{}
+\def\currentsection{}
+\def\prevchapterdefs{}
+\def\prevsectiondefs{}
+\def\currentcolordefs{}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
+
+% Main output routine.
+%
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\newtoks\defaultoutput
+\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine
+% is run several times, hiding the original value of \topmark. Hence, save
+% \topmark at the beginning.
+%
+\newtoks\savedtopmark
+\newif\iftopmarksaved
+\topmarksavedtrue
+\def\savetopmark{%
+ \iftopmarksaved\else
+ \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}%
+ \global\topmarksavedtrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
+% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer
+% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written
+% to the auxiliary files.
+%
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+ \hoffset=\normaloffset
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+ \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+ %
+ \checkchapterpage
+ %
+ % Make the heading and footing. \makeheadline and \makefootline
+ % use the contents of \headline and \footline.
+ \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
+ \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
+ \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
+ \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
+ \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}%
+ %
+ {%
+ % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
+ % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+ % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+ % before the \shipout runs.
+ %
+ \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
+ \turnoffactive
+ \shipout\vbox{%
+ % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+ \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
+ %
+ \unvbox\headlinebox
+ \pagebody{#1}%
+ \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+ % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+ % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
+ % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+ \vskip 24pt
+ \unvbox\footlinebox
+ \fi
+ %
+ }%
+ }%
+ \global\topmarksavedfalse
+ \advancepageno
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+% Main part of page, including any footnotes
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+ \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings.
+\newif\ifchapterpage
+\def\checkchapterpage{%
+ % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page
+ \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi
+ \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
+ \let\curchaptername\thischaptername
+ %
+ \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
+ \chapterpagefalse
+ \else
+ \chapterpagetrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Argument parsing
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
+%
+\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+ \def\argtorun{#2}%
+ \begingroup
+ \obeylines
+ \spaceisspace
+ #1%
+ \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
+}
+
+{\obeylines %
+ \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+ \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+ \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
+ }%
+}
+
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to
+% \argcheckspaces.
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+
+% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+%
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
+% @end itemize @c foo
+% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% by \finishparsearg.
+%
+\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+ \def\temp{#3}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
+ \let\temp\finishparsearg
+ \else
+ \let\temp\argcheckspaces
+ \fi
+ % Put the space token in:
+ \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
+}
+
+% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
+% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
+% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
+% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
+% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
+%
+% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
+%
+\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
+
+
+% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
+%
+% \parseargdef\foo{...}
+% is roughly equivalent to
+% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
+% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
+\def\parseargdef#1{%
+ \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+}
+\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
+ \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
+ \def#1##1%
+}
+
+% Several utility definitions with active space:
+{
+ \obeyspaces
+ \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
+
+ % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+ % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+ % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+ % should produce a line of output anyway.
+ %
+ \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
+
+ % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+ % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+ % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+ \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
+}
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
+%
+% \envdef\foo{...}
+% \def\Efoo{...}
+%
+% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
+% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
+% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
+% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
+% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
+%
+% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
+% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The
+% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
+% special case.)
+
+
+% At run-time, environments start with this:
+\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
+% initialize
+\let\thisenv\empty
+
+% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
+\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+\long\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+
+% Check whether we're in the right environment:
+\def\checkenv#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
+ \else
+ \badenverr
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
+\def\badenverr{%
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+ not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+}
+\def\inenvironment#1{%
+ \ifx#1\empty
+ outside of any environment%
+ \else
+ in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo.
+\parseargdef\end{%
+ \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+ \else
+ % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal.
+ \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+ \csname E#1\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
+% @- allows explicit insertion of hyphenation points
+\def\-{\discretionary{\normaldash}{}{}}%
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\envdef\group{%
+ \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
+ \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+ \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+ \fi
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+ % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+ % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+ % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
+ % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
+ % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+ % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+ \comment
+}
+%
+% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
+% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
+% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above. But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+ % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
+ % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
+ \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
+ \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
+ \egroup % End the \vtop.
+ \addgroupbox
+ \prevdepth = \dimen1
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+\def\addgroupbox{
+ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+ \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+ % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+ \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+ % group, force a page break.
+ \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
+ \page
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \box\groupbox
+}
+
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
+
+\parseargdef\need{%
+ % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+ % paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+ \dimen0 = #1\mil
+ \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+ \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+ \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+ % This is similar to the 'needspace' module in LaTeX.
+ % The first penalty allows a break if the end of the page is
+ % not too far away. Following penalties and skips are discarded.
+ % Otherwise, require at least \dimen0 of vertical space.
+ %
+ % (We used to use a \vtop to reserve space, but this had spacing issues
+ % when followed by a section heading, as it was not a "discardable item".
+ % This also has the benefit of providing glue before the page break if
+ % there isn't enough space.)
+ \vskip0pt plus \dimen0
+ \penalty-100
+ \vskip0pt plus -\dimen0
+ \vskip \dimen0
+ \penalty9999
+ \vskip -\dimen0
+ \penalty0\relax % this hides the above glue from \safewhatsit and \dobreak
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+ \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+ \nobreak
+ \kern-\strutdepth
+ \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+ \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+ \vss
+ % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+ % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+ \ifx#1l%
+ \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+ \else
+ \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \fi
+ \null
+ }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
+ \def\righttext{#2}%
+ \else
+ \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
+ \def\righttext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno
+ \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+ \else
+ \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+ \fi
+ \temp
+}
+
+% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
+%
+\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
+\def\includezzz#1{%
+ \pushthisfilestack
+ \def\thisfile{#1}%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE.
+ \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion
+ \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+ \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}%
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }%
+ %
+ % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes
+ % definitions, etc.
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp
+ \popthisfilestack
+}
+\def\filenamecatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\\=\other
+ \catcode`~=\other
+ \catcode`^=\other
+ \catcode`_=\other
+ \catcode`|=\other
+ \catcode`<=\other
+ \catcode`>=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other
+ \catcode`-=\other
+ \catcode`\`=\other
+ \catcode`\'=\other
+}
+
+\def\pushthisfilestack{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
+ \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
+ \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
+}
+
+\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
+\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
+ the stack of filenames is empty.}}
+%
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\parseargdef\center{%
+ \ifhmode
+ \let\centersub\centerH
+ \else
+ \let\centersub\centerV
+ \fi
+ \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+ \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case
+}
+\def\centerH#1{{%
+ \hfil\break
+ \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \line{#1}%
+ \break
+}}
+%
+\newcount\centerpenalty
+\def\centerV#1{%
+ % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if
+ % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe
+ % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still
+ % prevent a page break here.
+ \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty
+ \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi
+ \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi
+ \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}%
+}
+
+% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
+%
+\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
+
+
+\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\cxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+%
+\let\comment\c
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \defaultparindent = 0pt
+ \else
+ \defaultparindent = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\asisword
+ \else
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+ \else
+ \lispnarrowing = #1em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
+% paragraphs.
+%
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\noneword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+ \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+ \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
+%
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
+%
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+ \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
+ \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
+ \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
+}
+%
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+ \global\let\indent = \ptexindent
+ \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
+ \global\everypar = {}%
+}
+
+% leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent
+\gdef\imageindent{%
+ \toks0=\everypar
+ \everypar={}%
+ \ptexnoindent
+ \global\everypar=\toks0
+}
+
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
+\let\setfilename=\comment
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newbox\boxB
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+%
+% For LuaTeX
+%
+
+\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
+\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
+
+\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+\else
+ % Use Unicode destination names
+ \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+ % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\%=12
+ \directlua{
+ function UTF16oct(str)
+ tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
+ for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
+ if c < 0x10000 then
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256)))
+ else
+ c = c - 0x10000
+ local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
+ local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256),
+ math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256)))
+ end
+ end
+ end
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+ % Escape PDF strings without converting
+ \begingroup
+ \directlua{
+ function PDFescstr(str)
+ for c in string.bytes(str) do
+ if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
+ tex.sprint(-2,
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ c))
+ else
+ tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c))
+ end
+ end
+ end
+ }
+ % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12
+ % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See
+ % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html
+ %
+ \endgroup
+ \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+ \ifnum\luatexversion>84
+ % For LuaTeX >= 0.85
+ \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
+ \let\pdfoutput\outputmode
+ \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
+ \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
+ \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
+ \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
+ \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
+ \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
+ \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
+ \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
+ \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
+ \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
+ \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
+ \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
+ \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
+ \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
+ \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
+ \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
+% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
+\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
+\else
+ \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
+ \else
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput
+ \else
+ \pdftrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\newif\ifpdforxetex
+\pdforxetexfalse
+\ifpdf
+ \pdforxetextrue
+\fi
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else
+ \pdforxetextrue
+\fi
+
+
+% Output page labels information.
+% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1.
+\ifpdf
+\def\pagelabels{%
+ \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}%
+ \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}%
+ \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}%
+ %
+ % Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates.
+ % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is
+ % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.)
+ %
+ \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi
+ \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax
+ \else
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax
+ \fi
+}
+\else
+ \let\pagelabels\relax
+\fi
+
+\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0
+\newcount\romancount \romancount=0
+\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0
+\ifpdf
+ \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno
+ \def\advancepageno{%
+ \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1
+ }
+\fi
+
+
+% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
+% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
+% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
+% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
+%
+% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
+% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
+% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to
+% do this reliably, so we use it.
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements,
+% which we \xdef.
+\def\txiescapepdf#1{%
+ \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
+ % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
+ % Many times it won't matter.
+ \xdef#1{#1}%
+ \else
+ % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
+ % backslashes, and other special chars.
+ \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
+ \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
+ % No UTF-16 converting macro available.
+ \txiescapepdf{#1}%
+ \else
+ \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
+with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
+be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
+output) for that.)}
+
+\ifpdf
+ %
+ % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
+ % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
+ % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
+ % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
+ % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use
+ % black by default, though.
+ \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+ \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+ %
+ % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
+ % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
+ \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}}
+ %
+ % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+ % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+ \def\curcolor{0 0 0}%
+ \def\setcolor#1{%
+ \ifx#1\curcolor\else
+ \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+ \domark
+ \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+ \xdef\curcolor{#1}%
+ \fi
+ }
+ %
+ \let\maincolor\rgbBlack
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+ \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+ \def\currentcolordefs{}
+ %
+ \def\makefootline{%
+ \baselineskip24pt
+ \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makeheadline{%
+ \vbox to 0pt{%
+ \vskip-22.5pt
+ \line{%
+ \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+ % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+ \getcolormarks
+ % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ }
+ %
+ %
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
+ %
+ % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
+ \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ %
+ % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+ % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+ % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+ % bitmap.
+ \let\pdfimgext=\empty
+ \begingroup
+ \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+ \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
+ \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+ % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \immediate\pdfimage
+ \else
+ \immediate\pdfximage
+ \fi
+ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi
+ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+ #1.\pdfimgext
+ \else
+ {#1.\pdfimgext}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+ \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+ \fi}
+ %
+ \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+ % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+ % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ % Pass through Unicode characters.
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
+ % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
+ % the "PDFDocEncoding".
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+ % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+ % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
+ % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ % For pdfTeX with UTF-8.
+ % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
+ % but the code for this isn't done yet.
+ % Use ASCII approximations.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \else
+ % For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
+ % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
+ % Use ASCII approximations.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
+ % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+ \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+ }
+ %
+ % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
+ \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
+ %
+ % by default, use black for everything.
+ \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \let\linkcolor\rgbBlack
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+ %
+ % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+ % come from Petr Olsak
+ \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+ \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+ \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+ \advance\tempnum by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+ %
+ % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
+ % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+ % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
+ % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
+ % #4 is the page number
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+ % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
+ % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+ % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
+ \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+ \setpdfdestname{#3}
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \begingroup
+ % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+ \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \def\thischapnum{##2}%
+ \def\thissecnum{0}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+ \def\thissecnum{##2}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+ }%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+ }%
+ \def\thischapnum{0}%
+ \def\thissecnum{0}%
+ \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+ %
+ % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+ % al. a second time, below.
+ \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+ \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+ \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+ \readdatafile{toc}%
+ %
+ % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+ % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+ % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+ %
+ % We use the node names as the destinations.
+ %
+ % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
+ % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
+ % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
+ % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
+ % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
+ % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
+ % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
+ %
+ % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+ % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too
+ % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents
+ % we use for the index sort strings.
+ %
+ \indexnofonts
+ \setupdatafile
+ % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+ % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
+ \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+ \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
+ \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+ \input \tocreadfilename
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+ \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+ \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+ \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+ ]
+ %
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{%
+ \filenamelength=0
+ % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+ % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+ }
+ \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+ \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+ \else
+ \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+ \fi
+ % make a live url in pdf output.
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+ % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+ % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+ % people have actually reported a problem with.
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \let\/=\empty
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+ % special-casing \var here?
+ \def\var##1{##1}%
+ %
+ \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+ \endgroup}
+ % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may
+ % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index
+ % entry.
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{\pdflinkpage{#1}{#1}}%
+ \def\pdflinkpage#1#2{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}#2\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\else
+ % non-pdf mode
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\setcolor = \gobble
+ \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+%
+% For XeTeX
+%
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+\else
+ %
+ % XeTeX version check
+ %
+ \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
+ % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
+ % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
+ % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
+ % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+ \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
+ % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
+ % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
+ \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+ \else
+ % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
+ % `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+ % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
+ % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
+ %
+ % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
+ % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
+ % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+ \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Color support
+ %
+ \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+ \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+ %
+ \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
+ %
+ % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+ % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+ \def\setcolor#1{%
+ \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+ \domark
+ \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+ \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+ \def\currentcolordefs{}
+ %
+ \def\makefootline{%
+ \baselineskip24pt
+ \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makeheadline{%
+ \vbox to 0pt{%
+ \vskip-22.5pt
+ \line{%
+ \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+ % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+ \getcolormarks
+ % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ }
+ %
+ % PDF outline support
+ %
+ % Emulate pdfTeX primitive
+ \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
+ \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+ % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+ % Pass through Unicode characters.
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+ \turnoffactive
+ % Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
+ % So we do not convert.
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+ }
+ %
+ % by default, use black for everything.
+ \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+ \setpdfdestname{#3}
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
+ << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \begingroup
+ %
+ % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
+ % Therefore, we read toc only once.
+ %
+ % We use node names as destinations.
+ %
+ % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
+ % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
+ % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
+ \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ \let\appentry\numchapentry%
+ \let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
+ \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+ \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
+ \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+ %
+ % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
+ % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
+ %
+ \indexnofonts
+ \setupdatafile
+ % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+ % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
+ \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+ \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
+ \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+ \input \tocreadfilename
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+ \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+ \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+ \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+ ]
+
+ \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
+ % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
+ % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
+ % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
+ % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
+ % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+%
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{%
+ \filenamelength=0
+ % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+ % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+ }
+ % make a live url in pdf output.
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+ % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+ % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+ % people have actually reported a problem with.
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \let\/=\empty
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+ % special-casing \var here?
+ \def\var##1{##1}%
+ %
+ \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+ /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{\pdflinkpage{#1}{#1}}%
+ \def\pdflinkpage#1#2{%
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+ /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}#2\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+%
+ %
+ % @image support
+ %
+ % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
+ \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ %
+ % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+ % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+ % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+ % bitmap.
+ \let\xeteximgext=\empty
+ \begingroup
+ \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+ \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line
+ % after the image.
+ \hbox\bgroup
+ \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
+ \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+ \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \else
+ \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
+ \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+ \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \else
+ \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
+ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
+ \egroup
+ }
+\fi
+
+
+%
+\message{fonts,}
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
+\def\baselinefactor{1}
+%
+\newdimen\textleading
+\def\setleading#1{%
+ \dimen0 = #1\relax
+ \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
+ \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+ \normalbaselines
+ \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+ \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+ depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+ }%
+}
+
+% PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
+%
+% do nothing with this by default.
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
+
+% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
+% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
+% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
+\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<23> <26> <0023>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+40 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+ }\endgroup
+ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
+ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+ }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1IT
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1IT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<25> <26> <0025>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+42 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<23> <0023>
+<24> <00A3>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+ }\endgroup
+ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
+ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+ }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1TT
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+ \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1TT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+5 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<21> <26> <0021>
+<28> <5F> <0028>
+<61> <7E> <0061>
+endbfrange
+32 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <2191>
+<0C> <2193>
+<0D> <0027>
+<0E> <00A1>
+<0F> <00BF>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<20> <2423>
+<27> <2019>
+<60> <2018>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+ }\endgroup
+ \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
+ \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+ }%
+\fi\fi
+%
+% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
+\let\cmap\gobble
+%
+% (end of cmaps)
+
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2.
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
+% encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit).
+% Example:
+% #1 = \textrm
+% #2 = \rmshape
+% #3 = 10
+% #4 = \mainmagstep
+% #5 = OT1
+%
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
+ \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
+ \ifx#2\ttshape\hyphenchar#1=-1 \fi
+ \ifx#2\ttbshape\hyphenchar#1=-1 \fi
+ \ifx#2\ttslshape\hyphenchar#1=-1 \fi
+}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.)
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
+% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1095}
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
+\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
+\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\font\seveni=cmmi7
+\font\sevensy=cmsy7
+\def\sevenecsize{0700}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+\def\chapecsize{1728}
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+\def\sececsize{1440}
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+\def\ssececsize{1200}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi10
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
+\def\reducedecsize{1000}
+
+\textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM
+\textfonts % reset the current fonts
+\rm
+} % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi
+
+
+% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
+% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
+% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
+% future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
+%
+\def\definetextfontsizex{%
+% Text fonts (10pt).
+\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1000}
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
+\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
+\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\font\seveni=cmmi7
+\font\sevensy=cmsy7
+\def\sevenecsize{0700}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
+
+% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\chapbf\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+\def\chapecsize{1440}
+
+% Section fonts (12pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\font\seci=cmmi12
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
+\def\sececsize{1200}
+
+% Subsection fonts (10pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi10
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
+\def\ssececsize{1000}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi9
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
+\def\reducedecsize{0900}
+
+\divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs
+\textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM
+\textfonts % reset the current fonts
+\rm
+} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+
+
+% We provide the user-level command
+% @fonttextsize 10
+% (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
+%
+\def\xiword{11}
+\def\xword{10}
+\def\xwordpt{10pt}
+%
+\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
+ \def\textsizearg{#1}%
+ %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
+ %
+ % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
+ % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
+ %
+ \begingroup \globaldefs=1
+ \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
+ \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
+ \else
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
+ \fi\fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+%
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+ \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+ \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font
+}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.
+% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+ \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
+ \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
+ \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
+ %
+ % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless
+ % of the current font size.
+ \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy
+ \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl
+ \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt
+ \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf
+}
+
+
+
+% \defineassignfonts{SIZE} -
+% Define sequence \assignfontsSIZE, which switches between font sizes
+% by redefining the meanings of \STYLEfont. (Just \STYLE additionally sets
+% the current \fam for math mode.)
+%
+\def\defineassignfonts#1{%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname assignfonts#1\endcsname{%
+ \let\noexpand\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
+ \let\noexpand\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
+ \let\noexpand\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
+ \let\noexpand\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
+ \let\noexpand\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
+ \let\noexpand\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
+ \let\noexpand\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname
+ \let\noexpand\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname
+ \let\noexpand\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname
+ \let\noexpand\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
+ }
+}
+
+\def\assignfonts#1{%
+ \csname assignfonts#1\endcsname
+}
+
+\newif\ifrmisbold
+
+% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for
+% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
+\def\switchtolllsize{%
+ \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
+ \ifrmisbold
+ \let\rmfont\bffont
+ \fi
+ \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\switchtolsize{%
+ \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
+ \ifrmisbold
+ \let\rmfont\bffont
+ \fi
+ \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+% Define the font-changing commands (all called \...fonts).
+% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+%
+% Note: The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for
+% italics in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only.
+%
+\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \defineassignfonts{#1}%
+\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
+ \def\curfontsize{#1}%
+ \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
+ \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
+ \csname assignfonts#1\endcsname
+ \resetmathfonts
+ \setleading{#4}%
+}}
+
+\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
+
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+
+% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
+% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\definetextfontsizexi
+
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter. #1 is what to
+% print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print otherwise.
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+
+% Check if internal flag is clear, i.e. has not been @set.
+\def\ifflagclear#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ #2\else#3\fi
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\'=\active
+\catcode`\`=\active
+
+\gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright}
+\gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq}
+}
+\setregularquotes
+
+% output for ' in @code
+% in tt font hex 0D (undirected) or 27 (curly right quote)
+%
+\def\codequoteright{%
+ \ifusingtt
+ {\ifflagclear{txicodequoteundirected}%
+ {\ifflagclear{codequoteundirected}%
+ {'}%
+ {\char"0D }}%
+ {\char"0D }}%
+ {'}%
+}
+
+% output for ` in @code
+% in tt font hex 12 (grave accent) or 60 (curly left quote)
+% \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+%
+\def\codequoteleft{%
+ \ifusingtt
+ {\ifflagclear{txicodequotebacktick}%
+ {\ifflagclear{codequotebacktick}%
+ {\relax`}%
+ {\char"12 }}%
+ {\char"12 }}%
+ {\relax`}%
+}
+
+% Commands to set the quote options.
+%
+\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+ = t%
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+\parseargdef\codequotebacktick{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+ = t%
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Turn them on by default
+\let\SETtxicodequoteundirected = t
+\let\SETtxicodequotebacktick = t
+
+
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+\def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Font commands.
+
+% #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant.
+% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
+% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
+\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
+ \ifusingtt
+ {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
+ {\def\next{{#1#2}\smartitaliccorrection}}%
+ \next
+}
+\def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl}
+\def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it}
+
+% Output an italic correction unless the following character is such as
+% not to need one.
+\def\smartitaliccorrection{\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrectionx}
+\def\smartitaliccorrectionx{%
+ \ifx\next,%
+ \else\ifx\next-%
+ \else\ifx\next.%
+ \else\ifx\next\.%
+ \else\ifx\next\comma%
+ \else\ptexslash
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \aftersmartic
+}
+
+% @cite unconditionally uses \sl with \smartitaliccorrection.
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\smartitaliccorrection}
+
+% @var unconditionally uses \sl. This gives consistency for
+% parameter names whether they are in @def, @table @code or a
+% regular paragraph.
+% To get ttsl font for @var when used in code context, @set txicodevaristt.
+% The \null is to reset \spacefactor.
+\def\aftersmartic{}
+\def\var#1{%
+ \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic
+ \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}%
+ %
+ \ifflagclear{txicodevaristt}%
+ {\def\varnext{{{\sl #1}}\smartitaliccorrection}}%
+ {\def\varnext{\smartslanted{#1}}}%
+ \varnext
+}
+
+% To be removed after next release
+\def\SETtxicodevaristt{}% @set txicodevaristt
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\slanted=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+
+% @r for roman font, used for code comment
+\def\r#1{{%
+ \usenormaldash % get --, --- ligatures even if in @code
+ \defcharsdefault % in case on def line
+ \rm #1}}
+{\catcode`-=\active \gdef\usenormaldash{\let-\normaldash}}
+
+% @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
+
+% @b, explicit bold. Also @strong.
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% @sansserif, explicit sans.
+\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
+
+\newif\iffrenchspacing
+\frenchspacingfalse
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+ \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
+ \iffrenchspacing\else
+ \frenchspacingtrue
+ \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
+ \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
+ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
+ \fi
+ }
+ \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
+ \iffrenchspacing
+ \frenchspacingfalse
+ \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
+ \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
+ \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
+ \fi
+ }
+\catcode`@=\other
+\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
+
+% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
+%
+\def\onword{on}
+\def\offword{off}
+%
+\let\frenchspacingsetting\plainnonfrenchspacing % used in output routine
+\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword \let\frenchspacingsetting\plainfrenchspacing
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword \let\frenchspacingsetting\plainnonfrenchspacing
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \frenchspacingsetting
+}
+
+
+% @t, explicit typewriter.
+\def\t#1{%
+ {\tt \defcharsdefault \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+ \null
+}
+
+% @samp.
+\def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}}
+
+% @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes.
+\let\indicateurl=\samp
+
+% @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same
+% size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc.
+% This is a subroutine for that.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+ {%
+ % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+ \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+ %
+ % Switch to typewriter.
+ \tt
+ %
+ % `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+ \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+ %
+ \plainfrenchspacing
+ #1%
+ }%
+ \null % reset spacefactor to 1000
+}
+
+% This is for LuaTeX: It is not sufficient to disable hyphenation at
+% explicit dashes by setting `\hyphenchar` to -1.
+\def\dashnobreak{%
+ \normaldash
+ \penalty 10000 }
+
+% We must turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+% We explicitly allow hyphenation at these characters
+% using \discretionary.
+%
+% Hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words was turned off
+% by default for the tt fonts using the \hyphenchar parameter of TeX.
+{
+ \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
+ \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions
+ %
+ \global\def\code{\begingroup
+ \setcodequotes
+ \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active
+ \ifallowcodebreaks
+ \let-\codedash
+ \let_\codeunder
+ \else
+ \let-\dashnobreak
+ \let_\realunder
+ \fi
+ \codex
+ }
+ %
+ \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
+ \gdef\codedashfinish{%
+ \normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
+ %
+ % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
+ % (a) the next character is a -, or
+ % (b) the preceding character is a -, or
+ % (c) we are at the start of the string.
+ % In both cases (b) and (c), \codedashnobreak should be set to \codedash.
+ %
+ % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
+ % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
+ \ifx\next\codedash \else
+ \ifx\codedashnobreak\codedash
+ \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
+ \fi
+ % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
+ % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}.
+ \global\let\codedashnobreak= \next
+ }
+}
+\def\normaldash{-}
+%
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{%
+ % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
+ % after the -. \codedashnobreak is set to the first character in
+ % @code.
+ \futurelet\codedashnobreak\relax
+ #1%
+}\endgroup}
+
+\def\codeunder{%
+ % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
+ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+ % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+ % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+ \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+ \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+ \else\normalunderscore \fi
+ \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+ {\_}%
+}
+
+% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
+% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad.
+% @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at -
+% and _ on and off.
+%
+\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
+
+\def\keywordtrue{true}
+\def\keywordfalse{false}
+
+\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
+ \allowcodebreakstrue
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
+ \allowcodebreaksfalse
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary,
+% so use \code rather than \samp.
+\let\command=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\file=\code
+\let\option=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
+% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
+% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
+% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
+
+% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
+% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
+\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
+
+% The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in
+% \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking. Set it to
+% a negative value for this paragraph only. Hopefully this does not
+% conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere.
+\def\nopretolerance{%
+\pretolerance=-1
+\def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}%
+}
+
+% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
+% places within the url.
+\def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
+\let\uref=\urefbreak
+%
+\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
+\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+ \ifpdf
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
+ \ifurefurlonlylink
+ % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+ \unhbox0
+ \else
+ % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+ % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ \ifurefurlonlylink
+ % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+ \unhbox0
+ \else
+ % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+ % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
+\def\urefcatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
+ \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
+ \catcode`\/=\active
+}
+{
+ \urefcatcodes
+ %
+ \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup
+ \setcodequotes
+ \urefcatcodes
+ \let&\urefcodeamp
+ \let.\urefcodedot
+ \let#\urefcodehash
+ \let?\urefcodequest
+ \let/\urefcodeslash
+ \codex
+ }
+ %
+ % By default, they are just regular characters.
+ \global\def&{\normalamp}
+ \global\def.{\normaldot}
+ \global\def#{\normalhash}
+ \global\def?{\normalquest}
+ \global\def/{\normalslash}
+}
+
+\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
+{
+ \catcode`\/=\active
+ \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
+ \urefprebreak \slashChar
+ % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
+ % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
+ \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi
+ }
+}
+
+% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to
+% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at
+% all, for manual control.
+%
+\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\wordnone
+ \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
+ \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
+ \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak}
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\wordafter{after}
+\def\wordbefore{before}
+\def\wordnone{none}
+
+% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can
+% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in
+% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added
+% at the end of the line, or no break at all here.
+% Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how
+% preferable one choice is over the other.
+\def\urefallowbreak{%
+ \penalty0\relax
+ \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax
+ \penalty1000\relax
+ \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax
+}
+
+\urefbreakstyle after
+
+% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
+%
+\let\url=\uref
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdforxetex
+ \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+ \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+ \endlink
+ \endgroup}
+\else
+ \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
+ \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct'.
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\kbd#1{%
+ \tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes#1}%
+}
+
+% definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size.
+%\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+%\font\keysy=cmsy9
+%\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+% \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+% \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+% \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+
+% definition of @key with no lozenge.
+%
+\def\key#1{{\setregularquotes \tt #1}\null}
+
+% @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...}
+\def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup}
+
+% @clickstyle @arrow (by default)
+\parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}}
+\def\click{\arrow}
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
+% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
+% all-uppercase.
+%
+\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
+\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\switchtolsize #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+ \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
+}
+
+% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
+% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+%
+\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
+\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+ {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+ \fi
+ \null % reset \spacefactor=1000
+}
+
+% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+ }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no
+% particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+ \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
+ \tex
+ \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
+ \let\"=\ddot
+ \let\'=\acute
+ \let\==\bar
+ \let\^=\hat
+ \let\`=\grave
+ \let\u=\breve
+ \let\v=\check
+ \let\~=\tilde
+ \let\dotaccent=\dot
+ % have to provide another name for sup operator
+ \let\mathopsup=\sup
+ $\expandafter\finishmath\fi
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+ \catcode`^ = \active
+ \catcode`< = \active
+ \catcode`> = \active
+ \catcode`+ = \active
+ \catcode`' = \active
+ \gdef\mathactive{%
+ \let^ = \ptexhat
+ \let< = \ptexless
+ \let> = \ptexgtr
+ \let+ = \ptexplus
+ \let' = \ptexquoteright
+ }
+}
+
+% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
+% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
+% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the
+% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
+% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
+%
+\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
+\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
+%
+\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
+\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
+
+% provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common
+\def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}}
+
+% @displaymath.
+% \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and
+% \end tex. Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex.
+{\obeylines
+\globaldefs=1
+\envdef\displaymath{%
+\tex%
+\def\thisenv{\displaymath}%
+\begingroup\let\end\displaymathend%
+$$%
+}
+
+\def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}%
+
+\def\Edisplaymath{%
+\def\thisenv{\tex}%
+\end tex
+}}
+
+
+% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
+% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
+% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
+%
+\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
+%
+\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+ \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+}
+%
+% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
+% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
+\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+ \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
+}
+%
+% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
+% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for
+% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
+% ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal
+% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
+% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the
+% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
+%
+\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
+\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
+\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinerawname{#1}%
+ \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
+ \endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
+}
+
+% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
+ \else\ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
+% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
+
+\message{glyphs,}
+% and logos.
+
+% @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}.
+\def\@{\char64 }
+\let\atchar=\@
+
+% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
+\def\lbracechar{{\ifusingtt{\char123}{\ensuremath\lbrace}}}
+\def\rbracechar{{\ifusingtt{\char125}{\ensuremath\rbrace}}}
+\let\{=\lbracechar
+\let\}=\rbracechar
+
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \ptexc
+\let\dotaccent = \ptexdot
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \ptext
+\let\ubaraccent = \ptexb
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi
+ \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi
+ \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+ L\kern-.36em
+ {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+ \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
+ \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
+ % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
+ % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
+ \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
+ \else
+ \ifx\curfontsize\smallword
+ % For footnotes and indices
+ \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
+ \else
+ % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
+ \switchtolllsize A%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }}%
+ \kern-.15em
+ \TeX
+}
+\def\smallword{small}
+
+% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
+% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
+% but safer, and can't hurt.
+\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
+\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
+%
+\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
+\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
+\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
+\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
+% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
+% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
+% whichever is larger.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+ \leavevmode
+ \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
+ \dimen0 = \wd0
+ \else
+ \dimen0 = 1.5em
+ \fi
+ \hbox to \dimen0{%
+ \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+ .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
+ }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+ \dots
+ \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+}
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+ \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+ \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+ \vbox{%
+ \hrule height\dimen2
+ \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
+ \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+ \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+ \hrule height\dimen2}
+ \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
+%
+\def\pounds{{\ifusingtt{\ecfont\char"BF}{\it\$}}}
+
+% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
+% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
+% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
+% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
+% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
+%
+% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
+% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
+% font height.
+%
+% feymr - regular
+% feymo - slanted
+% feybr - bold
+% feybo - bold slanted
+%
+% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
+% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
+% Hmm.
+%
+% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
+% Hope not.
+%
+%
+\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
+\def\eurofont{%
+ % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
+ % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
+ % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
+ % font installed.
+ %
+ % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
+ % that to the current nominal size.
+ %
+ % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
+ % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
+ %
+ \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+ % bold:
+ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
+ \else
+ % regular:
+ \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
+ \fi
+ \thiseurofont
+}
+
+% Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because
+% sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect
+% the redefinition.
+%
+% Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters.
+\def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth
+\def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth
+\def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn
+\def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn
+%
+\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
+\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
+\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
+\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
+\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
+\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
+\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
+\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
+%
+\def\L{{\ecfont \char"8A}} % L with stroke
+\def\l{{\ecfont \char"AA}} % l with stroke
+%
+% This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but
+% we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the
+% tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer
+% dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc.
+%
+% ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using
+% the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in
+% the same EC font.
+\def\ogonek#1{{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek
+ \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek
+ \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek
+ \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek
+ \else
+ \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+ \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1%
+ \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}%
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi
+ }%
+}
+\def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A}
+\def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a}
+\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
+\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
+%
+% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
+% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
+% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec
+% package and follow the same conventions.
+%
+\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
+\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
+%
+\def\etcfont#1{%
+ % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
+ % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
+ % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
+ % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
+ \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
+ \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+ \ifusingtt
+ % typewriter:
+ {\font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize}%
+ % else
+ {\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+ % bold:
+ \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \else
+ % regular:
+ \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \fi}%
+ \thisecfont
+}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
+% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
+ \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+ }$%
+}
+
+% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
+%
+\def\textdegree{%
+ \ifmmode ^\circ
+ \else {\tcfont \char 176}%
+ \fi}
+
+% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
+% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
+% so we'll define it if necessary.
+%
+\ifx\Orb\thisisundefined
+\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
+\fi
+
+% Quotes.
+\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
+\chardef\quoteright=`\'
+
+% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using
+% \ecfont unless necessary.
+\def\quotedblleft{%
+ \ifusingtt{{\ecfont\char"10}}{{\char"5C}}%
+}
+
+\def\quotedblright{%
+ \ifusingtt{{\ecfont\char"11}}{{\char`\"}}%
+}
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
+% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
+\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+ \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+ command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
+ after the title page.}}%
+\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+ \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+ command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you
+ want the contents after the title page.}}%
+
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
+ {\headingsoff \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+ \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}\pageone}
+
+\envdef\titlepage{%
+ % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+ \headingsoff
+ % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+ \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+ % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+ %
+ % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+ % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+ \let\oldpage = \page
+ \def\page{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ \let\page = \oldpage
+ \page
+ \null
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+ \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+ \finishtitlepage
+ \fi
+ % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+ % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+ % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+ % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+ \oldpage
+ \pageone
+ \endgroup
+ %
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+ \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+ \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
+% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used
+% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
+% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
+%
+\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty=10000
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \tolerance=5000
+ \ptexraggedright
+}
+
+% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+
+\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
+
+\parseargdef\title{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
+ % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+ \finishedtitlepagefalse
+ \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\subtitle{%
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
+}
+
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+% It can also be used inside @quotation.
+%
+\parseargdef\author{%
+ \def\temp{\quotation}%
+ \ifx\thisenv\temp
+ \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
+ \else
+ \checkenv\titlepage
+ \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
+ {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter
+\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter
+\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm\frenchspacingsetting
+ \ifchapterpage
+ \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi
+ \else
+ \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi
+ \fi}}
+
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm\frenchspacingsetting
+ \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}%
+ \HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what @headings on does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+ \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
+ \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline}
+
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+ \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+ \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline}
+
+\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+ \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+ %
+ % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
+ % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+ \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
+ \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+% @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
+% @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
+%
+% The same set of arguments for:
+%
+% @oddheadingmarks
+% @evenfootingmarks
+% @oddfootingmarks
+% @everyheadingmarks
+% @everyfootingmarks
+
+% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
+% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
+%
+\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
+\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
+\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
+\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
+\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
+ \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
+\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
+ \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
+% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
+\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
+}
+
+\everyheadingmarks bottom
+\everyfootingmarks bottom
+
+% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off turns them off.
+% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
+ \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}%
+ \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}%
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
+
+% Set the page number to 1.
+\def\pageone{
+ \global\pageno=1
+ \global\arabiccount = \pagecount
+}
+
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} % defined by \CHAPPAGon
+
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdouble}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsingle}
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% for @setchapternewpage off
+\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline
+\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\thisisundefined
+\def\today{%
+ \number\day\space
+ \ifcase\month
+ \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+ \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+ \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+ \fi
+ \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+ \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+ \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
+ \itemindex{#1}%
+ \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+ %
+ % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+ % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+ % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+ % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+ % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+ \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+ %
+ % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+ % but leave it ragged-right.
+ \begingroup
+ \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+ \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+ \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax
+ \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+ % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+ \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
+ % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
+ % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
+ % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
+ % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
+ % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
+ %
+ \penalty 10001
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+ \else
+ % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
+ % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+ \noindent
+ % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+ % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+ % eventually be printed.
+ \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+ \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+ \unhbox0
+ \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+ \endgroup
+ \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\envdef\table{%
+ \let\itemindex\gobble
+ \tablecheck{table}%
+}
+\envdef\ftable{%
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablecheck{ftable}%
+}
+\envdef\vtable{%
+ \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+ \tablecheck{vtable}%
+}
+\def\tablecheck#1{%
+ \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
+ \endgroup
+ \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
+ that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+ \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
+ \else
+ \let\next\tablex
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+\def\tablex#1{%
+ \def\itemindicate{#1}%
+ \parsearg\tabley
+}
+\def\tabley#1{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+ \expandafter
+ }\temp \endtablez
+}
+\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+ \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+ \itemmax=\tableindent
+ \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+ \exdentamount=\tableindent
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \parskip = \smallskipamount
+ \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ \let\item = \internalBitem
+ \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
+\let\Eftable\Etable
+\let\Evtable\Etable
+\let\Eitemize\Etable
+\let\Eenumerate\Etable
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
+
+\def\doitemize#1{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \itemmax=\itemindent
+ \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+ \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+ \exdentamount=\itemindent
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=\smallskipamount
+ \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+ %
+ % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
+ % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
+ % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
+ % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
+ % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w.
+ \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}%
+ %
+ % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+ \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+ %
+ \let\item=\itemizeitem
+}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+%
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+ \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
+ {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+ {%
+ % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+ % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
+ % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
+ % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
+ % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
+ % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
+ % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
+ % that's the theory.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
+ %
+ \ifinner\else
+ \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \fi
+ % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
+ % @itemize looks awful there.
+ }%
+ \flushcr
+}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+ % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+ \def\thearg{#1}%
+ \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+ %
+ % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
+ % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+ % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+ % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+ % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+ \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+ \ifx\rest\empty
+ % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
+ % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+ % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+ % not equal to itself.
+ % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+ %
+ % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+ % continuing to look for a <number>.
+ %
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+ \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+ \else
+ % It's a letter.
+ \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+ \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+ \else
+ \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
+ \numericenumerate
+ \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \thearg
+ \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}%
+ \fi
+ \char\lccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+ \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+ \startenumeration{%
+ % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+ \ifnum\itemno=0
+ \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+ alphabet}
+ \fi
+ \char\uccode\itemno
+ }%
+}
+
+% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+ \advance\itemno by -1
+ \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
+}
+
+
+% @multitable macros
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
+% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
+%
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
+ \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+ \def\firstarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+ \let\go = \relax
+ \else
+ \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+ \global\setpercenttrue
+ \else
+ \ifsetpercent
+ \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+ \else
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+ % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+ % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+ % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+ \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+ \else
+ \let\go = \setuptable
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \go
+}
+
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments
+% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
+% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
+% undo it ourselves.
+\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
+\def\headitem{%
+ \crcr % must appear first
+ \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
+ \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
+ \the\everytab % for the first item
+}%
+%
+% default for tables with no headings.
+\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
+%
+\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
+
+\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
+%
+\envdef\multitable{%
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
+ % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
+ % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
+ % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
+ \def\item{\crcr}%
+ %
+ \tolerance=9500
+ \hbadness=9500
+ \parskip=0pt
+ \parindent=6pt
+ \overfullrule=0pt
+ \global\colcount=0
+ %
+ \everycr = {%
+ \noalign{%
+ \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
+ \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
+ %
+ % Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
+ \checkinserts
+ %
+ % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
+ \headitemcrhook
+ \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ \parsearg\domultitable
+}
+\def\domultitable#1{%
+ % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+ \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+ %
+ % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+ % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+ % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+ % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+ \halign\bgroup &%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1
+ \strut
+ \vtop{%
+ \advance\hsize by -1\leftskip
+ % Find the correct column width
+ \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+ %
+ \advance\rightskip by -1\rightskip % Zero leaving only any stretch
+ \ifnum\colcount=1
+ \advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text
+ \else
+ % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other.
+ \leftskip=12pt
+ \ifsetpercent \else
+ % If a template has been used
+ \advance\hsize by \leftskip
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut
+ }\cr
+}
+\def\Emultitable{%
+ \crcr
+ \egroup % end the \halign
+ \global\setpercentfalse
+}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotlatex, @ifnotplaintext,
+% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
+% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
+% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+% attempt to close an environment group.
+%
+\def\makecond#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+ \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
+}
+\makecond{iftex}
+\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\makecond{ifnotlatex}
+\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifnotxml}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\iflatex{\doignore{iflatex}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\latex{\doignore{latex}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
+%
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+ % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+ \obeylines
+ \catcode`\@ = \other
+ \catcode`\{ = \other
+ \catcode`\} = \other
+ %
+ % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+ \spaceisspace
+ %
+ % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+ \doignorecount = 0
+ %
+ % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+ \dodoignore{#1}%
+}
+
+{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+ \obeylines %
+ %
+ \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+ % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
+ %
+ % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
+ \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
+ \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
+ %
+ % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+ % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+ % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+ \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
+ %
+ % And now expand that command.
+ \doignoretext ^^M%
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
+ \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+ \else % Found a nested condition, ...
+ \advance\doignorecount by 1
+ \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
+ % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+ \fi
+ \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+ \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
+ \let\next\enddoignore
+ \else % Still inside a nested condition.
+ \advance\doignorecount by -1
+ \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+{ \obeylines%
+ % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
+ % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
+ % would result in a blank line in the output.
+ \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+}
+
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it.
+% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
+%
+\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \def\temp{#2}%
+ \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty
+ \next{}%
+ \else
+ \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\parseargdef\clear{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
+ }%
+}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+{
+ \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
+ %
+ \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
+ \let\value = \expandablevalue
+ % We don't want these characters active, ...
+ \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+ % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
+ % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
+ % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
+ \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore
+ }
+}
+
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+ \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
+% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when
+% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
+% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it
+% will be set by the time it is read back in.
+%
+% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
+\def\dummyvalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \string\value{#1}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
+% if possible, otherwise sort late.
+\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ ZZZZZZZ%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
+% \makecond and then redefine.
+%
+\makecond{ifset}
+\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\def\doifset#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \let\next=\empty
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+ #1% If not set, redefine \next.
+ \fi
+ \expandafter
+ }\next
+}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
+%
+\makecond{ifclear}
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+
+% @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written
+% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the
+% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
+% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
+%
+\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
+\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
+%
+\def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \let\next=\empty
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax
+ #1% If not defined, \let\next as above.
+ \fi
+ \expandafter
+ }\next
+}
+\def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}}
+
+% @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above.
+\makecond{ifcommandnotdefined}
+\def\ifcommandnotdefined{%
+ \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}}
+\def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}}
+
+% Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to
+% test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available.
+\set txicommandconditionals
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory=\comment
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
+\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
+
+% \newindex {IX} defines an index named IX.
+% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
+% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
+% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+ \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
+ \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+ \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+% The default indices:
+\newindex{cp}% concepts,
+\newcodeindex{fn}% functions,
+\newcodeindex{vr}% variables,
+\newcodeindex{tp}% types,
+\newcodeindex{ky}% keys
+\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs.
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+ \requireopenindexfile{#3}%
+ % redefine \fooindfile:
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+ % redefine \fooindex:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
+\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
+\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+
+% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
+% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+% from whatever follows.
+%
+% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+%
+% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+% space.
+%
+\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
+\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
+
+% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo
+% commands. Most of the commands are controlled through the
+% \ifdummies conditional.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+ \dummiestrue
+ %
+ \definedummyletter\@%
+ \definedummyletter\ %
+ \definedummyletter\{%
+ \definedummyletter\}%
+ \definedummyletter\&%
+ %
+ \definedummyletter\_%
+ \definedummyletter\-%
+ %
+ \definedummyword\subentry
+ %
+ % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
+ \let\commondummyword\definedummyword
+ \macrolist
+ \let\value\dummyvalue
+ %
+ \turnoffactive
+}
+
+\newif\ifdummies
+\newif\ifindexnofonts
+
+\def\commondummyletter#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname#1%
+ \edef#1{%
+ \noexpand\ifindexnofonts
+ % empty expansion
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\ifdummies\string#1%
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\jumptwofi % dispose of the \fi
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\fi}%
+}
+
+\def\commondummyaccent#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname#1%
+ \edef#1{%
+ \noexpand\ifindexnofonts
+ \noexpand\expandafter % dispose of \else ... \fi
+ \noexpand\asis
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\ifdummies\string#1%
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\jumptwofi % dispose of the \fi
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\fi}%
+}
+
+% Like \commondummyaccent but add a \space at the end of the dummy expansion
+% #2 is the expansion used for \indexnofonts. #2 is always followed by
+% \asis to remove a pair of following braces.
+\def\commondummyword#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname#1%
+ \expandafter\def\csname\string#1:ixnf\endcsname{#2\asis}%
+ \edef#1{%
+ \noexpand\ifindexnofonts
+ \noexpand\expandafter % dispose of \else ... \fi
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:ixnf\endcsname
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\ifdummies\string#1\space
+ \noexpand\else
+ \noexpand\jumptwofi % dispose of the \fi \fi
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\string#1:impl\endcsname
+ \noexpand\fi
+ \noexpand\fi}%
+}
+\def\jumptwofi#1\fi\fi{\fi\fi#1}
+
+% For \atdummies and \indexnofonts. \atdummies sets
+% \dummiestrue and \indexnofonts sets \indexnofontstrue.
+\def\definedummies{
+ % @-sign is always an escape character when reading auxiliary files
+ \escapechar = `\@
+ %
+ \commondummyletter\!%
+ \commondummyaccent\"%
+ \commondummyaccent\'%
+ \commondummyletter\*%
+ \commondummyaccent\,%
+ \commondummyletter\.%
+ \commondummyletter\/%
+ \commondummyletter\:%
+ \commondummyaccent\=%
+ \commondummyletter\?%
+ \commondummyaccent\^%
+ \commondummyaccent\`%
+ \commondummyaccent\~%
+ %
+ % Control letters and accents.
+ \commondummyword\u {}%
+ \commondummyword\v {}%
+ \commondummyword\H {}%
+ \commondummyword\dotaccent {}%
+ \commondummyword\ogonek {}%
+ \commondummyword\ringaccent {}%
+ \commondummyword\tieaccent {}%
+ \commondummyword\ubaraccent {}%
+ \commondummyword\udotaccent {}%
+ \commondummyword\dotless {}%
+ %
+ % Texinfo font commands.
+ \commondummyword\b {}%
+ \commondummyword\i {}%
+ \commondummyword\r {}%
+ \commondummyword\sansserif {}%
+ \commondummyword\sc {}%
+ \commondummyword\slanted {}%
+ \commondummyword\t {}%
+ %
+ % Commands that take arguments.
+ \commondummyword\abbr {}%
+ \commondummyword\acronym {}%
+ \commondummyword\anchor {}%
+ \commondummyword\cite {}%
+ \commondummyword\code {}%
+ \commondummyword\command {}%
+ \commondummyword\dfn {}%
+ \commondummyword\dmn {}%
+ \commondummyword\email {}%
+ \commondummyword\emph {}%
+ \commondummyword\env {}%
+ \commondummyword\file {}%
+ \commondummyword\image {}%
+ \commondummyword\indicateurl{}%
+ \commondummyword\inforef {}%
+ \commondummyword\kbd {}%
+ \commondummyword\key {}%
+ \commondummyword\math {}%
+ \commondummyword\option {}%
+ \commondummyword\pxref {}%
+ \commondummyword\ref {}%
+ \commondummyword\samp {}%
+ \commondummyword\strong {}%
+ \commondummyword\tie {}%
+ \commondummyword\U {}%
+ \commondummyword\uref {}%
+ \commondummyword\url {}%
+ \commondummyword\var {}%
+ \commondummyword\verb {}%
+ \commondummyword\w {}%
+ \commondummyword\xref {}%
+ %
+ \commondummyword\AA {AA}%
+ \commondummyword\AE {AE}%
+ \commondummyword\DH {DZZ}%
+ \commondummyword\L {L}%
+ \commondummyword\O {O}%
+ \commondummyword\OE {OE}%
+ \commondummyword\TH {TH}%
+ \commondummyword\aa {aa}%
+ \commondummyword\ae {ae}%
+ \commondummyword\dh {dzz}%
+ \commondummyword\exclamdown {!}%
+ \commondummyword\l {l}%
+ \commondummyword\o {o}%
+ \commondummyword\oe {oe}%
+ \commondummyword\ordf {a}%
+ \commondummyword\ordm {o}%
+ \commondummyword\questiondown {?}%
+ \commondummyword\ss {ss}%
+ \commondummyword\th {th}%
+ %
+ \commondummyword\LaTeX {LaTeX}%
+ \commondummyword\TeX {TeX}%
+ %
+ % Assorted special characters.
+ \commondummyword\ampchar {\normalamp}%
+ \commondummyword\atchar {\@}%
+ \commondummyword\arrow {->}%
+ \commondummyword\backslashchar {\realbackslash}%
+ \commondummyword\bullet {bullet}%
+ \commondummyword\comma {,}%
+ \commondummyword\copyright {copyright}%
+ \commondummyword\dots {...}%
+ \commondummyword\enddots {...}%
+ \commondummyword\entrybreak {}%
+ \commondummyword\equiv {===}%
+ \commondummyword\error {error}%
+ \commondummyword\euro {euro}%
+ \commondummyword\expansion {==>}%
+ \commondummyword\geq {>=}%
+ \commondummyword\guillemetleft {<<}%
+ \commondummyword\guillemetright {>>}%
+ \commondummyword\guilsinglleft {<}%
+ \commondummyword\guilsinglright {>}%
+ \commondummyword\lbracechar {\{}%
+ \commondummyword\leq {<=}%
+ \commondummyword\mathopsup {sup}%
+ \commondummyword\minus {-}%
+ \commondummyword\pounds {pounds}%
+ \commondummyword\point {.}%
+ \commondummyword\print {-|}%
+ \commondummyword\quotedblbase {"}%
+ \commondummyword\quotedblleft {"}%
+ \commondummyword\quotedblright {"}%
+ \commondummyword\quoteleft {`}%
+ \commondummyword\quoteright {'}%
+ \commondummyword\quotesinglbase {,}%
+ \commondummyword\rbracechar {\}}%
+ \commondummyword\registeredsymbol {R}%
+ \commondummyword\result {=>}%
+ \commondummyword\sub {}%
+ \commondummyword\sup {}%
+ \commondummyword\textdegree {o}%
+}
+
+\let\indexlbrace\relax
+\let\indexrbrace\relax
+\let\indexatchar\relax
+\let\indexbackslash\relax
+
+{\catcode`\@=0
+\catcode`\\=13
+ @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\<=13
+\catcode`\-=13
+\catcode`\`=13
+ \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
+ \ifflagclear{txiindexlquoteignore}{}{%
+ % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
+ % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
+ \let`=\empty
+ }%
+ %
+ \ifflagclear{txiindexbackslashignore}{}{%
+ \backslashdisappear
+ }%
+ \ifflagclear{txiindexhyphenignore}{}{%
+ \def-{}%
+ }%
+ \ifflagclear{txiindexlessthanignore}{}{%
+ \def<{}%
+ }%
+ \ifflagclear{txiindexatsignignore}{}{%
+ \def\@{}%
+ }%
+ }
+
+ \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
+ \let-\normaldash
+ \let<\normalless
+ }
+}
+
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+ \indexnofontstrue
+ %
+ \def\ { }%
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+ \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
+ %
+ \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
+ \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
+ \let\lbracechar\{%
+ \let\rbracechar\}%
+ %
+ %
+ % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
+ % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
+ %
+ % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
+ % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
+ % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
+ %
+ \def\commondummyword##1{\let##1\asis}%
+ \macrolist
+ \let\value\indexnofontsvalue
+}
+
+
+
+
+% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+\def\doind#1#2{%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ %
+ \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
+ \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \def\indextext{#2}%
+ \safewhatsit\doindwrite
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Same as \doind, but for code indices
+\def\docind#1#2{%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ %
+ \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
+ \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \def\indextext{#2}%
+ \safewhatsit\docindwrite
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
+\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
+\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \edef\suffix{#1}%
+ % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
+ % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
+ \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
+ % Open the file
+ \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
+ % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current
+ % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
+ % preceding skips.
+ \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
+\fi}
+\def\indexisfl{fl}
+
+% Definition for writing index entry sort key.
+{
+\catcode`\-=13
+\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
+ \begingroup
+ \indexnonalnumreappear
+ \indexwritesortasxxx}
+\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
+}
+
+\def\indexwriteseealso#1{
+ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}%
+}
+\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{
+ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}%
+}
+
+% The default definitions
+\def\sortas#1{}%
+\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
+\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also}
+\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
+
+
+% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}":
+% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}"
+% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ"
+% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext
+%
+\def\splitindexentry#1{%
+ \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}%
+ \xdef\bracedtext{}%
+ \def\sep{}%
+ \def\seealso##1{}%
+ \def\seeentry##1{}%
+ \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry
+}
+
+% append the results from the next segment
+\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{%
+ \def\segment{#1}%
+ \ifx\segment\isfinish
+ \else
+ %
+ % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and
+ % trim spaces.
+ \edef\trimmed{\segment}%
+ \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
+ \ifincodeindex
+ \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}%
+ %
+ % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all
+ % font commands turned off.
+ \bgroup
+ \let\sortas\indexwritesortas
+ \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso
+ \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry
+ \indexnofonts
+ % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex.
+ \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}%
+ \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}%
+ \let\{=\lbracechar
+ \let\}=\rbracechar
+ \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}%
+ \def\atchar##1{\@}%
+ \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}%
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}%
+ %
+ \let\indexsortkey\empty
+ \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty
+ % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes
+ % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment.
+ \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}%
+ \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{%
+ \indexnonalnumdisappear
+ \xdef\trimmed{\segment}%
+ \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}%
+ \ifx\indexsortkey\empty
+ \message{Empty index sort key near line \the\inputlineno}%
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{ }%
+ \fi
+ }\fi
+ %
+ % Append to \fullindexsortkey.
+ \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{%
+ \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}%
+ \tmp
+ \egroup
+ \def\sep{\subentry}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\doindexsegment
+ \fi
+}
+\def\isfinish{\finish}%
+\newbox\dummybox % used above
+
+\let\subentry\relax
+
+% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex.
+% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux
+% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses
+% the current value of \escapechar.
+\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\}
+
+% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape
+% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When
+% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then
+% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy
+% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in
+% index files, never standing for themselves.
+%
+\set txiindexescapeisbackslash
+
+% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file.
+%
+
+\newif\ifincodeindex
+\def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex}
+\def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex}
+
+\def\doindwritex{%
+ \maybemarginindex
+ %
+ \atdummies
+ %
+ \ifflagclear{txiindexescapeisbackslash}{}{\escapeisbackslash}%
+ %
+ % For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
+ \def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
+ \def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}%
+ %
+ % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index
+ % sort key.
+ \splitindexentry\indextext
+ %
+ % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+ % the original text, including any font commands. We write
+ % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+ % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+ % sorted result.
+ %
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\writeto{%
+ \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}%
+ {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}%
+ \bracedtext}%
+ }%
+ \temp
+}
+
+% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented).
+\def\maybemarginindex{%
+ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax
+
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that
+% sequences like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+% But wait, there is a catch there:
+% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
+% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
+% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
+% representation of the skip.
+%
+% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
+% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
+%
+\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
+%
+\newskip\whatsitskip
+\newcount\whatsitpenalty
+%
+% ..., ready, GO:
+%
+\def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode
+ #1%
+ \else
+ % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+ \whatsitskip = \lastskip
+ \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
+ \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
+ %
+ % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+ % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+ % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+ % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+ % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ \else
+ \vskip-\whatsitskip
+ \fi
+ %
+ #1%
+ %
+ \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+ % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
+ % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
+ % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
+ % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
+ % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
+ % @deffn deffn-whatever
+ % @vindex index-whatever
+ % Description.
+ % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+ % and the "Description." paragraph.
+ \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
+ \else
+ % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+ % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+ % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+ \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
+ \fi
+\fi}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+% \initial {c}
+% before the first topic whose initial is c
+% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+% for a topic that is used without subtopics
+% \primary {topic}
+% \entry {topic}{}
+% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each subtopic.
+% \secondary {subtopic}{}
+% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics
+% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each sub-subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
+ \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ \tolerance = 9500
+ \plainfrenchspacing
+ \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
+ %
+ % See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
+ \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
+ %
+ % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+ \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
+ \ifeof 1
+ % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+ % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+ % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+ % there is some text.
+ \putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
+ \else
+ % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+ % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+ % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+ \read 1 to \thisline
+ \ifeof 1
+ \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+ \else
+ \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index
+% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have
+% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would
+% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error.
+\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{%
+ \ifflagclear{txiindexescapeisbackslash}{%
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1
+ \ifflagclear{txiskipindexfileswithbackslash}{%
+\errmessage{%
+ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped.
+To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi'
+or 'texi2pdf' to that at <https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo>.
+If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo
+distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0).
+You may be able to typeset the index if you run
+'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself.
+You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by
+running a command like
+'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do
+this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format.
+If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again
+might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')%
+}%
+ }{%
+ (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format)
+ }%
+ \else
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \input \jobname.\indexname s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \catcode`\\=0\relax
+ %
+ % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This
+ % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files.
+ %\catcode`\@=12\relax
+ \catcode`\@=0\relax
+ \input \jobname.\indexname s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ }%
+}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
+\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
+\catcode`\$=3
+\gdef\initialglyphs{%
+ % special control sequences used in the index sort key
+ \let\indexlbrace\{%
+ \let\indexrbrace\}%
+ \let\indexatchar\@%
+ \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
+ %
+ % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the
+ % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
+ % for these characters.
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}}
+ %
+ % In case @\ is used for backslash
+ \uppercase{\let\\=~}
+ % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
+ \catcode`\/=13
+ \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
+ \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
+ \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
+ \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
+ \def\_{%
+ \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
+ \def|{$\vert$}%
+ \def<{$\less$}%
+ \def>{$\gtr$}%
+ \def+{$\normalplus$}%
+}}
+
+\def\initial{%
+ \bgroup
+ \initialglyphs
+ \initialx
+}
+
+\def\initialx#1{%
+ % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+ \removelastskip
+ %
+ % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
+ % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+ \penalty -300
+ \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
+ %
+ % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
+ % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+ % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+ % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+ %
+ % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
+ % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
+ % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
+ % \leftline creates.
+ % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+ \egroup % \initialglyphs
+}
+
+\newdimen\entryrightmargin
+\entryrightmargin=0pt
+
+% for PDF output, whether to make the text of the entry a link to the page
+% number. set for @contents and @shortcontents where there is only one
+% page number.
+\newif\iflinkentrytext
+
+% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
+% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+\def\entry{%
+ \begingroup
+ %
+ % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+ % affect previous text.
+ \par
+ %
+ % No extra space above this paragraph.
+ \parskip = 0in
+ %
+ % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
+ % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
+ % titles, for instance.
+ \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
+ \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
+ %
+ % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
+ \afterassignment\doentry
+ \let\temp =
+}
+\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
+\def\doentry{%
+ % Save the text of the entry in \boxA
+ \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
+ \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
+ \noindent
+ \aftergroup\finishentry
+ % And now comes the text of the entry.
+ % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
+ % with catcodes occurring.
+}
+{\catcode`\@=11
+% #1 is the page number
+\gdef\finishentry#1{%
+ \egroup % end \boxA
+ \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
+ % add any leaders and page number to \boxA.
+ \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
+ \ifpdforxetex
+ \iflinkentrytext
+ \pdflinkpage{#1}{\unhbox\boxA}%
+ \else
+ \unhbox\boxA
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \unhbox\boxA
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
+ % leaders if they are present.
+ \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
+ \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+ \null\nobreak\hfill\ %
+ \else
+ %
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ \ifpdforxetex
+ \pdfgettoks#1.%
+ \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
+ \else
+ \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \egroup % end \boxA
+ %
+ % now output
+ \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+ \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par
+ \nobreak
+ \else\bgroup
+ % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
+ % page numbers to be aligned to the right.
+ %
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
+ % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
+ \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
+ %
+ \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
+ % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
+ % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to
+ % fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
+ \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
+ \dimen@i=2.1em
+ \else
+ \dimen@i=0em
+ \fi
+ \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
+ %
+ \dimen@ii = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
+ \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
+ \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
+ \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
+ \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text
+ % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of
+ % the first line.
+ \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@
+ \dimen@ii = \hsize
+ \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
+ % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than
+ % two lines), use all the space in the first line.
+ \dimen@ = \dimen@ii
+ \fi
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
+ \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
+ \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii
+ % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
+ % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
+ % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
+ %
+ % Indent all lines but the first one.
+ \advance\leftskip by 1em
+ \advance\parindent by -1em
+ \fi\fi
+ \indent % start paragraph
+ \unhbox\boxA
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % Word spacing - no stretch
+ \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
+ %
+ \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks.
+ \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation.
+ %
+ \par % format the paragraph
+ \egroup % The \vbox
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}}
+
+\newskip\thinshrinkable
+\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
+
+% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
+% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
+% the page number to the right.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
+
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}}
+\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}}
+
+\def\indententry#1#2#3{%
+ \bgroup
+ \leftskip=#1
+ \entry{#2}{#3}%
+ \egroup
+}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11 % private names
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % If not much space left on page, start a new page.
+ \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
+ %
+ % Grab any single-column material above us.
+ \output = {%
+ \savetopmark
+ %
+ \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+ % Unvbox the main output page.
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+ }%
+ }%
+ \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+ %
+ % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+ \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+ %
+ % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
+ % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+ % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
+ % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+ % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+ %
+ % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+ % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+ % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
+ % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+ % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+ %
+ % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+ % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+ % been clobbered.
+ %
+ \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+ \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+ \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ %
+ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+ % previous page.
+ \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
+ \vsize = 2\vsize
+ %
+ % For the benefit of balancing columns
+ \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ %
+ \savetopmark
+ \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+ \dimen@ = \vsize
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2
+ %
+ % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+ \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@
+ \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage
+ \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called
+ \unvbox\PAGE
+ \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+ \unvbox\partialpage
+ %
+ \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+ \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+ \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+
+
+% Finished with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+ % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
+ % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
+ % following situation:
+ %
+ % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
+ % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
+ % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last
+ % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
+ % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following
+ % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
+ % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
+ % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
+ % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
+ % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
+ % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as
+ % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
+ % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
+ % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
+ % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
+ % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
+ % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
+ % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
+ % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
+ %
+ % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
+ % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
+ \penalty0
+ %
+ \output = {%
+ % Split the last of the double-column material.
+ \savetopmark
+ \balancecolumns
+ }%
+ \eject % call the \output just set
+ \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt
+ % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+ % definition right away.
+ \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
+ %
+ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
+ % page break.
+ \box\balancedcolumns
+ %
+ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
+ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize.
+ \global\vsize = \txipageheight %
+ \pagegoal = \txipageheight %
+ \else
+ % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout
+ % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again.
+ \expandafter\enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+}
+\newbox\balancedcolumns
+\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
+%
+% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout
+% does the others.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+ \dimen@ = \ht0
+ \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip
+ % Don't split a short final column in two.
+ \setbox2=\vbox{}%
+ \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
+ \else
+ % double the leading vertical space
+ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ \dimen@ii = \dimen@
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht1<\ht3
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
+ %
+ % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.
+ % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
+ % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
+ \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
+ % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material.
+ % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page.
+ \setbox\PAGE=\box0
+ \doublecolumnout
+ \else
+ % Compare the heights of the two columns.
+ \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
+ % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
+ % flush with each other.
+ \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
+ \else
+ % Make column bottoms flush with each other.
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
+ \fi
+ \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+% Let's start with @part.
+\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}}
+\def\partzzz#1{%
+ \chapoddpage
+ \null
+ \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
+ \begingroup
+ \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
+ \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
+ \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
+ \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
+ % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
+ % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
+ \let\pchapsepmacro\relax
+ \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+ \chapoddpage
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
+%
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
+\def\appendixletter{%
+ \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+ \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+ % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+ % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
+ % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+ % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+ \else\char\the\appendixno
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
+% and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use
+% these. @section does likewise.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thischapternum{}
+\def\thischaptername{}
+\def\thissection{}
+\def\thissectionnum{}
+\def\thissectionname{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+
+% we only have subsub.
+\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
+%
+% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
+% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel
+%
+% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
+% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
+\def\chapheadtype{N}
+
+% Choose a heading macro
+% #1 is heading type
+% #2 is heading level
+% #3 is text for heading
+\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
+ % Compute the abs. sec. level:
+ \absseclevel=#2
+ \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
+ % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
+ \absseclevel = 0
+ \else
+ \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
+ \absseclevel = 3
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % The heading type:
+ \def\headtype{#1}%
+ \if \headtype U%
+ \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel
+ \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Check for appendix sections:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
+ \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
+ \else
+ \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
+ \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \fi
+ % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
+ \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel
+ \def\headtype{U}%
+ \else
+ \chardef\unnlevel = 3
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % Now print the heading:
+ \if \headtype U%
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \if \headtype A%
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \appendixzzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifcase\absseclevel
+ \chapterzzz{#3}%
+ \or \seczzz{#3}%
+ \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% an interface:
+\def\numhead{\genhead N}
+\def\apphead{\genhead A}
+\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
+% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
+%
+% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
+% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
+\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+ % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+ % as an @include file.
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\chapno by 1
+ %
+ % Used for \float.
+ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations.
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}%
+ \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % Write the actual heading.
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+ %
+ % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+ \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz
+%
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+ \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations.
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}%
+ \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+% normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+ \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+ \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+ %
+ % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
+ \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+ \resetallfloatnos
+ %
+ % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+ % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+ % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+ % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+ % to be executed, not expanded).
+ %
+ % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+ % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
+ % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+ % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
+ % the toc entries.)
+ \toks0 = {#1}%
+ \message{(\the\toks0)}%
+ %
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
+ %
+ \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+ \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+ \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
+ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
+ \unnmhead0{#1}%
+ \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\let\top\unnumbered
+
+% Sections.
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% normally calls appendixsectionzzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}}
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
+}
+\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
+
+% normally calls unnumberedseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+%
+% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% normally calls appendixsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}}
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+%
+% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+ {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% normally appendixsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}}
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+ {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz:
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}}
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+ \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+ \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+ {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+\def\majorheading{%
+ {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+ \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
+
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
+ \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
+ \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+ \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+
+% Start a new page
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
+% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
+% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
+% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
+\def\chapoddpage{%
+ \chappager
+ \ifodd\pageno \else
+ \begingroup
+ \headingsoff
+ \null
+ \chappager
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname\HEADINGSon}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\setchapternewpage on
+
+% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+% Not used for @heading series.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+%
+%
+% Definitions for @thischapter. These can be overridden in translation
+% files.
+\def\thischapterAppendix{%
+ \putwordAppendix{} \thischapternum: \thischaptername}
+
+\def\thischapterChapter{%
+ \putwordChapter{} \thischapternum: \thischaptername}
+%
+%
+\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
+ \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
+ \fi
+ % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+ \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \gdef\thissection{}}%
+ %
+ \def\temptype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\thischapter{}}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
+ \let\noexpand\thischapter\noexpand\thischapterAppendix
+ }%
+ \else
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
+ \let\noexpand\thischapter\noexpand\thischapterChapter
+ }%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+ % the preceding space.
+ \safewhatsit\domark
+ %
+ % Insert the chapter heading break.
+ \pchapsepmacro
+ %
+ % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
+ % between here and the heading.
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+ \domark
+ %
+ {%
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
+ %
+ % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the
+ % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
+ % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
+ %
+ % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+ % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{numchap}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
+ % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+ % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+ %
+ % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+ % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+ % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+ % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+ % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+ \donoderef{#2}%
+ %
+ % Typeset the actual heading.
+ \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
+ \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+ \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+ }%
+ \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerparameters{%
+ \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+ \leftskip = \rightskip
+ \parfillskip = 0pt
+}
+
+
+% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
+
+% Definition for @thissection. This can be overridden in translation
+% files.
+\def\thissectionDef{%
+ \putwordSection{} \thissectionnum: \thissectionname}
+%
+
+
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
+%
+% #1 is the text of the title,
+% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
+% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
+% #4 is the section number.
+%
+\def\seckeyword{sec}
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
+ {%
+ \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+ \def\temptype{#3}%
+ %
+ % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
+ % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
+ % dubious), but not the others.
+ \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
+ \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
+ \fi
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
+ %
+ % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+ %
+ % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+ \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
+ \fi
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ % Don't redefine \thissection.
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+ \let\noexpand\thissection\noexpand\thissectionDef
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+ \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+ \let\noexpand\thissection\noexpand\thissectionDef
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we
+ % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph
+ % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line.
+ \par
+ %
+ % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+ % the preceding space.
+ \safewhatsit\domark
+ %
+ % Insert space above the heading.
+ \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+ %
+ % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
+ % between here and the heading.
+ \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+ \domark
+ %
+ % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+ \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{unn}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+ % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+ % and don't redefine \currentsection.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+ \def\toctype{omit}%
+ \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+ \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{app}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
+ \else
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+ \def\toctype{num}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ %
+ % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
+ \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+ %
+ % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+ % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
+ \donoderef{#3}%
+ %
+ % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
+ % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
+ % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
+ % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
+ % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
+ % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
+ \nobreak
+ %
+ % Output the actual section heading.
+ \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright
+ \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
+ \unhbox0 #1}%
+ }%
+ % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+ % Don't allow stretch, though.
+ \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+ %
+ % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+ % was followed by glue.
+ \nobreak
+ %
+ % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+ % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+ % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next
+ % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out
+ % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically
+ % obscuring the section heading with something else.
+ \vskip-\parskip
+ %
+ % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known
+ % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation
+ % and do the needful.
+ \penalty 10001
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
+%
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+ \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+ \iftocfileopened\else
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+ \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+ \fi
+ %
+ \iflinks
+ {\atdummies
+ \edef\temp{%
+ \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+ \temp
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+ % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
+ % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+ % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+ % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+ % `1', and two named `2'.
+ \ifpdforxetex
+ \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
+% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
+% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
+%
+\def\activecatcodes{%
+ \catcode`\"=\active
+ \catcode`\$=\active
+ \catcode`\<=\active
+ \catcode`\>=\active
+ \catcode`\\=\active
+ \catcode`\^=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\|=\active
+ \catcode`\~=\active
+}
+
+
+% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
+\def\readtocfile{%
+ \setupdatafile
+ \activecatcodes
+ \input \tocreadfilename
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+ % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.
+ \contentsalignmacro
+ \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+ %
+ % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+ % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+ \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+ %
+ \savepageno = \pageno
+ \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+ \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+ \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ %
+ % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+ \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+ \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings
+ % Record where the Roman numerals started.
+ \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi
+ \linkentrytexttrue
+}
+
+% \raggedbottom in plain.tex hardcodes \topskip so override it
+\catcode`\@=11
+\def\raggedbottom{\advance\topskip by 0pt plus60pt \r@ggedbottomtrue}
+\catcode`\@=\other
+
+% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
+% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
+%
+\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+%
+\def\contents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+ \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readtocfile
+ \fi
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \pdfmakeoutlines
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ \contentsendroman
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+ \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+ %
+ \let\partentry = \shortpartentry
+ \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+ \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+ % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+ \secfonts
+ \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+ \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+ \rm
+ \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+ \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+ \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+ \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readtocfile
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \vfill \eject
+ \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+ \endgroup
+ \contentsendroman
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again
+\def\contentsendroman{%
+ \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+ \global\pageno = \savepageno
+ %
+ % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the
+ % document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for
+ % the page numbers.
+ \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi
+}
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+ % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+ % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+ % But use \hss just in case.
+ % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+ % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+ %
+ % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+ % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
+ % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+ % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+ % there are before deciding ...
+ \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't
+% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
+% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
+\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
+\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading.
+ % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the
+ % part heading, before a following chapter heading.
+ \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+ \penalty-300
+ \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
+ \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}%
+}
+%
+% Parts, in the short toc.
+\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ \penalty-300
+ \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip
+ \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}%
+}
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{#4}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
+%
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+ % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+ \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
+%
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+ \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+ \begingroup
+ % Move the page numbers slightly to the right
+ \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
+ \chapentryfonts
+ \tocentry{#1}{#2}%
+ \endgroup
+ \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+ \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+ \tocentry{#1}{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+\let\tocentry = \entry
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character.
+
+\envdef\tex{%
+ \setregularquotes
+ \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+ \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+ \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+ \catcode `\%=14
+ \catcode `\+=\other
+ \catcode `\"=\other
+ \catcode `\|=\other
+ \catcode `\<=\other
+ \catcode `\>=\other
+ \catcode `\`=\other
+ \catcode `\'=\other
+ %
+ % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
+ % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
+ \mathactive
+ %
+ % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
+ \let\b=\ptexb
+ \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+ \let\c=\ptexc
+ \let\,=\ptexcomma
+ \let\.=\ptexdot
+ \let\dots=\ptexdots
+ \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+ \let\!=\ptexexclam
+ \let\i=\ptexi
+ \let\indent=\ptexindent
+ \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+ \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+ \let\+=\tabalign
+ \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+ \let\/=\ptexslash
+ \let\sp=\ptexsp
+ \let\*=\ptexstar
+ %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
+ \let\t=\ptext
+ \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer
+ \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
+ %
+ \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+ \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+ \def\@{@}%
+}
+% There is no need to define \Etex.
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+ % \sectionheading, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+ % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
+ % often leads into it.
+ \penalty100
+ \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\def\afterenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+ % \sectionheading, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+ % or better ...
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
+% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+ \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+ \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used
+\def\cartouchefontdefs{%
+ \font\circle=lcircle10\relax
+ \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+}
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+
+\envparseargdef\cartouche{%
+ \cartouchefontdefs
+ \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+ \startsavinginserts
+ \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+ \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+ %
+ % Set paragraph width for text inside cartouche. There are
+ % left and right margins of 3pt each plus two vrules 0.4pt each.
+ \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+ \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+ \advance\cartinner by -6.8pt
+ %
+ % For drawing top and bottom of cartouche. Each corner char
+ % adds 6pt and we take off the width of a rule to line up with the
+ % right boundary perfectly.
+ \cartouter=\hsize
+ \advance\cartouter by 11.6pt
+ %
+ \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+ %
+ % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
+ % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
+ % collide with the section heading.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
+ %
+ \setbox\groupbox=\vtop\bgroup
+ \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \carttop
+ \hbox\bgroup
+ \hskip\lskip
+ \vrule\kern3pt
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \hsize=\cartinner
+ \baselineskip=\normbskip
+ \lineskip=\normlskip
+ \parskip=\normpskip
+ \def\arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\arg\empty\else
+ \centerV{\hfil \bf #1 \hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \kern3pt
+ \vskip -\parskip
+}
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+ \ifhmode\par\fi
+ \kern3pt
+ \egroup
+ \kern3pt\vrule
+ \hskip\rskip
+ \egroup
+ \cartbot
+ \egroup
+ \addgroupbox
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\newdimen\nonfillparindent
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+ \aboveenvbreak
+ \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
+ \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+ \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+ \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+ \parskip = 0pt
+ % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate
+ % the normal \indent.
+ \nonfillparindent=\parindent
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \let\indent\nonfillindent
+ %
+ \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+ \else
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+ \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+}
+
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces
+% We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake
+% @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally
+% active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after
+% @indent.
+\gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}%
+\gdef\nonfillindentcheck{%
+\ifx\temp %
+\expandafter\nonfillindentgobble%
+\else%
+\leavevmode\nonfillindentbox%
+\fi%
+}%
+\endgroup
+\def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent}
+\def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}}
+
+% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+% This affects the following displayed environments:
+% @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim
+%
+\def\smallword{small}
+\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
+ % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
+ % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
+ % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
+ % to change the fonts afterward.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \fi
+}
+\def\setsmalldispenv{%
+ \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
+ \else
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+ \smallexamplefonts \rm
+ \fi
+}
+
+% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
+% Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition.
+\def\makedispenvdef#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}%
+ \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+ \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+}
+
+% Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment.
+\def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{%
+ \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}%
+ \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}%
+}
+%
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font;
+% @example: same as @lisp.
+%
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+%
+\maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \tt\setcodequotes
+ \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+ \parsearg\gobble
+}
+% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\makedispenvdef{display}{%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+
+% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\makedispenvdef{format}{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+
+% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+\envdef\flushleft{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\envdef\flushright{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax
+ \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
+% justification. From plain.tex.
+\envdef\raggedright{%
+ \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
+}
+\let\Eraggedright\par
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
+% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
+% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
+%
+\makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart}
+%
+\def\quotationstart{%
+ \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \fi
+ \parsearg\quotationlabel
+}
+
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Equotation{%
+ \par
+ \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else
+ % indent a bit.
+ \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
+ \fi
+ {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+\def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation}
+
+% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
+\def\quotationlabel#1{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\empty \else
+ {\bf #1: }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
+% has no optional argument.
+%
+\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
+%
+\def\indentedblockstart{%
+ {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+ \parindent=0pt
+ %
+ % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+ \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+ \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+ \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+ \else
+ \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Eindentedblock{%
+ \par
+ {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+\def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+ \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+ \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+ % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and
+ % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and
+ % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled.
+ %\do\`\do\'%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+ \tt
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \setcodequotes
+ \tabeightspaces
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count
+ % must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion.
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
+% tabs.
+\newbox\verbbox
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \gdef\tabexpand{%
+ \catcode`\^^I=\active
+ \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+ \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+ \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
+ \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+ \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+ \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox
+ \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox
+ }%
+ }
+\endgroup
+
+% start the verbatim environment.
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+ \let\nonarrowing = t%
+ \nonfillstart
+ \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+ \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}%
+ \tabexpand
+ \setcodequotes
+ % Respect line breaks,
+ % print special symbols as themselves, and
+ % make each space count.
+ % Must do in this order:
+ \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
+ \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \obeylines %
+ % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+ % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
+ % line in the output.
+ \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{%
+ \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+ % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
+ % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
+ % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in
+ % the block.
+\endgroup
+%
+\envdef\verbatim{%
+ \setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+ {%
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \setupverbatim
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+ \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
+ \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 }
+ \expandafter
+ }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup
+ \afterenvbreak
+ }%
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\macrobodyctxt\docopying}
+{\catcode`\ =\other
+\gdef\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
+}
+
+\def\insertcopying{%
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
+ \scanexp\copyingtext
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+\newcount\defunpenalty
+
+% Start the processing of @deffn:
+\def\startdefun{%
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+ \medbreak
+ \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
+ % following @def command, see below.
+ \else
+ % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+ % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+ % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+ % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
+ % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+ % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
+ % a break between a section heading and a defun.
+ %
+ % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
+ % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
+ % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
+ % @def command.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+ %
+ % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+ % But do insert the glue.
+ \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+ \fi
+ %
+ \parindent=0in
+ \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+% Called as \printdefunline \deffooheader{text}
+%
+\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \plainfrenchspacing
+ % call \deffooheader:
+ #1#2 \endheader
+ % common ending:
+ \interlinepenalty = 10000
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax
+ \endgraf
+ \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+ \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \deffoox
+ % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
+ % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
+ \checkparencounts
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
+
+% @defblock, @defline do not automatically create index entries
+\envdef\defblock{%
+ \startdefun
+}
+\let\Edefblock\Edefun
+
+\def\defline{%
+ \doingtypefnfalse
+ \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline\deflineheader}%
+}
+\def\deflineheader#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+ \printdefname{#1}{}{#2}\magicamp\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+\def\deftypeline{%
+ \doingtypefntrue
+ \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline\deflineheader}%
+}
+
+% \makedefun{deffoo} (\deffooheader parameters) { (\deffooheader expansion) }
+%
+% Define \deffoo, \deffoox \Edeffoo and \deffooheader.
+\def\makedefun#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+ \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+ \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+ \temp
+}
+\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+ \envdef#1{%
+ \startdefun
+ \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else
+ \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+ }%
+ \def#2{%
+ % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+ \checkenv#1%
+ %
+ % As in \startdefun, allow line break if we have multiple x headers
+ % in a row. It's not a great place, though.
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+ %
+ \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else
+ \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+ }%
+ \def#3% definition of \deffooheader follows
+}
+
+\newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function?
+\newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line?
+
+% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
+% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
+% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
+%
+\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+ = \empty
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp',
+ must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Untyped functions:
+
+% @deffn category name args
+\makedefun{deffn}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+ \doind{fn}{\code{#2}}%
+ \printdefname{#1}{}{#2}\magicamp\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+
+% @defop category class name args
+\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopheaderx{#1\ \putwordon}}
+\def\defopheaderx#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+ \doind{fn}{\code{#3}\space\putwordon\ \code{#2}}%
+ \printdefname{#1\ \code{#2}}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Typed functions:
+
+% @deftypefn category type name args
+\makedefun{deftypefn}#1 #2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+ \doind{fn}{\code{#3}}%
+ \doingtypefntrue
+ \printdefname{#1}{#2}{#3}\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+% @deftypeop category class type name args
+\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopheaderx{#1\ \putwordon}}
+\def\deftypeopheaderx#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \doind{fn}{\code{#4}\space\putwordon\ \code{#1\ \code{#2}}}%
+ \doingtypefntrue
+ \printdefname{#1\ \code{#2}}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Typed variables:
+
+% @deftypevr category type var args
+\makedefun{deftypevr}#1 #2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+ \doind{vr}{\code{#3}}%
+ \printdefname{#1}{#2}{#3}\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvheaderx{#1\ \putwordof}}
+\def\deftypecvheaderx#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+ \doind{vr}{\code{#4}\space\putwordof\ \code{#2}}%
+ \printdefname{#1\ \code{#2}}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Untyped variables:
+
+% @defvr category var args
+\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+
+% @defcv category class var args
+\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvheaderx{#1\ \putwordof}}
+\def\defcvheaderx#1#2 {\deftypecvheaderx{#1}#2 {} }
+
+% Types:
+
+% @deftp category name args
+\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+ \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+ \printdefname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopheaderx\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopheaderx\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvheaderx\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvheaderx\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+
+% \printdefname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+% #2 is the return type, if any.
+% #3 is the function name.
+%
+% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
+%
+\def\printdefname#1#2#3{%
+ \par
+ % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+ \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+ %
+ % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function
+ % on a line by itself.
+ \rettypeownlinefalse
+ \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically?
+ % then check user option for putting return type on its own line:
+ \ifflagclear{txideftypefnnl}{}{\rettypeownlinetrue}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps
+ % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+ % just below it.
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
+ %
+ % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at
+ % least two.
+ \tempnum = 2
+ %
+ % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+ % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+ \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+ %
+ % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line.
+ \ifrettypeownline
+ \advance\tempnum by 1
+ \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}%
+ \else
+ \def\maybeshapeline{}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % The continuations:
+ \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+ %
+ % The final paragraph shape:
+ \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2
+ %
+ % Put the category name at the right margin.
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to 0pt{%
+ \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+ % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+ \kern\leftskip
+ % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+ }%
+ %
+ % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+ \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+ \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+ {%
+ % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+ % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+ % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+ % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
+ % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
+ % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
+ % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
+ % one has made identifiers using them :).
+ \df \tt
+ \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type
+ \ifx\temp\empty\else
+ \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
+ \ifrettypeownline
+ % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
+ \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
+ \else
+ \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space
+ \fi
+ \fi % no return type
+ #3% output function name
+ }%
+ \ifflagclear{txidefnamenospace}{%
+ {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
+ }{}%
+ %
+ \boldbrax
+ % arguments will be output next, if any.
+}
+
+% Print arguments. Use slanted for @def*, typewriter for @deftype*.
+\def\defunargs#1{%
+ \bgroup
+ \df \ifdoingtypefn \tt \else \sl \fi
+ \ifflagclear{txicodevaristt}{}%
+ {\def\var##1{{\setregularquotes \ttsl ##1}}}%
+ #1%
+ \egroup
+}
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+ \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+ \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+{
+ \activeparens
+ \gdef\defcharsdefault{%
+ \let(=\lparen \let)=\rparen
+ \let[=\lbrack \let]=\rbrack
+ \let& = \&%
+ }
+ \globaldefs=1 \defcharsdefault
+
+ \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+ \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
+}
+\let\ampchar\&
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\newif\ifampseen
+\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\rm\&#1 }}
+
+\def\parenfont{%
+ \ifampseen
+ % At the first level, print parens in roman,
+ % otherwise use the default font.
+ \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
+ \else
+ % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
+ % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
+ \sf
+ \fi
+}
+\def\infirstlevel#1{%
+ \ifampseen
+ \ifnum\parencount=1
+ #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
+
+\def\opnr{%
+ \global\advance\parencount by 1
+ {\parenfont(}%
+ \infirstlevel \bfafterword
+}
+\def\clnr{%
+ {\parenfont)}%
+ \infirstlevel \sl
+ \global\advance\parencount by -1
+}
+
+\newcount\brackcount
+\def\lbrb{%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by 1
+ {\bf[}%
+}
+\def\rbrb{%
+ {\bf]}%
+ \global\advance\brackcount by -1
+}
+
+\def\checkparencounts{%
+ \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
+ \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
+}
+% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
+% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
+\def\badparencount{%
+ \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
+ \global\parencount=0
+}
+\def\badbrackcount{%
+ \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
+ \global\brackcount=0
+}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
+ \newwrite\macscribble
+ \def\scantokens#1{%
+ \toks0={#1}%
+ \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+ \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+ \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+ \input \jobname.tmp
+ }
+\fi
+
+\let\E=\expandafter
+
+% Used at the time of macro expansion.
+% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+ \newlinechar`\^^M
+ % expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading
+ % newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result.
+ \def\xeatspaces##1{%
+ \E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1%
+ }}%
+ \def\xempty##1{}%
+ %
+ % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
+ \scantokens{#1@comment}%
+ %
+ % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
+ % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla
+ % in math mode.
+}
+
+% Used for copying and captions
+\def\scanexp#1{%
+ \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
+}
+
+\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
+
+% List of all defined macros in the form
+% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
+% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
+% if there is a need.
+\def\macrolist{}
+
+% Add the macro to \macrolist
+\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
+ \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
+}
+
+% Utility routines.
+% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
+% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
+% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
+%
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let
+ \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname#2\endcsname
+}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}%
+% Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument
+% or for an empty argument
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \
+% to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash.
+%
+% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
+% them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to
+% confine the change to the current group.
+%
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+%
+\def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\+=\other
+ \catcode`\<=\other
+ \catcode`\>=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\other
+ \catcode`\|=\other
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \catcode`\\=\active
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+}
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions and @copying
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\ =\other
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+}
+
+% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode
+% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
+% an argument to another Texinfo command.
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+}
+
+\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+%
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 }
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
+ \paramno=0\relax
+ \else
+ \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+ \if\paramno>256\relax
+ \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments}
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+ \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+ \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+ \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+ \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \usembodybackslash
+ \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+ \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+ \fi}
+
+\parseargdef\unmacro{%
+ \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+ \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+ % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+ \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
+ \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+ \ifx #1\relax
+ % remove this
+ \else
+ \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to
+% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
+% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
+% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
+% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
+% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are
+% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
+% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
+% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
+%
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+%
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
+% \parsemmanyargdef.
+%
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
+ \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax
+ % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
+ \let\xeatspaces\relax
+ \let\xempty\relax
+ \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
+ \paramno0\relax
+ \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
+ \fi
+}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+ \advance\paramno by 1
+ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+ {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}%
+ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+ \fi\next}
+% the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an
+% empty macro argument.
+
+% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
+%
+% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
+% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+%
+% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro
+% body to be transformed.
+% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \macrodef.
+%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\macrodef}}%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\macrodef}}%
+
+% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
+\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
+\catcode `@=11\relax
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
+% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
+% processed again to replace the arguments.
+%
+% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
+% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
+% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
+%
+% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
+% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
+%
+% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
+% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
+% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
+% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
+% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
+% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
+\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+ \else
+ \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
+ \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
+ \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}%
+ % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we
+ % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an
+ % \xdef .
+ \expandafter\edef\tempa
+ {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}%
+ \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+ \fi\next}
+
+
+\let\endargs@\relax
+\let\nil@\relax
+\def\nilm@{\nil@}%
+\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
+
+% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
+% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
+% macarg.ARGNAME
+%
+% #1 is the macro name
+% #2 is the list of argument names
+% #3 is the list of argument values
+\def\getargvals@#1#2#3{%
+ \def\macargdeflist@{}%
+ \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion.
+ \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}%
+ \def\macroname{#1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \macroargctxt
+ \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}%
+ \def\@tempa{#3}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\empty
+ \setemptyargvalues@
+ \else
+ \getargvals@@
+ \fi
+}
+\def\getargvals@@{%
+ \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+ % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
+ \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}%
+ \fi
+ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+ \else
+ \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@
+ % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg
+ % macros to empty.
+ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+ \else
+ % pop current arg name into \@tempb
+ \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}%
+ % pop current argument value into \@tempc
+ \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}%
+ % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value.
+ % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd
+ \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{%
+ \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}%
+ \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}%
+ \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@
+ \let\next\getargvals@@
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+\def\push@#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter#1#2}%
+}
+
+% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
+% in macro \@tempa.
+%
+\def\macvalstoargs@{%
+ % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
+ % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
+ % values into respective token registers.
+ %
+ % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering.
+ \begingroup
+ \paramno0\relax
+ % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument
+ % value into a new token list register \toks#N
+ \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,%
+ % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their
+ % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they
+ % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef .
+ \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}%
+ % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers
+ % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after
+ % group.
+ \expandafter
+ \endgroup
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+ }
+
+% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
+%
+\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
+ \expandafter
+ \endgroup
+ \macargdeflist@
+ % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result
+ % is in \@tempa .
+ \macvalstoargs@
+ % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value
+ % with \@tempb .
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname
+ % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing
+ % \egroup .
+ \ifx\@tempb\gobble
+ \let\@tempc\relax
+ \else
+ \let\@tempc\egroup
+ \fi
+ % And now we do the real job:
+ \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}%
+ \@tempd
+}
+
+\def\putargsintokens@#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next\relax
+ \else
+ \let\next\putargsintokens@
+ % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary
+ % alias \@tempb .
+ \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno
+ % Then we place the argument value into that token list register.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ \advance\paramno by 1\relax
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
+%
+\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
+ \ifx\paramlist\nilm@
+ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@
+ \else
+ \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@
+ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@
+ \fi
+ \next
+}
+
+\def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}%
+ \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@
+ \def\paramlist{#2}%
+}
+
+% #1 is the element target macro
+% #2 is the list macro
+% #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value
+\def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+ \def#1{#3}%
+ \def#2{#4}%
+}
+\long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{%
+ \long\def#1{#3}%
+ \long\def#2{#4}%
+}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
+% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
+% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
+% \paramno is the number of parameters
+% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
+% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
+%
+\def\macrodef{%
+ \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+ \ifnum\paramno=1
+ \long\def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
+ % We don't use \xeatspaces for single-argument macros, because we
+ % want to keep ends of lines. This definition removes \xeatspaces
+ % when \macrobody is expanded below.
+ \else
+ \def\xeatspaces{\string\xeatspaces}%
+ % This expands \xeatspaces as a sequence of character tokens, which
+ % stops \scantokens inserting an extra space after the control sequence.
+ \fi
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \begingroup
+ \noexpand\spaceisspace
+ \noexpand\endlineisspace
+ \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
+ \endgroup
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \begingroup
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+ \endgroup
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
+ }%
+ \else % at most 9
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
+ % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
+ % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a
+ % comma.
+ % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
+ % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \begingroup
+ \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
+ \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
+ \noexpand\expandafter
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
+ \noexpand\passargtomacro
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
+ \endgroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+ \else % 10 or more:
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+ }%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
+@catcode`@_=11 % private names
+@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator
+
+% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
+% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
+% compressed to one.
+%
+% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use
+% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where
+% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to
+% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
+%
+% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
+% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
+%
+% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input)
+%
+% where:
+% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
+% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
+% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
+% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
+
+@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
+ @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
+}
+@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 used to look ahead
+%
+% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument;
+% otherwise, remove the next token.
+@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
+ @ifx#4\%
+ @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish
+ @else
+ @expandafter@add_segment
+ @fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
+% #5 looks ahead
+%
+% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
+@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
+ @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
+}
+
+@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 is input stream until next backslash
+%
+% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a
+% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.
+% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish,
+% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
+% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
+% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
+% added to ARG_RESULT.
+@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
+@ifx#3@_finish
+ @call_the_macro#1!%
+@else
+ % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
+ @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
+ % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
+ % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how
+ % long #4 is.
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO
+% #2 - ARG_RESULT
+% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the
+% conditional.
+@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
+
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks
+% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context
+% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then,
+% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
+% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
+%
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup
+ \macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\passargtomacro
+ \else
+ \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
+ \fi \macnamexxx}
+
+
+% @linemacro
+
+\parseargdef\linemacro{%
+ \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+ \ifx\argl\empty
+ \paramno=0
+ \let\hash\relax
+ \def\paramlist{\hash 1\endlinemacro}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\linegetparamlist\argl;%
+ \fi
+ \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \usembodybackslash
+ \parselinemacrobody
+}
+
+% Build up \paramlist which will be used as the parameter text for the macro.
+% At the end it will be like "#1 #2 #3\endlinemacro".
+\def\linegetparamlist#1;{%
+ \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+ \let\hash\relax
+ \linegetparamlistxxx#1,;,%
+}
+\def\linegetparamlistxxx#1,{%
+ \if#1;\let\next=\linegetparamlistxxxx
+ \else \let\next=\linegetparamlistxxx
+ \advance\paramno by 1
+ \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+ {\hash\the\paramno}%
+ \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno\space}%
+ \fi\next}
+\def\linegetparamlistxxxx{%
+ \expandafter\fixparamlist\paramlist\fixparamlist
+}
+% Replace final space token
+\def\fixparamlist#1 \fixparamlist{%
+ \def\paramlist{#1\endlinemacro}%
+}
+
+% Read the body of the macro, replacing backslash-surrounded variables
+%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parselinemacrobody#1@end linemacro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{#1}%
+\endgroup
+\linemacrodef
+}}
+
+% Make the definition
+\def\linemacrodef{%
+ \let\hash=##%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\parsearg
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname
+ }
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1\noexpand\endlinemacro
+ }
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
+ \newlinechar=13 % split \macrobody into lines
+ \noexpand\scantokens{\macrobody}%
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+%
+\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+ {%
+ \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+ \addtomacrolist{#1}%
+ \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
+ }%
+ \next
+}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{%
+ \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+ node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
+% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
+% @node foo , bar , ...
+% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
+%
+\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
+%
+% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
+% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
+\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode}
+
+% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex
+% conditional.
+% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need
+% that here.
+\def\omittopnode{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\wordTop
+ \expandafter\ignorenode\fi
+}
+\def\wordTop{Top}
+
+% Until the next @node, @part or @bye command, divert output to a box that
+% is not output.
+\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup
+\def\part{\egroup\part}%
+\def\node{\egroup\node}%
+\ignorenodebye
+}
+
+{\let\bye\relax
+\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef}
+\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}}
+% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer
+
+\let\lastnode=\empty
+
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+ \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+ \global\let\lastnode=\empty
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+%
+\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), which consists of three parts:
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection,
+% or the anchor name.
+% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+% empty for anchors.
+% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
+%
+% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
+% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
+% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
+ \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ \requireauxfile
+ \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+ % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
+ \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+ \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+ ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+ }%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+ \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+ \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used
+% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
+% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
+% variable, now it's official.
+%
+\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\onword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+ = \empty
+ \else\ifx\temp\offword
+ \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname
+ = \relax
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp',
+ must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+%
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\ref{\xrefXX}
+
+\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
+\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
+%
+\newbox\toprefbox
+\newbox\printedrefnamebox
+\newbox\infofilenamebox
+\newbox\printedmanualbox
+%
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+ \unsepspaces
+ %
+ % Get args without leading/trailing spaces.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
+ %
+ \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}%
+ \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}%
+ %
+ \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+ \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+ %
+ % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in
+ % the @xref, figure out what we want to use.
+ \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
+ % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax
+ % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside
+ % the square brackets if we have it.
+ \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+ % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \else
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values.
+ \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}%
+ \else
+ % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+ \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+ \fi%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Make link in pdf output.
+ \ifpdf
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
+ % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ %
+ % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+ % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ %
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
+ \fi
+ %
+ \leavevmode
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
+ \else
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
+ % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ %
+ % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+ % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ %
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
+ \fi
+ %
+ \leavevmode
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ % With default settings,
+ % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
+ % In this case, the replaced destination names of
+ % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement,
+ % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+ % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
+ % this command line option is no longer necessary
+ % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+ << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+ \else
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+ << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ {%
+ % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
+ % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
+ \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
+ }%
+ %
+ % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+ % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by
+ % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
+ \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
+ % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
+ % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
+ \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt
+ \refx{#1-snt}%
+ \else
+ \printedrefname
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+ % "in MANUALNAME".
+ \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+ \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % node/anchor (non-float) references.
+ %
+ % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
+ % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
+ % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
+ % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
+ % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name
+ % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+ %
+ \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
+ % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
+ %
+ \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
+ %
+ \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
+ % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
+ % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as
+ % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
+ %
+ \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
+ %
+ \else
+ % Reference within this manual.
+ %
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref
+ % will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ %
+ % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
+ \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+ %
+ \ifflagclear{txiomitxrefpg}{%
+ % We always want a comma
+ ,%
+ % output the `page 3'.
+ \turnoffactive \putpageref{#1}%
+ % Add a , if xref followed by a space
+ \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
+ \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
+ \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @*
+ \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE
+ \else\ifx\
+ \tokenafterxref ,% @NL
+ \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ }{}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \fi
+ \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% can be overridden in translation files
+\def\putpageref#1{%
+ \space\putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}}
+
+% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice).
+%
+% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
+% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
+% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
+%
+% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
+% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
+% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
+% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
+% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
+%
+% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
+% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
+%
+\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
+ \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty?
+ \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top?
+ \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ #1%
+}
+
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+
+% Things referred to by \setref.
+%
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\Yappendix{%
+ \ifnum\secno=0
+ \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+ \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+ \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+ \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+ \else
+ \putwordSection@tie
+ @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+ \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+\def\refx#1{%
+ \requireauxfile
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+ \csname XR#1\endcsname
+ }%
+ \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+ % If not defined, say something at least.
+ \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+ \iflinks
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value
+ \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}%
+ \else
+ \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+ \global\warnedxrefstrue
+ \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % It's defined, so just use it.
+ \thisrefX
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control
+% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence
+% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float
+% type, we have more work to do.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+ {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
+ % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
+ % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
+ \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
+ }%
+ %
+ \bgroup
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}%
+ \egroup
+ % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on
+ % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with
+ % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does
+ % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax.
+ %
+ % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
+ \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
+ % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
+ \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
+ %
+ % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
+ \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
+ \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
+ \else
+ % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
+ % for later use in \listoffloats.
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
+ {\safexrefname}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
+\def\requireauxfile{%
+ \iflinks
+ \tryauxfile
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+ \fi
+ \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once.
+}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
+%
+\def\tryauxfile{%
+ \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+ \ifeof 1 \else
+ \readdatafile{aux}%
+ \global\havexrefstrue
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+}
+
+\def\setupdatafile{%
+ \catcode`\^^@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^A=\other
+ \catcode`\^^B=\other
+ \catcode`\^^C=\other
+ \catcode`\^^D=\other
+ \catcode`\^^E=\other
+ \catcode`\^^F=\other
+ \catcode`\^^G=\other
+ \catcode`\^^H=\other
+ \catcode`\^^K=\other
+ \catcode`\^^L=\other
+ \catcode`\^^N=\other
+ \catcode`\^^P=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+ \catcode`\^^R=\other
+ \catcode`\^^S=\other
+ \catcode`\^^T=\other
+ \catcode`\^^U=\other
+ \catcode`\^^V=\other
+ \catcode`\^^W=\other
+ \catcode`\^^X=\other
+ \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+ \catcode`\^^[=\other
+ \catcode`\^^\=\other
+ \catcode`\^^]=\other
+ \catcode`\^^^=\other
+ \catcode`\^^_=\other
+ \catcode`\^=\other
+ %
+ % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
+ \catcode`\~=\other
+ \catcode`\[=\other
+ \catcode`\]=\other
+ \catcode`\"=\other
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \catcode`\|=\active
+ \catcode`\<=\active
+ \catcode`\>=\active
+ \catcode`\$=\other
+ \catcode`\#=\other
+ \catcode`\&=\other
+ \catcode`\%=\other
+ \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+ %
+ \catcode`\\=\active
+ %
+ % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
+ \catcode`\{=1
+ \catcode`\}=2
+ \catcode`\@=0
+}
+
+\def\readdatafile#1{%
+\begingroup
+ \setupdatafile
+ \input\jobname.#1
+\endgroup}
+
+
+\message{insertions,}
+% including footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+ \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+ \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+ %
+ % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+ % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+ \let\@sf\empty
+ \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
+ %
+ % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+ \unskip
+ \thisfootno\@sf
+ \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+ \insert\footins\bgroup
+ %
+ % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
+ % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
+ %
+ % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+ % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+ % So reset some parameters.
+ \hsize=\txipagewidth
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+ \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+ \floatingpenalty\@MM
+ \leftskip\z@skip
+ \rightskip\z@skip
+ \spaceskip\z@skip
+ \xspaceskip\z@skip
+ \parindent\defaultparindent
+ %
+ \smallfonts \rm
+ %
+ % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+ % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
+ % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+ % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+ \let\noindent = \relax
+ %
+ % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
+ % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+ \everypar = {\hang}%
+ \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+ %
+ % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
+ % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+ % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+ \footstrut
+ %
+ % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine.
+ \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+\def\errfootnotenest{%
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
+ even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
+}
+
+\def\errfootnoteheading{%
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
+}
+
+% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
+% would be lost.
+% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
+%
+% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+% out prematurely.
+%
+\def\startsavinginserts{%
+ \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+ \let\insert\saveinsert
+ \else
+ \let\checkinserts\relax
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
+%
+\def\saveinsert#1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \afterassignment\next
+ % swallow the left brace
+ \let\temp =
+}
+\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+
+\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+
+\def\placesaveins#1{%
+ \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+ {\box#1}%
+}
+
+% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+{
+ \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
+ \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+}
+
+% initialization:
+\def\newsaveins #1{%
+ \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
+ \next
+}
+\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+ \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+ \checksaveins #1}%
+}
+
+% initialize:
+\let\checkinserts\empty
+\newsaveins\footins
+\newsaveins\margin
+
+
+% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+ % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+ % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+ \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+ \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+\closein 1
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+ work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+ it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+ \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
+ \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+ \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+ \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+ \global\warnednoepsftrue
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Approximate height of a line in the standard text font.
+\newdimen\capheight
+\setbox0=\vbox{\tenrm H}
+\capheight=\ht0
+
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+ \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \ifvmode
+ \imagevmodetrue
+ \medskip
+ % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+ % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+ % above and below.
+ \vskip\parskip
+ %
+ % Place image in a \vtop for a top page margin that is (close to) correct,
+ % as \topskip glue is relative to the first baseline.
+ \vtop\bgroup \kern -\capheight \vskip-\parskip
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifx\centersub\centerV
+ % For @center @image, enter vertical mode and add vertical space
+ % Enter an extra \parskip because @center doesn't add space itself.
+ \vbox\bgroup\vskip\parskip\medskip\vskip\parskip
+ \else
+ % Enter horizontal mode so that indentation from an enclosing
+ % environment such as @quotation is respected.
+ % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the
+ % normal paragraph indentation.
+ \imageindent
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Output the image.
+ \ifpdf
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
+ \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ % For epsf.tex
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifimagevmode
+ \egroup
+ \medskip % space after a standalone image
+ \fi
+ \ifx\centersub\centerV % @center @image
+ \medskip
+ \egroup % close \vbox
+ \fi
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
+% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
+% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
+
+% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
+\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
+
+% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
+% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
+% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
+%
+% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
+% be referable.
+%
+% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
+% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
+%
+% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
+% chapter-level command.
+\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
+%
+\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+ \let\thiscaption=\empty
+ \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
+ %
+ % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
+ %
+ % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
+ % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
+ %
+ \startsavinginserts
+ %
+ % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
+ \par
+ %
+ \vtop\bgroup
+ \def\floattype{#1}%
+ \def\floatlabel{#2}%
+ \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
+ %
+ \ifx\floattype\empty
+ \let\safefloattype=\empty
+ \else
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
+ % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
+ %
+ \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
+ \global\advance\floatno by 1
+ %
+ {%
+ % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the
+ % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
+ % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
+ % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
+ % lists of floats.
+ %
+ \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+ \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
+ \vskip\parskip
+ %
+ % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
+ \restorefirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% we have these possibilities:
+% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
+% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
+% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
+% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
+% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
+% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
+% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
+% @float & no caption:
+%
+\def\Efloat{%
+ \let\floatident = \empty
+ %
+ % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
+ \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
+ %
+ % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
+ \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
+ \fi
+ % the number.
+ \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
+ % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
+ \let\captionline = \floatident
+ %
+ \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+ \ifx\floatident\empty \else
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+ \fi
+ %
+ % caption text.
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
+ % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
+ \ifx\captionline\empty \else
+ \vskip.5\parskip
+ \captionline
+ %
+ % Space below caption.
+ \vskip\parskip
+ \fi
+ %
+ % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
+ % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
+ \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+ % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
+ % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
+ % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
+ {%
+ \requireauxfile
+ \atdummies
+ %
+ \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+ \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
+ \else
+ \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
+ \fi
+ \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
+ \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \egroup % end of \vtop
+ %
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
+%
+\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
+}
+
+% @caption, @shortcaption
+%
+\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
+\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
+\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanctxt\docaptionz}
+\def\docaptionz#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
+
+% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
+% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
+\def\getfloatno#1{%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ % Haven't seen this figure type before.
+ \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
+ %
+ % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
+ \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
+ \fi
+ \let\floatno#1%
+}
+
+% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
+% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
+% first read the @float command.
+%
+\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+
+% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
+% distinguish floats from other xref types.
+\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
+
+% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
+% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
+% \currentsection value which we \setref above.
+%
+\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
+%
+% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
+% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
+%
+\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \def\iffloattype{#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\floatmagic
+}
+
+% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
+%
+\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
+ \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
+ {%
+ % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+ % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \turnoffactive
+ \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+ }%
+ %
+ % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
+ \ifhavexrefs
+ % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
+ \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \begingroup
+ \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
+ \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
+ \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
+% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
+% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
+% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
+%
+% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
+% they won't appear in the aux file).
+%
+\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
+\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
+ % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
+ % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
+ % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
+ % in pdf output.
+ \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
+ %
+ % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
+ \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
+ \writeentry
+}}
+
+
+\message{localization,}
+
+% For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very
+% early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language
+% (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation.
+%
+{
+ \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \globaldefs=1
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
+ \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+ % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+ \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof 1
+ \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
+ \else
+ \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
+ \input txi-#1.tex
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup % end raw TeX
+}
+%
+% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
+% try txi-de.tex.
+%
+\gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
+ \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+ \ifeof 1
+ \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+ \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+ \else
+ \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
+ \input txi-#1.tex
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+}
+}% end of special _ catcode
+%
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current
+directory should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+% This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the
+% \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and
+% third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin.
+%
+% The language names to pass are determined when the format is built.
+% See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g.,
+% /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log.
+%
+% With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all
+% available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in
+% Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the
+% accented characters problem.)
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+\def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{%
+ % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX.
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax
+ \message{no patterns for #1}%
+ \else
+ \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+ % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless.
+ \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax
+ \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
+}
+
+% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
+% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
+% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
+%
+\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
+
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \txinativeunicodecapablefalse
+ \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+ \else
+ \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+ \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+ \fi
+\else
+ \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+ \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+\fi
+
+% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
+% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
+%
+\def\setbytewiseio{%
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read
+ \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file
+ % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
+ % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
+ % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
+ % place of non-ASCII characters.
+ \fi
+
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \directlua{
+ local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
+ local function convert_char (char)
+ return utf8_char(byte(char))
+ end
+
+ local function convert_line (line)
+ return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
+ end
+
+ callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
+
+ local function convert_line_out (line)
+ local line_out = ""
+ for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
+ line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
+ end
+ return line_out
+ end
+
+ callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
+ }
+ \fi
+
+ \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+}
+
+
+% Helpers for encodings.
+% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
+%
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
+ \count255=128
+ \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+ \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
+ \advance\count255 by 1
+ \repeat
+}
+
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
+ \count255=128
+ \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+ \catcode\count255=#1\relax
+ \advance\count255 by 1
+ \repeat
+}
+
+% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
+% according to the specified encoding.
+%
+\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
+\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
+ %
+ % Encoding being declared for the document.
+ \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
+ %
+ % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
+ % to compare them with \ifx.
+ \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
+ \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+ \asciichardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \lattwochardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \latonechardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \latninechardefs
+ %
+ \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
+ \nativeunicodechardefs
+ \else
+ % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX).
+ % Since we already invoke \utfeightchardefs at the top level,
+ % making non-ascii chars active is sufficient.
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ \fi
+ %
+ \else
+ \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
+ %
+ \fi % utfeight
+ \fi % latnine
+ \fi % latone
+ \fi % lattwo
+ \fi % ascii
+ %
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+ \else
+ \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
+ non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+
+% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
+% the default font encoding (OT1).
+%
+\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
+
+% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
+\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
+
+\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
+\gdef#1{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars
+ \string#1%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\begingroup
+
+% Make non-ASCII characters active for defining the character definition
+% macros.
+\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+
+% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
+\gdef\latonechardefs{%
+ \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
+ \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
+ \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
+ \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
+ \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
+ \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
+ \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
+ \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
+ \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
+ \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+ \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
+ \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
+ \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
+ \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
+ \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
+ \gdefchar^^b6{\P}
+ \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
+ \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
+ \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
+ \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
+ \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
+ \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
+ \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
+ \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
+ \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
+ \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
+ \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
+ \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
+ \gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
+ \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
+ \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
+ \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
+ \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+ \gdefchar^^db{\^U}
+ \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdefchar^^de{\TH}
+ \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
+ \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
+ \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+ \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
+ \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
+ \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
+ \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
+ \gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
+ \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
+ \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
+ \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
+ \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
+ \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdefchar^^fe{\th}
+ \gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
+}
+
+% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
+\gdef\latninechardefs{%
+ % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
+ \latonechardefs
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
+ \gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
+}
+
+% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
+\gdef\lattwochardefs{%
+ \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
+ \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a3{\L}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+ \gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
+ \gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
+ \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
+ \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
+ \gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
+ \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
+ \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+ \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
+ \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
+ \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
+ \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
+ \gdefchar^^b3{\l}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
+ \gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
+ \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
+ \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
+ \gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
+ \gdefchar^^be{\v z}
+ \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
+ \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
+ \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
+ \gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
+ \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
+ \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
+ \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
+ \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
+ \gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
+ \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
+ \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
+ \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
+ \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+ \gdefchar^^db{\H U}
+ \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
+ \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
+ \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
+ \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
+ \gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
+ \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
+ \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
+ \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
+ \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
+ \gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
+ \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
+ \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
+ \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
+ \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
+ \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
+ \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
+}
+
+\endgroup % active chars
+
+% UTF-8 character definitions.
+%
+% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
+% changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by
+% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
+%
+\newcount\countUTFx
+\newcount\countUTFy
+\newcount\countUTFz
+
+\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
+ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
+%
+\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
+ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
+%
+\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
+ \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
+
+\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
+ \ifx #1\relax
+ \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter #1%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\~13
+ \catcode`\$12
+ \catcode`\"12
+
+ % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
+ % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
+ \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
+ \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
+ \uccode`\~\countUTFx
+ \uccode`\$\countUTFx
+ \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
+ \advance\countUTFx by 1
+ \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
+ \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
+ \fi}
+
+ % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to
+ % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
+ \countUTFx = "80
+ \countUTFy = "C2
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
+ \countUTFx = "C2
+ \countUTFy = "E0
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
+ \countUTFx = "E0
+ \countUTFy = "F0
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
+ \countUTFx = "F0
+ \countUTFy = "F4
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
+ }}%
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+\endgroup
+
+\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
+
+% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
+\def\U#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
+ % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph,
+ % letters are missing.
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+ \uppercase{.}
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \csname uni:#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
+% sequence to be defined.
+\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
+
+% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
+% this gets used by the @U command
+%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\"=12
+ \catcode`\<=12
+ \catcode`\.=12
+ \catcode`\,=12
+ \catcode`\;=12
+ \catcode`\!=12
+ \catcode`\~=13
+ \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
+ \countUTFz = "#1\relax
+ \begingroup
+ \parseXMLCharref
+
+ % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's
+ % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
+ %
+ % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
+ % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
+ % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token)
+ %
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
+ \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % define an additional control sequence for this code point.
+ \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
+ \endgroup}
+ %
+ % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
+ % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
+ \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
+ \ifnum\countUTFz < "20\relax
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 0020}%
+ \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
+ \parseUTFviiiA,%
+ \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
+ \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
+ \parseUTFviiiA;%
+ \parseUTFviiiA,%
+ \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
+ \else
+ \parseUTFviiiA;%
+ \parseUTFviiiA,%
+ \parseUTFviiiA!%
+ \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ }
+
+ % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
+ % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
+ % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
+ % of the bytes.
+ \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
+ \countUTFx = \countUTFz
+ \divide\countUTFz by 64
+ \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
+ \multiply\countUTFz by 64
+
+ % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract
+ % in order to get the last five bits.
+ \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
+
+ % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
+ \advance\countUTFx by 128
+ \uccode `#1\countUTFx
+ \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
+
+ % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
+ % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
+ % sequence.
+ % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
+ % #3 is always a full stop (.)
+ % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these
+ % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
+ \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
+ \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
+ \uccode `#3\countUTFz
+ \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
+\endgroup
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
+ \catcode"#1=\other
+}
+
+% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
+% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
+% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
+%
+% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
+% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts
+% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without
+% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
+% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
+% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at
+% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
+%
+\def\unicodechardefs{%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0020}{ } % space
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0021}{\char"21 }% % space to terminate number
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0022}{\char"22 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0023}{\char"23 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0024}{\char"24 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0025}{\char"25 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0026}{\char"26 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0027}{\char"27 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0028}{\char"28 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0029}{\char"29 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002A}{\char"2A }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002B}{\char"2B }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002C}{\char"2C }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002D}{\char"2D }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002E}{\char"2E }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{002F}{\char"2F }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0030}{0}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0031}{1}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0032}{2}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0033}{3}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0034}{4}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0035}{5}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0036}{6}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0037}{7}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0038}{8}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0039}{9}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003A}{\char"3A }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003B}{\char"3B }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003C}{\char"3C }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003D}{\char"3D }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003E}{\char"3E }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{003F}{\char"3F }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0040}{\char"40 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0041}{A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0042}{B}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0043}{C}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0044}{D}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0045}{E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0046}{F}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0047}{G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0048}{H}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0049}{I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004A}{J}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004B}{K}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004C}{L}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004D}{M}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004E}{N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{004F}{O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0050}{P}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0051}{Q}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0052}{R}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0053}{S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0054}{T}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0055}{U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0056}{V}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0057}{W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0058}{X}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0059}{Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005A}{Z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005B}{\char"5B }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005C}{\char"5C }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005D}{\char"5D }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005E}{\char"5E }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{005F}{\char"5F }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0060}{\char"60 }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0061}{a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0062}{b}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0063}{c}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0064}{d}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0065}{e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0066}{f}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0067}{g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0068}{h}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0069}{i}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006A}{j}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006B}{k}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006C}{l}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006D}{m}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006E}{n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{006F}{o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0070}{p}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0071}{q}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0072}{r}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0073}{s}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0074}{t}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0075}{u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0076}{v}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0077}{w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0078}{x}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0079}{y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007A}{z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007B}{\char"7B }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007C}{\char"7C }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007D}{\char"7D }%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007E}{\char"7E }%
+ % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{007F}{} % DEL
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\textdegree}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
+ %
+ % Greek letters upper case
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
+ %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
+ %
+ % Vowels with accents
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
+ %
+ % Standalone accent
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
+ %
+ % Greek letters lower case
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
+ %
+ % More Greek vowels with accents
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
+ %
+ % Variant Greek letters
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
+ %
+ % Exotic spaces
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2007}{\hphantom{0}}%
+ %
+ % Punctuation
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\arrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
+ %
+ % Mathematical symbols
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
+ %
+ \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
+}% end of \unicodechardefs
+
+% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
+% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
+\def\utfeightchardefs{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
+
+% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
+% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to
+% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
+% printing the correct glyphs.
+\newif\ifpassthroughchars
+\passthroughcharsfalse
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
+ \ifnum"#1>"7F % only make non-ASCII chars active
+ \catcode"#1=\active
+ \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\~="##2\relax
+ \uppercase{\gdef~}{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars
+ ##1%
+ \else
+ ##3%
+ \fi
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+ \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
+ \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
+% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
+\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% make the character token expand
+% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
+ \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
+ \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
+}
+
+% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
+\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
+
+% US-ASCII character definitions.
+\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
+ \relax
+}
+
+% Define all Unicode characters we know about
+\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \nativeunicodechardefsatu
+\else
+ \utfeightchardefs
+\fi
+
+
+\message{formatting,}
+
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 6666
+
+% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+ \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+ % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+ \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+ \else
+ \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
+% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
+% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+ \voffset = #3\relax
+ \topskip = #6\relax
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ %
+ \vsize = #1\relax
+ \advance\vsize by \topskip
+ \txipageheight = \vsize
+ %
+ \hsize = #2\relax
+ \txipagewidth = \hsize
+ %
+ \normaloffset = #4\relax
+ \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+ %
+ \ifpdf
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
+ % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
+ \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
+ \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \special{papersize=#8,#7}%
+ \else
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ \setleading{\textleading}
+ %
+ \parindent = \defaultparindent
+ \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+ \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
+ {\voffset}{.25in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+ {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+ \textleading = 12pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+ {-.2in}{0in}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+ {9.25in}{7in}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \textleading = 13.2pt
+ %
+ % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+ % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+ % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+ % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
+ % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
+ % your texinfo source file like this:
+ % @tex
+ % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+ % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+ % @end tex
+ \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
+ {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ \tolerance = 700
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+ \textleading = 12.5pt
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+ {\voffset}{-11.4mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+ {210mm}{148mm}%
+ %
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+ \tolerance = 800
+ \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+ \defbodyindent = 2mm
+ \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+ {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ %
+ % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+ {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+ {297mm}{210mm}%
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+\def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+ \afourpaper
+ \internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}%
+ {-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{14pt}%
+ {176mm}{125mm}%
+ \let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword
+ \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+ \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \globaldefs = 1
+ %
+ \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \setleading{\textleading}%
+ %
+ \dimen0 = #1\relax
+ \advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line
+ % and 1.5in to include heading, footing and
+ % bottom margin
+ %
+ \dimen2 = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side
+ %
+ \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+ {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+ {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+ {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes.
+\hfuzz = 1pt
+
+
+\message{microtype,}
+
+% protrusion, from Thanh's protcode.tex.
+\def\mtsetprotcode#1{%
+ \rpcode#1`\!=200 \rpcode#1`\,=700 \rpcode#1`\-=700 \rpcode#1`\.=700
+ \rpcode#1`\;=500 \rpcode#1`\:=500 \rpcode#1`\?=200
+ \rpcode#1`\'=700
+ \rpcode#1 34=500 % ''
+ \rpcode#1 123=300 % --
+ \rpcode#1 124=200 % ---
+ \rpcode#1`\)=50 \rpcode#1`\A=50 \rpcode#1`\F=50 \rpcode#1`\K=50
+ \rpcode#1`\L=50 \rpcode#1`\T=50 \rpcode#1`\V=50 \rpcode#1`\W=50
+ \rpcode#1`\X=50 \rpcode#1`\Y=50 \rpcode#1`\k=50 \rpcode#1`\r=50
+ \rpcode#1`\t=50 \rpcode#1`\v=50 \rpcode#1`\w=50 \rpcode#1`\x=50
+ \rpcode#1`\y=50
+ %
+ \lpcode#1`\`=700
+ \lpcode#1 92=500 % ``
+ \lpcode#1`\(=50 \lpcode#1`\A=50 \lpcode#1`\J=50 \lpcode#1`\T=50
+ \lpcode#1`\V=50 \lpcode#1`\W=50 \lpcode#1`\X=50 \lpcode#1`\Y=50
+ \lpcode#1`\v=50 \lpcode#1`\w=50 \lpcode#1`\x=50 \lpcode#1`\y=0
+ %
+ \mtadjustprotcode#1\relax
+}
+
+\newcount\countC
+\def\mtadjustprotcode#1{%
+ \countC=0
+ \loop
+ \ifcase\lpcode#1\countC\else
+ \mtadjustcp\lpcode#1\countC
+ \fi
+ \ifcase\rpcode#1\countC\else
+ \mtadjustcp\rpcode#1\countC
+ \fi
+ \advance\countC 1
+ \ifnum\countC < 256 \repeat
+}
+
+\newcount\countB
+\def\mtadjustcp#1#2#3{%
+ \setbox\boxA=\hbox{%
+ \ifx#2\font\else#2\fi
+ \char#3}%
+ \countB=\wd\boxA
+ \multiply\countB #1#2#3\relax
+ \divide\countB \fontdimen6 #2\relax
+ #1#2#3=\countB\relax
+}
+
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \ifpdf % pdfTeX
+ \mtsetprotcode\textrm
+ \def\mtfontexpand#1{\pdffontexpand#1 20 20 1 autoexpand\relax}
+ \else % TeX
+ \def\mtfontexpand#1{}
+ \fi
+ \else % LuaTeX
+ \mtsetprotcode\textrm
+ \def\mtfontexpand#1{\expandglyphsinfont#1 20 20 1\relax}
+ \fi
+\else % XeTeX
+ \mtsetprotcode\textrm
+ \def\mtfontexpand#1{}
+\fi
+
+
+\newif\ifmicrotype
+
+\def\microtypeON{%
+ \microtypetrue
+ %
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \ifpdf % pdfTeX
+ \pdfadjustspacing=2
+ \pdfprotrudechars=2
+ \fi
+ \else % LuaTeX
+ \adjustspacing=2
+ \protrudechars=2
+ \fi
+ \else % XeTeX
+ \XeTeXprotrudechars=2
+ \fi
+ %
+ \mtfontexpand\textrm
+ \mtfontexpand\textsl
+ \mtfontexpand\textbf
+}
+
+\def\microtypeOFF{%
+ \microtypefalse
+ %
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \ifpdf % pdfTeX
+ \pdfadjustspacing=0
+ \pdfprotrudechars=0
+ \fi
+ \else % LuaTeX
+ \adjustspacing=0
+ \protrudechars=0
+ \fi
+ \else % XeTeX
+ \XeTeXprotrudechars=0
+ \fi
+}
+
+\microtypeOFF
+
+\parseargdef\microtype{%
+ \def\txiarg{#1}%
+ \ifx\txiarg\onword
+ \microtypeON
+ \else\ifx\txiarg\offword
+ \microtypeOFF
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unknown @microtype option `\txiarg', must be on|off}%
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Make UTF-8 the default encoding.
+\documentencodingzzz{UTF-8}
+
+\def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment
+\catcode`\^^K = 10 % treat vertical tab as whitespace
+
+% DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice.
+\catcode`\^^? = 14
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+}
+\catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<}
+\catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>}
+\catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^}
+\catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_}
+\catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~}
+
+% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
+
+% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+%
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
+\chardef\hatchar=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+\let\realunder=_
+
+\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
+
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
+\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
+
+
+% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
+% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
+\def\texinfochars{%
+ \let< = \activeless
+ \let> = \activegtr
+ \let~ = \activetilde
+ \let^ = \activehat
+ \setregularquotes
+ \let\b = \strong
+ \let\i = \smartitalic
+ % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
+}
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
+% parsing them.
+\def\turnoffactive{%
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+ \let-=\normaldash
+ \let"=\normaldoublequote
+ \let$=\normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+ \let+=\normalplus
+ \let<=\normalless
+ \let>=\normalgreater
+ \let^=\normalcaret
+ \let_=\normalunderscore
+ \let|=\normalverticalbar
+ \let~=\normaltilde
+ \otherbackslash
+ \setregularquotes
+ \unsepspaces
+}
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \loadconf turn them back on.
+\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+
+
+% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+
+% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use
+% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
+% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
+% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
+% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
+% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
+% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
+% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
+
+\def\ttbackslash{{\tt \ifmmode \mathchar29020 \else \backslashcurfont \fi}}
+\let\backslashchar = \ttbackslash % \backslashchar{} is for user documents.
+
+% These are made active for url-breaking, so need
+% active definitions as the normal characters.
+\def\normaldot{.}
+\def\normalquest{?}
+\def\normalslash{/}
+
+% \newlinesloadsconf - call \loadconf as soon as possible in the
+% file, e.g. at the first newline.
+%
+{\catcode`\^=7
+\catcode`\^^M=13
+\gdef\newlineloadsconf{%
+ \catcode`\^^M=13 %
+ \newlineloadsconfzz%
+}
+\gdef\newlineloadsconfzz#1^^M{%
+ \def\c{\loadconf\c}%
+ % Definition for the first newline read in the file
+ \def ^^M{\loadconf}%
+ % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it
+ \let\originalparsearg\parsearg%
+ \def\parsearg{\loadconf\originalparsearg}%
+}}
+
+
+% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
+% appears by mistake.
+{\catcode`\^=7 \catcode13=13%
+\gdef\enableemergencynewline{%
+ \gdef^^M{%
+ \par%
+ %<warning: active newline>\par%
+}}}
+
+
+% \loadconf gets called at the beginning of every Texinfo file.
+% If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. Useful for site-wide
+% @afourpaper, etc. Not opening texinfo.cnf directly in texinfo.tex
+% makes it possible to make a format file for Texinfo.
+%
+\gdef\loadconf{%
+ \relax % Terminate the filename if running as "tex '&texinfo' FILE.texi".
+ %
+ % Turn off the definitions that trigger \loadconf
+ \everyjobreset
+ \catcode13=5 % regular end of line
+ \enableemergencynewline
+ \let\c=\comment
+ \let\parsearg\originalparsearg
+ %
+ % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+ % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+ \catcode`+=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ %
+ \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+ \closein 1
+}
+
+% Redefine some control sequences to be controlled by the \ifdummies
+% and \ifindexnofonts switches. Do this at the end so that the control
+% sequences are all defined.
+\definedummies
+
+
+
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
+
+% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% in fixed width font.
+\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
+
+@let\ = @ttbackslash
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number.
+% \eatinput stops the `\input texinfo' from showing up.
+% After that, `\' should revert to printing a backslash.
+% Turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+%
+@everyjob{@message{[Texinfo version @texinfoversion]}%
+ @global@let\ = @eatinput
+ @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active}
+
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@loadconf}}
+
+@def@everyjobreset{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi}
+
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'.
+%
+{@catcode`- = @active
+ @gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
+ @turnoffactive
+ @let\=@ttbackslash
+ }
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+% @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line.
+@catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&}
+@catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#}
+@catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%}
+
+@let @hashchar = @normalhash
+
+@c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and
+@c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we
+@c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars.
+@c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments.
+@catcode`@'=@active
+@catcode`@`=@active
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp nil t)
+@c time-stamp-pattern: "texinfoversion{%Y-%02m-%02d.%02H}"
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c End:
+
+@newlineloadsconf
diff --git a/build-aux/update-copyright b/build-aux/update-copyright
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..99196fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/update-copyright
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#! -*-perl-*-
+
+# Update an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Jim Meyering and Joel E. Denny
+
+# This script updates an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
+# Usage: update-copyright [FILE...]
+#
+# The arguments to this script should be names of files that contain
+# copyright statements to be updated. The copyright holder's name
+# defaults to "Free Software Foundation, Inc." but may be changed to
+# any other name by using the "UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER" environment
+# variable.
+#
+# For example, you might wish to use the update-copyright target rule
+# in maint.mk from gnulib's maintainer-makefile module.
+#
+# Iff a copyright statement is recognized in a file and the final
+# year is not the current year, then the statement is updated for the
+# new year and it is reformatted to:
+#
+# 1. Fit within 72 columns.
+# 2. Convert 2-digit years to 4-digit years by prepending "19".
+# 3. Expand copyright year intervals. (See "Environment variables"
+# below.)
+#
+# A warning is printed for every file for which no copyright
+# statement is recognized.
+#
+# Each file's copyright statement must be formatted correctly in
+# order to be recognized. For example, each of these is fine:
+#
+# Copyright @copyright{} 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# # Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
+# # Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# /*
+# * Copyright &copy; 90,2005,2007-2009
+# * Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# */
+#
+# However, the following format is not recognized because the line
+# prefix changes after the first line:
+#
+# ## Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
+# # Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# However, any correctly formatted copyright statement following
+# a non-matching copyright statements would be recognized.
+#
+# The exact conditions that a file's copyright statement must meet
+# to be recognized are:
+#
+# 1. It is the first copyright statement that meets all of the
+# following conditions. Subsequent copyright statements are
+# ignored.
+# 2. Its format is "Copyright (C)", then a list of copyright years,
+# and then the name of the copyright holder.
+# 3. The "(C)" takes one of the following forms or is omitted
+# entirely:
+#
+# A. (C)
+# B. (c)
+# C. @copyright{}
+# D. &copy;
+# E. ©
+#
+# 4. The "Copyright" appears at the beginning of a line, except that it
+# may be prefixed by any sequence (e.g., a comment) of no more than
+# 5 characters -- including white space.
+# 5. Iff such a prefix is present, the same prefix appears at the
+# beginning of each remaining line within the FSF copyright
+# statement. There is one exception in order to support C-style
+# comments: if the first line's prefix contains nothing but
+# whitespace surrounding a "/*", then the prefix for all subsequent
+# lines is the same as the first line's prefix except with each of
+# "/" and possibly "*" replaced by a " ". The replacement of "*"
+# by " " is consistent throughout all subsequent lines.
+# 6. Blank lines, even if preceded by the prefix, do not appear
+# within the FSF copyright statement.
+# 7. Each copyright year is 2 or 4 digits, and years are separated by
+# commas, "-", or "--". Whitespace may appear after commas.
+#
+# Environment variables:
+#
+# 1. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE=1, a recognized FSF copyright statement
+# is reformatted even if it does not need updating for the new
+# year. If unset or set to 0, only updated FSF copyright
+# statements are reformatted.
+# 2. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=1, every series of consecutive
+# copyright years (such as 90, 1991, 1992-2007, 2008) in a
+# reformatted FSF copyright statement is collapsed to a single
+# interval (such as 1990-2008). If unset or set to 0, all existing
+# copyright year intervals in a reformatted FSF copyright statement
+# are expanded instead.
+# If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=2, convert a sequence with gaps
+# to the minimal containing range. For example, convert
+# 2000, 2004-2007, 2009 to 2000-2009.
+# 3. For testing purposes, you can set the assumed current year in
+# UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR.
+# 4. The default maximum line length for a copyright line is 72.
+# Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH to use a different length.
+# 5. Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER if the copyright holder is other
+# than "Free Software Foundation, Inc.".
+
+# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
+# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
+# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
+# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
+# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
+# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
+# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
+# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
+# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
+# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
+# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
+# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
+eval 'exec perl -wSx -0777 -pi "$0" "$@"'
+ if 0;
+
+my $VERSION = '2023-01-11.04:24'; # UTC
+# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
+# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
+# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
+# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+my $copyright_re = 'Copyright';
+my $circle_c_re = '(?:\([cC]\)|@copyright\{}|\\\\\(co|&copy;|©)';
+my $holder = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER};
+$holder ||= 'Free Software Foundation, Inc.';
+my $prefix_max = 5;
+my $margin = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH};
+!$margin || $margin !~ m/^\d+$/
+ and $margin = 72;
+
+my $tab_width = 8;
+
+my $this_year = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR};
+if (!$this_year || $this_year !~ m/^\d{4}$/)
+ {
+ my ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $month, $year) = localtime (time ());
+ $this_year = $year + 1900;
+ }
+
+# Unless the file consistently uses "\r\n" as the EOL, use "\n" instead.
+my $eol = /(?:^|[^\r])\n/ ? "\n" : "\r\n";
+
+my $leading;
+my $prefix;
+my $ws_re;
+my $stmt_re;
+while (/(^|\n)(.{0,$prefix_max})$copyright_re/g)
+ {
+ $leading = "$1$2";
+ $prefix = $2;
+ if ($prefix =~ /^(\s*\/)\*(\s*)$/)
+ {
+ $prefix =~ s,/, ,;
+ my $prefix_ws = $prefix;
+ $prefix_ws =~ s/\*/ /; # Only whitespace.
+ if (/\G(?:[^*\n]|\*[^\/\n])*\*?\n$prefix_ws/)
+ {
+ $prefix = $prefix_ws;
+ }
+ }
+ $ws_re = '[ \t\r\f]'; # \s without \n
+ $ws_re =
+ "(?:$ws_re*(?:$ws_re|\\n" . quotemeta($prefix) . ")$ws_re*)";
+ my $holder_re = $holder;
+ $holder_re =~ s/\s/$ws_re/g;
+ my $stmt_remainder_re =
+ "(?:$ws_re$circle_c_re)?"
+ . "$ws_re(?:(?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d(?:,$ws_re?|--?))*"
+ . "((?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d)$ws_re$holder_re";
+ if (/\G$stmt_remainder_re/)
+ {
+ $stmt_re =
+ quotemeta($leading) . "($copyright_re$stmt_remainder_re)";
+ last;
+ }
+ }
+if (defined $stmt_re)
+ {
+ /$stmt_re/ or die; # Should never die.
+ my $stmt = $1;
+ my $final_year_orig = $2;
+
+ # Handle two-digit year numbers like "98" and "99".
+ my $final_year = $final_year_orig;
+ $final_year <= 99
+ and $final_year += 1900;
+
+ if ($final_year != $this_year)
+ {
+ # Update the year.
+ $stmt =~ s/\b$final_year_orig\b/$final_year, $this_year/;
+ }
+ if ($final_year != $this_year || $ENV{'UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE'})
+ {
+ # Normalize all whitespace including newline-prefix sequences.
+ $stmt =~ s/$ws_re/ /g;
+
+ # Put spaces after commas.
+ $stmt =~ s/, ?/, /g;
+
+ # Convert 2-digit to 4-digit years.
+ $stmt =~ s/(\b\d\d\b)/19$1/g;
+
+ # Make the use of intervals consistent.
+ if (!$ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS})
+ {
+ $stmt =~ s/(\d{4})--?(\d{4})/join(', ', $1..$2)/eg;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ my $ndash = $ARGV =~ /\.tex(i(nfo)?)?$/ ? "--" : "-";
+
+ $stmt =~
+ s/
+ (\d{4})
+ (?:
+ (,\ |--?)
+ ((??{
+ if ($2 ne ', ') { '\d{4}'; }
+ elsif (!$3) { $1 + 1; }
+ else { $3 + 1; }
+ }))
+ )+
+ /$1$ndash$3/gx;
+
+ # When it's 2, emit a single range encompassing all year numbers.
+ $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS} == 2
+ and $stmt =~ s/\b(\d{4})\b.*\b(\d{4})\b/$1$ndash$2/;
+ }
+
+ # Format within margin.
+ my $stmt_wrapped;
+ my $text_margin = $margin - length($prefix);
+ if ($prefix =~ /^(\t+)/)
+ {
+ $text_margin -= length($1) * ($tab_width - 1);
+ }
+ while (length $stmt)
+ {
+ if (($stmt =~ s/^(.{1,$text_margin})(?: |$)//)
+ || ($stmt =~ s/^([\S]+)(?: |$)//))
+ {
+ my $line = $1;
+ $stmt_wrapped .= $stmt_wrapped ? "$eol$prefix" : $leading;
+ $stmt_wrapped .= $line;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ # Should be unreachable, but we don't want an infinite
+ # loop if it can be reached.
+ die;
+ }
+ }
+
+ # Replace the old copyright statement.
+ s/$stmt_re/$stmt_wrapped/g;
+ }
+ }
+else
+ {
+ print STDERR "$ARGV: warning: copyright statement not found\n";
+ }
+
+# Hey Emacs!
+# Local variables:
+# coding: utf-8
+# mode: perl
+# indent-tabs-mode: nil
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-line-limit: 200
+# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H:%02M"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/build-aux/useless-if-before-free b/build-aux/useless-if-before-free
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f4908ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/useless-if-before-free
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#! -*-perl-*-
+
+# Detect instances of "if (p) free (p);".
+# Likewise "if (p != 0)", "if (0 != p)", or with NULL; and with braces.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# Written by Jim Meyering
+
+# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
+# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
+# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
+# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
+# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
+# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
+# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
+# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
+# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
+# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
+# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
+# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
+eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
+ if 0;
+
+my $VERSION = '2022-01-27 18:51'; # UTC
+# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
+# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
+# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
+# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
+
+my $copyright_year = '2022';
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
+
+# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
+END {
+ defined fileno STDOUT or return;
+ close STDOUT and return;
+ warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
+ $? ||= 1;
+}
+
+sub usage ($)
+{
+ my ($exit_code) = @_;
+ my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
+ if ($exit_code != 0)
+ {
+ print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ print $STREAM <<EOF;
+Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] FILE...
+
+Detect any instance in FILE of a useless "if" test before a free call, e.g.,
+"if (p) free (p);". Any such test may be safely removed without affecting
+the semantics of the C code in FILE. Use --name=FOO --name=BAR to also
+detect free-like functions named FOO and BAR.
+
+OPTIONS:
+
+ --list print only the name of each matching FILE (\\0-terminated)
+ --name=N add name N to the list of \'free\'-like functions to detect;
+ may be repeated
+
+ --help display this help and exit
+ --version output version information and exit
+
+Exit status:
+
+ 0 one or more matches
+ 1 no match
+ 2 an error
+
+EXAMPLE:
+
+For example, this command prints all removable "if" tests before "free"
+and "kfree" calls in the linux kernel sources:
+
+ git ls-files -z |xargs -0 $ME --name=kfree
+
+EOF
+ }
+ exit $exit_code;
+}
+
+sub is_NULL ($)
+{
+ my ($expr) = @_;
+ return ($expr eq 'NULL' || $expr eq '0');
+}
+
+{
+ sub EXIT_MATCH {0}
+ sub EXIT_NO_MATCH {1}
+ sub EXIT_ERROR {2}
+ my $err = EXIT_NO_MATCH;
+
+ my $list;
+ my @name = qw(free);
+ GetOptions
+ (
+ help => sub { usage 0 },
+ version =>
+ sub
+ {
+ print "$ME version $VERSION\n";
+ print "Copyright (C) $copyright_year Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n";
+ print "License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
+ . "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
+ . "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n";
+ print "\n";
+ my $author = "Jim Meyering";
+ print "Written by $author.\n";
+ exit
+ },
+ list => \$list,
+ 'name=s@' => \@name,
+ ) or usage 1;
+
+ # Make sure we have the right number of non-option arguments.
+ # Always tell the user why we fail.
+ @ARGV < 1
+ and (warn "$ME: missing FILE argument\n"), usage EXIT_ERROR;
+
+ my $or = join '|', @name;
+ my $regexp = qr/(?:$or)/;
+
+ # Set the input record separator.
+ # Note: this makes it impractical to print line numbers.
+ $/ = '"';
+
+ my $found_match = 0;
+ FILE:
+ foreach my $file (@ARGV)
+ {
+ open FH, '<', $file
+ or (warn "$ME: can't open '$file' for reading: $!\n"),
+ $err = EXIT_ERROR, next;
+ while (defined (my $line = <FH>))
+ {
+ # Skip non-matching lines early to save time
+ $line =~ /\bif\b/
+ or next;
+ while ($line =~
+ /\b(if\s*\(\s*([^)]+?)(?:\s*!=\s*([^)]+?))?\s*\)
+ # 1 2 3
+ (?: \s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;|
+ \s*\{\s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;\s*\}))/sxg)
+ {
+ my $all = $1;
+ my ($lhs, $rhs) = ($2, $3);
+ my ($free_opnd, $braced_free_opnd) = ($4, $5);
+ my $non_NULL;
+ if (!defined $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
+ elsif (is_NULL $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
+ elsif (is_NULL $lhs) { $non_NULL = $rhs }
+ else { next }
+
+ # Compare the non-NULL part of the "if" expression and the
+ # free'd expression, without regard to white space.
+ $non_NULL =~ tr/ \t//d;
+ my $e2 = defined $free_opnd ? $free_opnd : $braced_free_opnd;
+ $e2 =~ tr/ \t//d;
+ if ($non_NULL eq $e2)
+ {
+ $found_match = 1;
+ $list
+ and (print "$file\0"), next FILE;
+ print "$file: $all\n";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ continue
+ {
+ close FH;
+ }
+
+ $found_match && $err == EXIT_NO_MATCH
+ and $err = EXIT_MATCH;
+
+ exit $err;
+}
+
+my $foo = <<'EOF';
+# The above is to *find* them.
+# This adjusts them, removing the unnecessary "if (p)" part.
+
+# FIXME: do something like this as an option (doesn't do braces):
+free=xfree
+git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
+ | xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
+ | xargs -0 perl -0x3b -pi -e \
+ 's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s+('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\)\s*;)/$2/s'
+
+# Use the following to remove redundant uses of kfree inside braces.
+# Note that -0777 puts perl in slurp-whole-file mode;
+# but we have plenty of memory, these days...
+free=kfree
+git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
+ | xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
+ | xargs -0 perl -0777 -pi -e \
+ 's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s*\{\s*('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\);)\s*\}[^\n]*$/$2/gms'
+
+Be careful that the result of the above transformation is valid.
+If the matched string is followed by "else", then obviously, it won't be.
+
+When modifying files, refuse to process anything other than a regular file.
+EOF
+
+## Local Variables:
+## mode: perl
+## indent-tabs-mode: nil
+## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+## time-stamp-line-limit: 50
+## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
+## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
+## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
+## End:
diff --git a/build-aux/vc-list-files b/build-aux/vc-list-files
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..5ed2b14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build-aux/vc-list-files
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# List version-controlled file names.
+
+# Print a version string.
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+# List the specified version-controlled files.
+# With no argument, list them all. With a single DIRECTORY argument,
+# list the version-controlled files in that directory.
+
+# If there's an argument, it must be a single, "."-relative directory name.
+# cvsu is part of the cvsutils package: https://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/
+
+postprocess=
+case $1 in
+ --help) cat <<EOF
+Usage: $0 [-C SRCDIR] [DIR...]
+
+Output a list of version-controlled files in DIR (default .), relative to
+SRCDIR (default .). SRCDIR must be the top directory of a checkout.
+
+Options:
+ --help print this help, then exit
+ --version print version number, then exit
+ -C SRCDIR change directory to SRCDIR before generating list
+
+Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit ;;
+
+ --version)
+ year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//'`
+ cat <<EOF
+vc-list-files $scriptversion
+Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
+EOF
+ exit ;;
+
+ -C)
+ test "$2" = . || postprocess="| sed 's|^|$2/|'"
+ cd "$2" || exit 1
+ shift; shift ;;
+esac
+
+test $# = 0 && set .
+
+for dir
+do
+ if test -d .git || test -f .git; then
+ test "x$dir" = x. \
+ && dir= sed_esc= \
+ || { dir="$dir/"; sed_esc=`echo "$dir"|env sed 's,\([\\/]\),\\\\\1,g'`; }
+ # Ignore git symlinks - either they point into the tree, in which case
+ # we don't need to visit the target twice, or they point somewhere
+ # else (often into a submodule), in which case the content does not
+ # belong to this package.
+ eval exec git ls-tree -r 'HEAD:"$dir"' \
+ \| sed -n '"s/^100[^ ]*./$sed_esc/p"' $postprocess
+ elif test -d .hg; then
+ eval exec hg locate '"$dir/*"' $postprocess
+ elif test -d .bzr; then
+ test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
+ eval exec bzr ls -R --versioned '"$dir"' $postprocess
+ elif test -d CVS; then
+ test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
+ if test -x build-aux/cvsu; then
+ eval build-aux/cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
+ elif (cvsu --help) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ eval cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
+ else
+ eval awk -F/ \''{ \
+ if (!$1 && $3 !~ /^-/) { \
+ f=FILENAME; \
+ if (f ~ /CVS\/Entries$/) \
+ f = substr(f, 1, length(f)-11); \
+ print f $2; \
+ }}'\'' \
+ `find "$dir" -name Entries -print` /dev/null' $postprocess
+ fi
+ elif test -d .svn; then
+ eval exec svn list -R '"$dir"' $postprocess
+ else
+ echo "$0: Failed to determine type of version control used in `pwd`" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.39.1) at 2024-11-26 10:14:44 +0000